Table of Contents

 
 
UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
FORM 10-K
(Mark One)
     
þ   ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15 (d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2010
OR
     
o   TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15 (d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the transition period from                      to                     
Commission File Number 001-32622
GLOBAL CASH ACCESS HOLDINGS, INC.
(Exact name of Registrant as specified in our charter)
     
Delaware   20-0723270
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)   (I.R.S. Employer Identification Number)
3525 East Post Road, Suite 120, Las Vegas, Nevada 89120
(Address of principal executive offices including Zip code)
(800) 833-7110
(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
     
Title of Each Class   Name of Each Exchange on Which Registered
Common Stock, $0.001 par value per share   New York Stock Exchange
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:
None
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. YES o NO þ
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Act. YES o NO þ
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15 (d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. YES þ NO o
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).  Yes  o  No  o
Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. o
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, or a non-accelerated filer. See definition of “accelerated filer,” “large accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):
             
Large accelerated filer o   Accelerated filer þ   Non-accelerated filer o (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)   Smaller reporting company o
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). YES o NO þ
As of June 30, 2010, the aggregate market value of the registrant’s common stock held by non-affiliates was approximately $580 million.
There were 64,840,468 shares of the registrant’s common stock issued and outstanding as of the close of business on March 10, 2011.
DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
Portions of the registrant’s definitive Proxy Statement for its 2011 Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be held on April 28, 2011 are incorporated by reference into this Annual Report on Form 10-K in response to Part III, Items 10, 11, 12, 13, and 14. Except as expressly incorporated by reference, the registrant’s Proxy Statement shall not be deemed to be a part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
 
 

 

 


 

GLOBAL CASH ACCESS HOLDINGS, INC.
ANNUAL REPORT ON FORM 10-K
FOR FISCAL YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2010
TABLE OF CONTENTS
         
       
 
       
    4  
 
       
    16  
 
       
    31  
 
       
    31  
 
       
    31  
 
       
    32  
 
       
       
 
       
    32  
 
       
    35  
 
       
    36  
 
       
    53  
 
       
    54  
 
       
    101  
 
       
    101  
 
       
    103  
 
       
       
 
       
       
 
       
    105  
 
       
    112  
 
       
 
       
  Exhibit 10.50
  Exhibit 10.51
  Exhibit 10.52
  Exhibit 10.53
  Exhibit 10.54
  Exhibit 12.1
  Exhibit 21.1
  Exhibit 23.1
  Exhibit 31.1
  Exhibit 31.2
  Exhibit 32.1
  Exhibit 32.2

 

2


Table of Contents

PART I
CAUTIONARY NOTICE REGARDING
FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
Global Cash Access Holdings, Inc. is a holding company, the principal asset of which is the capital stock of Global Cash Access, Inc. (“GCA”). Unless otherwise indicated, the terms “the Company,” “we,” “us” and “our” refer to Global Cash Access Holdings, Inc. together with its consolidated subsidiaries and the term “Holdings” refers to Global Cash Access Holdings, Inc. individually.
We believe that it is important to communicate our plans and expectations about the future to our stockholders and to the public. Some of the statements we use in this report, and in some of the documents we incorporate by reference in this report, contain forward-looking statements concerning our business operations, economic performance and financial condition, including in particular: our business strategy and means to implement the strategy; the amount of future results of operations, such as revenue, certain expenses, operating margins, income tax rates, shares outstanding, capital expenditures, operating metrics, and earnings per share; our success and our timing in developing and introducing new products or services and expanding our business; and the successful integration of future acquisitions. You can sometimes identify forward looking-statements by our use of the words “believes,” “anticipates,” “expects,” “intends,” “plan,” “forecast,” “guidance” and similar expressions. For these statements, we claim the protection of the safe harbor for forward-looking statements contained in the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995.
Forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, statements regarding the following matters: trends in gaming establishment and patron usage of our products; benefits realized by using our products; product development and regulatory approval; gaming regulatory, card association and statutory compliance; consumer collection activities; future competition; future tax liabilities; international expansion; resolution of litigation; dividend policy; new customer contracts and contract renewals; future results of operations (including revenue, expenses, margins, earnings, cash flow and capital expenditures); future interest rates and interest expense; future borrowings; and future equity incentive activity and compensation expense.
These forward-looking statements are subject to risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ materially from those projected or assumed, including but not limited to the following: the timing and the extent of a recovery in the gaming industry, if any; gaming establishment and patron preferences; national and international economic conditions; changes in gaming regulatory, card association and statutory requirements; regulatory and licensing difficulties; competitive pressures; operational limitations; gaming market contraction; changes to tax laws; uncertainty of litigation outcomes; interest rate fluctuations; inaccuracies in underlying operating assumptions; unanticipated expenses or capital needs; technological obsolescence; and employee turnover. In addition, the forward-looking statements regarding our future results of operations are based on our assumptions that revenue will be down in 2011 primarily because of the loss of a significant customer and our belief that the gaming market in general will be relatively flat to modestly higher and subject to short term fluctuations over the next year. Our effective income tax rate will be approximately 40% in 2011. If any of these assumptions prove to be incorrect, the results contemplated by the forward-looking statements regarding our future results of operations are unlikely to be realized. Additional factors that could cause actual results to differ materially are included under the heading “Risk Factors.” These factors include, but are not limited to, those set forth in Item 1A—Risk Factors of this report, those set forth elsewhere in this report and those set forth in our press releases, reports and other filings made with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”). These cautionary statements qualify all of our forward-looking statements, and you are cautioned not to place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements.
Our forward-looking statements speak only as of the date they are made and should not be relied upon as representing our plans and expectations as of any subsequent date. While we may elect to update or revise forward-looking statements at some time in the future, we specifically disclaim any obligation to publicly release the results of any revisions to our forward-looking statements.

 

3


Table of Contents

ITEM 1.  
BUSINESS
Overview
We are a global provider of innovative cash access and data intelligence services and solutions to the gaming industry. Our services and solutions provide gaming establishment patrons access to cash through a variety of methods, including Automated Teller Machine (“ATM”) cash withdrawals, credit card cash access transactions, point-of-sale (“POS”) debit card transactions, check verification and warranty services and money transfers. In addition, we also provide products and services that improve credit decision-making, automate cashier operations and enhance patron marketing activities for gaming establishments.
In 2010, we processed over 102.2 million transactions, which resulted in approximately $21.2 billion in cash being disbursed to gaming patrons. For the year ended December 31, 2010, we generated revenues of $605.6 million and operating income from continuing operations before income taxes of $36.3 million. A summary of our financial information is contained in Note 13 Quarterly Results of Operations to our consolidated financial statements.
We began our operations in July 1998 as a joint venture limited liability company among M&C International, entities affiliated with Bank of America, N.A. (“Bank of America”) and First Data Corporation (“First Data”). In September 2000, Bank of America sold its entire ownership interest in us to M&C International and First Data. In March 2004, all of our outstanding ownership interests were contributed to a holding company and all of First Data’s ownership interest in us was redeemed. Simultaneously, Bank of America reacquired an ownership interest in us (the “Recapitalization”). In May 2004, M&C International sold a portion of its ownership interest to a number of private equity investors, including entities affiliated with Summit Partners, and we converted from a limited liability company to a corporation (the “Private Equity Restructuring”). In September 2005, we completed an initial public offering of our common stock. In 2007, M&C International distributed its holdings of our common stock to its two principals, Karim Maskatiya and Robert Cucinotta. As of December 31, 2009, we believe both Messrs. Maskatiya and Cucinotta had disposed of all of their holdings of our common stock.
Our principal executive offices are located at 3525 East Post Road, Suite 120, Las Vegas, Nevada 89120. Our telephone number is (800) 833-7110. Our Internet web site address is http://www.gcainc.com . The information on our web site is not part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K or our other filings with the SEC.
Our Business
Our cash access products and services enable three primary types of electronic payment transactions: ATM cash withdrawals, credit card cash access transactions and POS debit card transactions. As of December 31, 2010, patrons could complete any of these three transactions at many of the Casino Cash Plus 3-in-1 ATMs and full service kiosks we operate. In addition, patrons can complete credit card cash access transactions and POS debit card transactions at any of our QuikCash kiosks, all of which we own. We also provide check verification and warranty services to gaming establishments that cash patron checks and provide various marketing services and casino patron data services to many of our gaming establishment customers. At some of our gaming establishment customers, we provide satellite cage and booth staffing services at which GCA employees provide and complete cash access transactions; at all other gaming establishments, our cash access transactions are completed at the casino cage by the gaming establishment’s employees or representatives. In addition we manufacture, sell and service cash access devices such as jackpot and redemption kiosks to the gaming industry. These devices also may be enabled to provide our cash access products and services. In general, our contracts with gaming establishments are exclusive and range in duration from one to three years.

 

4


Table of Contents

ATM Cash Withdrawals
ATM cash withdrawal transactions represent the largest category of electronic payment transactions that we process, as measured by dollar and transaction volume. In an ATM cash withdrawal, a patron directly accesses funds from a device enabled with our ATM service by either using an ATM or debit card to withdraw funds from his or her bank account or using a credit card to access his or her line of credit; in either event, the patron must use the Personal Identification Number (“PIN”) associated with such card. Our processor then routes the transaction request through an electronic funds transfer (“EFT”) network to the patron’s bank or issuer. Depending upon a number of factors, including the patron’s account balance or credit limit and daily withdrawal limit (which is usually $300 to $500 during a 24-hour period and is determined by the patron’s bank or issuer), the bank or issuer will either authorize or decline the transaction. If the transaction is authorized, then the ATM-enabled device dispenses the cash to the patron. For a transaction using an ATM or debit card, the patron’s bank account is debited by the amount of cash disbursed plus a service fee that we assess the patron for the use of the ATM service. For a transaction using a credit card with a PIN, the patron’s credit account is charged by the amount of the cash disbursed plus a service fee that we assess the patron for the use of the ATM service. The service fee is currently a fixed dollar amount and not a percentage of the transaction size. In most circumstances we pay a percentage of the service fee that we receive from the patron as a commission to our gaming establishment customer for the right to operate on its premises. We also receive a fee, which we refer to as reverse interchange, from the patron’s bank for accommodating the bank’s customer.
Credit Card Cash Access and POS Debit Card Transactions
Patrons can also perform credit card cash access transactions and POS debit card transactions using many of our enabled devices. A patron’s credit card cash access limit is usually a sub-limit of the total credit line and is set by the card-issuing bank. These limits vary significantly and can be larger or smaller than the POS debit limit. A credit card cash access transaction obligates the patron to repay the issuing bank over time on terms that are preset by the cardholder agreement. A patron’s POS debit card allows him or her to make cash withdrawals at the point of sale in an amount equal to the lesser of the amount of funds in his or her account or a daily limit that is generally five to ten times as large as the patron’s daily ATM limit. A POS debit card transaction immediately reduces the balance in the patron’s account.
When a patron requests a credit card cash access or POS debit card transaction, our processor routes the transaction request through one of the card associations (e.g., VISA USA (together with VISA International (“VISA”) or MasterCard International (“MasterCard”)) or EFT networks (e.g., Star, Interlink or Maestro) to the issuing bank. Depending upon several factors, such as the available credit or bank account balance, the transaction is either authorized or declined by the issuing bank. If authorized, the patron’s bank account is debited or their credit card balance is increased, in both cases, by an amount equal to the funds requested plus a service fee that we charge the patron. The service fee is a fixed dollar amount, a percentage of the transaction size or a combination of a fixed dollar amount and percentage of the transaction size. If the transaction is authorized, the device informs the patron that the transaction has been approved. The device instructs the patron to proceed to the gaming establishment’s cashier or GCA-operated booth to complete the transaction because credit card cash access and POS debit card transactions must currently be completed in face-to-face environments and a unique signature must be received in order to comply with rules of the card associations. Once at the cashier booth, the patron acknowledges payment of the fee and authorizes the transaction by placing his or her signature on a negotiable instrument that is issued by us or a third party money provider and made payable to the gaming establishment in an amount equal to the face amount and receives the face amount in cash. We issue the majority of the negotiable instruments used in connection with our credit card and debit card cash access transactions and in some instances we rely upon a third party to issue these negotiable instruments. In the case of using a third party to issue the negotiable instruments, we remit the face amount to our negotiable instrument provider and retain the fee. When we issue the negotiable instrument, we retain the face amount until the negotiable instrument is presented for payment and always retain the fee. The gaming establishment deposits the negotiable instrument in its own bank, and after a period of two to three days, the negotiable instrument is presented to either our financial institution or our third party provider’s financial institution for payment. In general, we pay the gaming establishment a portion of the service fee as a commission for the right to operate on their premises, although this payment as percentage of the fee is generally smaller for credit card cash access and POS debit card transactions than for ATM withdrawals. In addition, we are obligated to pay interchange fees to the issuing bank and processing costs related to the electronic payment transaction.
Check Verification and Warranty Services
Although the usage of checks relative to other forms of payment is declining, patrons still cash checks at gaming establishments to fund their gaming play. When a patron presents a check at the cashier, the gaming establishment can accept or deny the transaction based on its own customer information and at its own risk; obtain third-party verification information about the check writer and the check to manage its risk; or obtain a warranty on payment of the check which entitles the gaming establishment to reimbursement of the full face amount of the check if it is dishonored.

 

5


Table of Contents

There are a number of check verification services. One such service we provide is through a subscription service to the database operated by our subsidiary, Central Credit, LLC (“Central Credit”) which, as discussed below, is used by gaming establishments to make credit issuing decisions. Central Credit maintains information on the check cashing history of many gaming establishment patrons.
If a gaming establishment chooses to have a check warranted, it sends a request to a check warranty service provider, asking whether it will warrant the check. The gaming establishment then pays the patron the check amount and deposits the check. If the check is dishonored by the patron’s bank, the gaming establishment invokes the warranty, and the check warranty service provider purchases the check from the gaming establishment for the full check amount and then pursues collection activities on its own.
We currently provide check warranty services on two platforms: TRS Recovery Services (formerly known as TeleCheck Recovery Services, Inc.) (“TeleCheck”) and Central Credit Check Warranty. As measured by the number of checks warranted, our Central Credit Check Warranty is used by more of our gaming operator customers than TeleCheck. Under our agreement with TeleCheck, we receive all of the check warranty revenue and we pay a portion of TeleCheck’s operating expenses and warranty expenses. Operating expenses are fixed at a percentage of check warranty revenues. Warranty expenses are defined as any amounts paid by TeleCheck to gaming establishments to purchase dishonored checks. Our agreement with TeleCheck further provides that TeleCheck will pay us the actual collections realized within 120 days after a check is purchased, subject to the obligation to pay us a guaranteed minimum collection amount of dishonored checks. In our Central Credit Check Warranty product, we receive all of the warranty revenue and incur all of the warranty risk, collection responsibility and operating expenses. We use and pay certain third parties to assist us in the warranty decision and processing and the collection activities.
Central Credit
In addition to the three primary types of payment transactions described above, a number of gaming establishment patrons choose to access funds through credit extended by the gaming establishment. Central Credit is a gaming patron credit bureau specifically designed for the gaming industry to allow gaming establishments to improve their credit-granting decisions. Our Central Credit database contains gaming patron credit history and transaction data on gaming patrons. Our gaming credit reports are comprised of information recorded from patron credit histories at hundreds of gaming establishments. We provide such information to gaming establishments that subscribe for the service, which use that data, among other things, to determine if or how much credit they will grant to a gaming patron. At a gaming establishment’s request, we can augment the information provided in our gaming credit reports with traditional credit reports or bank ratings provided by third-party consumer credit bureaus and bank reporting agencies. We typically charge our customers for access to gaming patron credit reports on a monthly basis and our fees are generally comprised of a fixed minimum fee plus per-transaction charges for certain requests.
Equipment Sales and Service
On May 5, 2010, we acquired all of the outstanding capital stock of Western Money Systems (“Western Money”) for an aggregate purchase price of $15.4 million. Western Money derives substantially all of its revenue from the sale of cash access devices such as jackpot and redemption kiosks, which may be enabled with our cash access services, and derives the balance of its revenue from the provision of certain professional services, software licensing, and certain other ancillary fees associated with the sale of, installation and operation of those devices.
Other
We also market money transfer services that allow patrons to receive money transfers at gaming establishments and provide other information services that assist in automating cashier operations and enhancing patron marketing activities.
Our Products and Services
Our customer solutions consist of cash access products and services, information services and cashless gaming products.

 

6


Table of Contents

         
Cash Access Products and Services   Information Services   Cashless Gaming Products
   Casino Cash Plus 3-in-1 ATM
 
   Central Credit
 
   QuikTicket
   Check verification and warranty
 
   QuikCash Plus Web
   
   Money Transfers
 
   QuikReports
   
   QuikCash Kiosk
 
   QuikMarketing
   
 
 
   Casino Share Intelligence
   
         
Cash Access Equipment Sales and Services      
   Full Service Kiosks
       
   Xchange RetroKit
       
Cash Access Products and Services
We provide gaming establishments with the ability to enable their patrons to access cash through a variety of products and services.
Casino Cash Plus 3-in-1 ATM is an unmanned, cash-dispensing machine that offers patrons a quick way to access cash through ATM cash withdrawals, POS debit card transactions and credit card cash access transactions directly or using our patented “3-in-1 rollover” functionality. Most financial institutions that issue ATM cards impose daily ATM withdrawal limits of $300 to $500 and in many instances aggregate and count Friday, Saturday, and Sunday as one day for purposes of calculating a cardholder’s daily ATM withdrawal limit. If a patron attempts to access more than the applicable ATM daily withdrawal limit, the ATM transaction may be declined. Our patented “3-in-1 rollover” functionality allows a gaming patron to easily convert an unsuccessful ATM cash withdrawal transaction into a POS debit card transaction or a credit card cash access transaction. When a patron is denied a standard ATM transaction, our “3-in-1 rollover” functionality automatically provides the option of obtaining funds via a POS debit card transaction or a credit card cash access transaction. For authorized ATM transactions, the Casino Cash Plus 3-in-1 ATM dispenses cash to the patron. For successful POS debit card transactions and credit card cash access transactions, once the transaction is authorized, the Casino Cash Plus 3-in-1 ATM instructs the patron to proceed to the casino cashier or GCA-operated booth, where the transaction is completed by undertaking certain procedures in accordance with the rules of the major card associations and dispensing cash to the patron. In addition to our own ATMs, we have strategic alliances with other financial institutions and third parties pursuant to which we have incorporated our “3-in-1 rollover” functionality into our strategic alliance partners’ ATMs.
Check verification and warranty services allow gaming establishments to manage and reduce risk on patron checks that they cash. A gaming establishment can query our Central Credit database to review the check cashing history of a gaming establishment patron before deciding whether to cash the patron’s check. If the gaming establishment desires additional protection against loss, it can seek a warranty on payment of the check. We have an exclusive relationship with TeleCheck to market check warranty services to gaming establishments. As an alternative to TeleCheck’s check warranty service, we have developed our own Central Credit Check Warranty service that is based upon our Central Credit database, our proprietary patron transaction database, third-party risk analytics and actuarial assumptions.
Money transfer services are provided through a contractual relationship with Western Union Financial Services, Inc. (“Western Union”). We are the worldwide exclusive marketer to the gaming industry of Western Union’s electronic and paper-based systems for receiving funds transfers at gaming establishments. Western Union contracts directly with gaming establishments, and we receive a monthly payment based upon the number of transactions completed.
QuikCash is the brand name of our stand-alone, non-ATM cash advance kiosks. Our QuikCash kiosks are customer-activated terminals that provide patrons with access to credit card cash access and POS debit card transactions. Once the transaction is authorized, the patron is instructed to proceed to the casino cashier or GCA-operated booth, at which certain procedures are undertaken in accordance with the rules of the major card associations and cash is provided to the patron.

 

7


Table of Contents

Cash Access Equipment Sales and Services
We sell and service specialty equipment to gaming establishments that enable their patrons to efficiently access cash in a self-service environment.
Full Service Kiosk is a multi-function patron kiosk, which may incorporate our “3-in-1 rollover” functionality for cash access into a self-service kiosk for slot ticket redemption and bill breaking services provided by Western Money or other redemption device manufacturers. When a patron presses the cash out button on a cashless slot machine, the patron receives the value of the paper slot ticket dispensed from a printer embedded in the slot machine. The ticket can then be inserted into other slot machines or exchanged for cash at a redemption device. The availability of our cash access services on these slot ticket redemption devices provides us with additional points of contact with gaming patrons at locations that are closer to the slot machines than traditional cash access devices that are typically located on the periphery of the gaming area within the gaming establishment. These additional points of contact provide gaming patrons with more opportunities to access their cash with less cashier involvement, thereby creating labor cost savings for gaming establishments. In addition, by incorporating our cash access services into a redemption device, we enjoy the benefit of the redemption device manufacturer’s existing relationships with gaming establishments and its sales and marketing efforts directed towards additional gaming establishments.
Information Services
We market our information services to gaming establishments to assist in improving credit decision-making, automating cashier operations and enhancing patron marketing activities.
Improve Credit Decision-Making
Central Credit is the leading gaming patron credit bureau that allows gaming establishments to improve their credit-granting decisions. Our Central Credit database contains decades of gaming patron credit history and transaction data on millions of gaming patrons. Our gaming credit reports are comprised of information recorded from patron experiences at hundreds of gaming establishments. We provide such information to gaming establishments, who use that data, for among other things, to determine if or how much credit they will grant to a patron. To allow gaming establishments to improve their credit-granting decisions, Central Credit offers a variety of tools, including underwriting of gaming patron credit requests and gaming credit reports. At a gaming establishment’s request, we can augment the information provided in our gaming credit reports with traditional credit reports or bank ratings obtained from third-party consumer credit bureaus and bank reporting agencies.
Automated Cashier Operations
QuikCash Plus (“QCP”) Web is a proprietary browser-based, full service cash access transaction processing system for gaming establishment cashier operations that runs on a gaming establishment’s own computer hardware. Cashiers using QCP Web can process credit card cash access transactions, POS debit card transactions, check verification and warranty services and money transfer services online through a single terminal. QCP Web reduces cage operating complexity, improves transaction times, saves space by eliminating multiple pieces of hardware and reduces training requirements for cage operators, potentially lowering operating costs for gaming establishments. QCP Web is delivered as an application service with a customizable user interface that allows gaming establishments to add additional workstations by simply connecting them to the application server. In addition, QCP Web can assist gaming establishments in satisfying legal reporting requirements by providing information that may assist gaming establishments in completing required regulatory reports such as Currency Transaction Reports (“CTRs”) and Suspicious Activity Reports (“SARs”).

 

8


Table of Contents

Enhance Patron Marketing
Gaming establishment marketing professionals can use our patron marketing service to develop, implement and refine their customer loyalty programs. Because we have data on patron cash access activity across multiple gaming establishments, we are uniquely able to help an operator understand how much of a patron’s cash access activity, in aggregate, is being completed in other gaming establishments in order to gauge the patron’s loyalty to the gaming establishment.
QuikReports is a browser-based reporting tool that provides marketing professionals with real-time access to, and analysis of, information on patron cash access activity. We provide this information through a secure Internet connection at user-specified levels of detail ranging from aggregated summary information to individual cash access transactions. For example, an operator may use QuikReports to focus its marketing efforts on target patrons by generating a report of the patrons who accessed the greatest amounts of cash at the operator’s gaming establishment during a specified period and comparing the amounts of cash accessed at the operator’s gaming establishments with the aggregate amounts of cash accessed at other gaming establishments that are part of our network. A gaming establishment may also use QuikReports to monitor or analyze the cash access activities of its patrons to determine peak periods, the relative popularity of various cash access methods, or the traffic volumes, at particular cash access devices in particular locations.
QuikMarketing/Casino Share Intelligence are database services that allow us to query our proprietary patron transaction database using criteria supplied by the gaming establishment. This database can be used for direct marketing, market share analysis and a variety of other patron promotional uses. Our proprietary patron transaction database includes information that is captured from transactions we process in which personal information is available; ATM transactions are not included. Patrons may “opt out” of having their names included in QuikMarketing mailing lists.
Cashless Gaming Products
QuikTicket . The gaming industry has been increasingly moving towards cashless gaming as a more efficient means for gaming operators to manage their slot machine operations. Cashless gaming, also known as “ticket-in-ticket-out” (“TITO”), reduces the amount of cash utilized in slot machines by dispensing bar-coded tickets instead of cash for jackpots and cash-outs. QuikTicket is a product that allows an ATM transaction to be completed with a bar coded ticket in lieu of cash. To capitalize on the movement towards cashless gaming initiatives, we have developed, together with our strategic partners, products and services that facilitate an efficient means of accessing funds in a cashless gaming environment and are exploring new potential cashless gaming products and services. Our cash access services are platform independent and our existing infrastructure has been designed to be adaptable to new platforms and/or operating environments. We are currently in the process of obtaining regulatory and card association approvals for QuikTicket.
Customer Service
We operate a customer service call center from our facility in Las Vegas, Nevada that is accessible 24 hours a day, 365 days a year. Our customer service representatives assist cashier personnel and gaming patrons in their use of our products and services. Through our use of third-party translation services, our customer service representatives can serve gaming establishment customers and patrons in approximately 150 different languages.
Intellectual Property
We believe that the ability to introduce and respond to technological innovation in the gaming industry will be an increasingly important qualification for the future success of any provider of cash access services. Our continued competitiveness will depend on the pace of our product development; our patent, copyright, trademark and trade secret protection; and our relationships with customers. Our business development personnel work with gaming establishments, our joint venture partners, our strategic partners and the suppliers of the financial services upon which our cash access services rely to design and develop innovative cash access products and services and to identify potential new solutions for the delivery and distribution of cash in gaming establishments.

 

9


Table of Contents

We rely on a combination of patents, trademarks, copyrights, trade secrets and contractual restrictions to protect our intellectual property. We have several issued patents and have applied for patent protection with respect to various products and services and proprietary processes that are incorporated in our products and services. We also have several registered trademarks relating to the names of our products and services as well as a registered trademark relating to our name.
Customers
Our customers consist almost entirely of domestic and international gaming establishments. We have more than 1,100 gaming establishment customers, including:
   
traditional land based casinos;
 
   
riverboats and cruise ships;
 
   
gaming establishments that operate on Native American land;
 
   
restaurants and bars with gaming operations;
 
   
pari-mutual wagering facilities; and
 
   
card rooms.
In general, most of our customers procure multiple products and services from us such as cash access services and other products and services offered by us. In certain limited circumstances, we provide our products and services to non-gaming establishments such as gas stations and other retail businesses associated with gaming establishment customers, but the revenue generated from these operations is not material to our operations and we do not actively market or target non-gaming establishment customers.
Our five largest customers accounted for approximately 34.6%, 34.4% and 34.2% of our total revenue in 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively, and our largest customer, Harrah’s Operating Company, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates (“Harrah’s”) accounted for approximately 13.3%, 14.1% and 16.1% of our total revenue in 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively. In July 2010, Harrah’s announced its intention not to renew its agreements with us for the provision of cash access services with the Company, which expired in November 2010. No other single customer accounted for more than 10% of our total revenue in 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively.
Sales and Marketing
We sell and market our products and services to gaming establishments primarily through the use of a direct sales force. The target customers of our direct sales force are gaming establishments in the United States and in international markets where gaming is conducted. Our target customers include traditional land-based casinos, riverboats and cruise ships with gaming operations, gaming establishments operated on Native American lands, pari-mutuel wagering facilities and card rooms. In 2010, 2009 and 2008 revenues from our operations outside the United States comprised 1.3%, 1.5% and 2.0%, respectively, of our revenues.
Our sales and marketing efforts are directed by a team of sales executives, each with business development responsibility for the gaming establishments in those regions. These sales executives target all levels of gaming establishment personnel, including senior executives, finance professionals, marketing staff and cashiers, and seek to educate them on the benefits of our cash access products and services.
The sales executives are supported by field account managers, who provide on-site customer service to most of our customers. These field account managers reside in the vicinity of the specific gaming establishments that they support to ensure that they respond to the customer service needs of those gaming establishments.
We also have joint sales efforts with a number of strategic partners, including independent sales organizations, which allow us to market our cash access services to gaming establishments through channels other than our direct sales force.

 

10


Table of Contents

Competition
We compete with other providers of cash access services to the gaming industry. Our principal competitor in North America is Global Payments, Inc. We also compete with financial institutions, such as U.S. Bancorp and other regional and local banks that operate ATMs on the premises of gaming establishments. Some of these other providers and financial institutions have also established cooperative relationships with each other to expand their service offerings. In markets outside North America, we encounter competition from banks and other financial service companies established in those markets.
We face potential competition from gaming establishments that may choose to operate their own in-house cash access systems rather than outsource to us. In the past, some gaming establishments have operated their own in-house cash access systems. We believe that almost all gaming establishments, however, outsource their cash access service to third-party providers because providing these services is not a core competency of gaming establishment operators, and because gaming establishment operators are unable to achieve the same scale that can be obtained by third-party providers that deploy cash access services across multiple gaming establishments.
Recently, we have faced increased competition from smaller competitors who have entered the market. These are typically independent sales organizations (“ISOs”) that tend to provide basic services and aggressive pricing. In addition, we likely will face competition in the future from gaming equipment manufacturers and system providers. For example, Bally Technologies recently announced that it has entered into a definitive agreement to acquire a competing cash access provider who is focused on the gaming industry.
We also face competition from traditional transaction processors that may choose to enter the gaming patron cash access services market. In addition, we may in the future face potential competition from new entrants into the market for cash access products and related services. Some of these potential competitors may have a number of significant advantages over us, including greater name recognition and marketing power, longer operating histories, pre-existing relationships with current or potential customers and significantly greater financial, marketing and other resources and access to capital which allow them to respond more quickly to new or changing opportunities.
Regulation
Various aspects of our business are subject to gaming regulations and financial services regulations. Depending on the nature of the noncompliance, our failure to comply with these regulations may result in the suspension or revocation of any license or registration at issue, cessation of our service as well as the imposition of civil fines and criminal penalties.
Gaming Regulation
We are subject to a variety of gaming and other regulations in the jurisdictions in which we operate. As a general matter, we are regulated by gaming commissions or similar authorities at the state or tribal level, such as the New Jersey Casino Control Commission and New Jersey Division of Gaming Enforcement. In some jurisdictions, such as Nevada, we are considered a supplier of “associated equipment” and could be required by the regulatory authorities, in their discretion, to file a license application. In such event, any of our officers, directors or beneficial owners of our securities could be required to apply for a license or a finding of suitability. Most of the jurisdictions in which we operate distinguish between gaming-related suppliers and vendors, such as manufacturers of slot machines or other gaming devices, and non-gaming suppliers and vendors, such as food and beverage purveyors, construction contractors and laundry and linen suppliers. In these jurisdictions, we are typically characterized as a non-gaming supplier or vendor, and we typically must obtain a non-gaming supplier’s or vendor’s license, qualification or approval with respect to the provision of our cash access and Central Credit services. The licensure, qualification and approval requirements and the regulations imposed on non-gaming suppliers and vendors are generally less stringent than for gaming-related suppliers and vendors, and as such, we are often subject to a lesser degree of regulation than our customers that directly engage in gaming activities. However, some of the jurisdictions in which we do business do not distinguish between gaming-related and non-gaming related suppliers and vendors, and other jurisdictions categorize our services and/or products as gaming related, and we are subject to the same stringent licensing, qualification or approval requirements and regulations that are imposed upon vendors and suppliers that would be characterized as gaming-related in other jurisdictions. Most state and many tribal gaming regulators require us to obtain and maintain a permit or license to provide our services to gaming establishments. The process of obtaining such permits or licenses often involves substantial disclosure of information about us, our officers, directors and beneficial owners of our securities, and involves a determination by the regulators as to our suitability as a supplier or vendor to gaming establishments.

 

11


Table of Contents

As a result of our acquisition of Western Money, we are now required to obtain and maintain a gaming-related supplier’s license in many jurisdictions because Western Money provides gaming-related devices. We are currently operating under temporary approvals in some of these jurisdictions. As discussed above, the initial and ongoing licensure requirements imposed on gaming-related suppliers as compared to non-gaming related vendors or suppliers are, in general, substantially more burdensome. Such licensure requirements may include, but are not limited to the following: requiring the licensure or finding of suitability of any of our officers, directors, key employees or beneficial owners of our securities; the termination or disassociation with such officer, director, key employee or beneficial owner of our securities that fails to file an application or to obtain a license or finding of suitability; the submission of detailed financial and operating reports; the submission of reports of material loans, leases and financing; and, the regulatory approval of some commercial transactions, such as the transfer or pledge of equity interests in the Company. These regulatory burdens are imposed upon gaming-related suppliers or vendors on an ongoing basis and there is no guarantee that we will be successful in obtaining and maintaining all necessary licenses and permits and to continue to hold other necessary gaming licenses and permits to conduct our business as currently being conducted by us. In addition, the expansion of our business, the introduction of new cash access products or services, or changes to applicable rules and regulations may result in additional regulatory or licensing requirements being imposed upon us.
Gaming regulatory authorities have broad discretion and can require any beneficial holder of our securities, regardless of the number of shares of common stock or amount of debt securities owned, to file an application, be investigated, and be subject to a determination of suitability. If the beneficial holder of our securities who must be found suitable is a corporation, partnership, or trust, such entity must submit detailed business and financial information, which may include information regarding its officers, directors, partners and beneficial owners. Further disclosure by those officers, directors, partners and beneficial owners may be required. Under some circumstances and in some jurisdictions, an institutional investor, as defined in the applicable gaming regulations, that acquires a specified amount of our securities may apply to the regulatory authority for a waiver of these licensure, qualification or finding of suitability requirements, provided the institutional investor holds the voting securities for investment purposes only. An institutional investor will not be deemed to hold voting securities for investment purposes unless the securities were acquired and are held in the ordinary course of its business.

 

12


Table of Contents

The following table provides an overview of our licensing status in jurisdictions located within the United States together with the percentage of total U.S.-based revenue derived in each such jurisdiction (inclusive of revenue derived from Native American gaming establishments):
Table of Geographic Concentration and Licensing Status
                         
            Gaming License Required (3)(4)   Status
Revenue Percentage (1)(2)   Western       Western    
Location **   2010 *   2009 *   Money   GCA or Holdings   Money   GCA or Holdings
Arkansas
  NM   NM   Yes   Yes   Pending   Granted
Arizona
  5%   5%   Yes   Yes   Granted   Granted
California
  12%   14%   Yes   Yes   Pending   Pending
Connecticut
  5%   5%   Yes   No   Pending   N/A
Florida
  8%   7%   Yes   No   Granted   N/A
Illinois
  3%   3%   Yes   No   Granted   N/A
Indiana
  6%   5%   Yes   Yes   Pending   Granted
Kansas
  NM   NM   Yes   No   Pending   N/A
Louisiana
  3%   3%   Yes   Yes   Pending   Granted
Maryland
  NM   NM   Yes   Yes   Pending   Pending
Michigan
  4%   4%   Yes   Yes   Pending   Granted
Minnesota
  NM   NM   Yes   No   Granted   N/A
Mississippi
  3%   3%   Yes   No   Granted   N/A
Missouri
  3%   3%   Yes   No   Granted   N/A
Nevada
  22%   22%   No   No   N/A   N/A
New Jersey
  5%   5%   Yes   Yes   Pending   Pending
Oklahoma
  4%   4%   No   No   N/A   N/A
Oregon
  NM   NM   Yes   No   Granted   N/A
Pennsylvania
  6%   4%   Yes   Yes   Granted   Pending
Rhode Island
  NM   NM   No   Yes   N/A   Granted
U.S. Virgin Islands
  NM   NM   Yes   Yes   Pending   Granted
Washington
  3%   3%   Yes   No   Granted   N/A
Wisconsin
  NM   NM   Yes   Yes   Granted   Granted
 
                       
     
*  
- NM refers to total revenues as being not material as a percentage of total revenues
 
**  
- The following states individually represent less than 2% of our total revenues for 2010 and 2009, respectively and none of these    states require licensing for either Western Money, GCA or Holdings: Alabama, Colorado, Delaware, Iowa, Idaho, Kansas,    Massachusetts, Maine, Montana, North Carolina, North Dakota, Nebraska, New Hampshire, New Mexico, New York, Ohio,    South Carolina, South Dakota, Texas, West Virginia, and Wyoming.
 
(1)  
Percentage of revenue per state is only related to cash advance and ATM revenue generated from patron fees and surcharges.
 
(2)  
All other represents the aggregation of all jurisdictions in the United States that individually represent less than 3% of the Company’s revenue and in which the Company is not required to hold a license to operate.
 
(3)  
In certain jurisdictions in which gaming is undertaken by tribal gaming authorities pursuant to contracts between such tribal gaming authority and the federal and state governments, the Company may be required to obtain a license, approval or waiver from such tribal gaming authority in order to provide services to such tribal casino. The regulations governing such licensure, approval or waiver are distinct and separate from any licensure, approval or waiver that may be required by any state authority.
 
(4)  
In certain jurisdictions, the applicable gaming regulations provide that entities which meet certain qualifications are exempt from obtaining otherwise required licensure. Such qualifications include, but are not limited to, such entity being currently licensed in another enumerated jurisdiction or the shares of stock of such entity being publicly traded on a recognized exchange.

 

13


Table of Contents

Financial Services Regulation
Anti-Money Laundering . The USA PATRIOT Act of 2001 and its implementing federal regulations require us to establish and maintain an anti-money laundering program. Our anti-money laundering program includes: internal policies, procedures, and controls designated to identify and report money laundering; a designated compliance officer; an ongoing employee training program; and an independent audit function to test the program.
In addition, the cash access services that we provide are subject to recordkeeping and reporting obligations under the Bank Secrecy Act. Our gaming establishment customers and we are required to file a SAR with the U.S. Treasury Department’s Financial Crimes Enforcement Network to report any suspicious transactions relevant to a possible violation of law or regulation. To be reportable, such a transaction must meet criteria that are designed to identify the hiding or disguising of funds derived from illegal activities. Our gaming establishment customers, in situations where our cash access services are provided through gaming establishment cashier personnel, and we, in situations where we provide our cash access services directly to patrons through satellite cages or booths that we staff and operate, are required to file a CTR of each deposit, withdrawal, exchange of currency or other payment or transfer by, through, or to us which involves a transaction in currency of more than $10,000 in a single day. Our QCP Web product can assist in identifying transactions that give rise to reporting obligations. When we issue or sell drafts for currency in amounts between $3,000 and $10,000, we maintain a record of information about the purchaser, such as the purchaser’s address, Social Security Number and date of birth.
Following the events of September 11, 2001, the United States and other governments have imposed and are considering a variety of new regulations focused on the detection and prevention of money laundering and money transmitting to or from terrorists and other criminals. Compliance with these new regulations may impact our business operations or increase our costs.
Fund Transfers . Our POS debit card transactions and ATM services are subject to the Electronic Fund Transfer Act, which provides cardholders with rights with respect to electronic fund transfers, including the right to dispute unauthorized charges, charges that list the wrong date or amount, charges for goods and services that are not accepted or delivered as agreed, math errors and charges for which a cardholder asks for an explanation or written proof of transaction along with a claimed error or request for clarification. We believe we have implemented the necessary policies and procedures in order to comply with the regulatory requirements for fund transfers.
Money Transmitter. Most states require a money transmitter license in order to issue the negotiable instruments that are used to complete credit card cash access and POS debit card transactions. We are currently licensed as a money transmitter in a substantial majority of jurisdictions where we provide credit card and POS debit card cash access services. In those jurisdictions where we have not yet obtained a money transmitter license, we have entered into an arrangement with a third party to enable us to provide these negotiable instruments in connection with the provision of cash access services.
Credit Reporting . Our Central Credit gaming patron credit bureau services and check verification and warranty services are subject to the Fair Credit Reporting Act and the Fair and Accurate Credit Transactions Act of 2003 and their implementing rules, which require consumer credit bureaus, such as Central Credit, to provide credit report information to businesses only for certain purposes and to otherwise safeguard credit report information; to disclose to consumers their credit report on request; and to permit consumers to dispute and correct inaccurate or incomplete information in their credit report. These laws and rules also govern the information that may be contained in a consumer credit report. We continue to implement policies and procedures as well as adapt our business practices in order to comply with these laws and regulations. In addition to federal regulation, our Central Credit gaming patron credit bureau services are subject to the state credit reporting regulations that impose similar requirements to the Fair Credit Reporting Act and the Fair and Accurate Credit Transactions Act of 2003. Our credit granting programs such as QuikCredit also are subject to federal and state credit reporting laws and rules, requiring, among other things, that we notify consumers when we deny credit based on credit report information.
Debt Collection . We currently outsource most of our debt collection efforts to third parties, however, in some circumstances, we engage in debt collection to collect on our dishonored checks purchased by Central Credit pursuant to our check warranty services, returns from customer payments on their account with the Arriva Card, chargebacks on our cash advance products and unpaid balances for services performed for our check services and Central Credit services. All such collection practices may be subject to the Fair Debt Collections Practices Act, which prohibits unfair, deceptive or abusive debt collection practices, as well as consumer-debt-collection laws and regulation adopted by the various states.

 

14


Table of Contents

Privacy Regulation s. Our collection of information from patrons who use our financial products and services, such as our cash access services, are subject to the financial information privacy protection provisions of the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act and its implementing federal regulations. We gather, as permitted by law, non-public, personally-identifiable financial information from patrons who use our cash access services, such as names, addresses, telephone numbers, bank and credit card account numbers and transaction information. The Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act requires us to safeguard and protect the privacy of such non-public personal information. Also, the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act requires us to make disclosures to patrons regarding our privacy and information sharing policies and give patrons the opportunity to direct us not to disclose information about them to unaffiliated third parties in certain situations. In this regard, we provide patrons with a privacy notice, an opportunity to review our privacy policy, and an opportunity to opt out of specified types of disclosures. In addition to the federal Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act privacy regulations we are subject to state privacy regulations. Some state privacy regulations impose more stringent limitations on access and use of personal information. We continue to implement policies and programs as well as adapt our business practices in order to comply with federal and state privacy laws and regulations.
ATM Operations . Our ATM services are subject to applicable state banking regulations in each jurisdiction in which we operate ATMs. These regulations require, among other things, that we register with the state banking regulators as an operator of ATMs, that we provide gaming patrons with notices of the transaction fees assessed upon use of our ATMs, that our transaction fees do not exceed designated maximums, that we offer gaming patrons a means of resolving disputes with us, and that we comply with prescribed safety and security requirements.
Check Cashing . In jurisdictions in which we serve as a check casher or agree to defer deposit of gaming patrons’ checks under our QuikCredit services, we are subject to the state licensing requirements and regulations governing check cashing activities. Generally, these regulations require us to obtain a license from the state’s banking regulators to operate as a check casher. Some states also impose restrictions on this activity such as restrictions on the amounts of service fees that may be imposed on the cashing of certain types of checks, requirements as to records that must be kept with respect to dishonored checks, and requirements as to the contents of receipts that must be delivered to gaming patrons at the time a check is cashed.
Lending . We currently operate our QuikCredit service at one of our customer locations in Florida. QuikCredit is a service where a patron writes a check payable to a gaming establishment that deposits this check under deferred presentment terms. In other states in which we are deemed to operate as a short-term consumer or payday lender in the event we offer our QuikCredit services in such jurisdiction, we will be subject to the various state regulations governing the terms of the loans. Typically, the state regulations limit the amount that a lender or service provider may lend or provide and, in some cases, the number of loans or transactions that a lender or service provider may make to any customer at one time, restrict the amount of finance or service charges or fees that the lender or service provider may assess in connection with any loan or transaction. The lender or service provider must also comply with various consumer disclosure requirements, which are typically similar or equivalent to the Federal Truth in Lending Act and corresponding federal regulations, in connection with the loans or transactions.
Network and Card Association Regulation. In addition to the governmental regulation described above, some of our services are also subject to rules promulgated by various payment networks, EFT networks and card associations. For example, we must comply with the Payment Card Industry (“PCI”) Data Security Standard. Since June 30, 2006 we have been designated as a compliant service provider under the PCI Data Security Standard. We must be certified to maintain our status as a compliant service provider on an annual basis.
Other Regulation
When contracting with gaming establishments that are owned or operated by Native American tribes, we become subject to tribal laws and regulations that may differ materially from the non-tribal laws and regulations under which we generally operate. In addition to tribal gaming laws and regulations that may require us to provide disclosures or obtain licenses or permits to conduct our business on tribal lands, we may also become subject to tribal laws or regulations that govern our contracts. These tribal governing laws and regulations may not provide us with processes, procedures and remedies that enable us to enforce our rights as effectively and advantageously as the processes, procedures and remedies that would be afforded to us under non-tribal laws, or to enforce our rights at all, and may expose us to an increased risk of contract repudiation as compared to that inherent in dealing with non-tribal customers. Many tribal laws permit redress to a tribal adjudicatory body to resolve disputes; however, such redress is largely untested in our experience. We may be precluded from enforcing our rights against a tribal body under the legal doctrine of sovereign immunity.

 

15


Table of Contents

We are also subject to a variety of gaming regulations and other laws in the international markets in which we operate. We expect to become subject to additional gaming regulations and other laws in the jurisdictions into which we expand our operations. Our expansion into new markets is dependent upon our ability to comply with the regulatory regimes adopted by such jurisdictions. For example, our entry into Macau was subject to receipt of approvals, licenses or waivers by or from the Monetary Authority of Macau, the Macau Gaming Commission and the Macau Gaming Inspection and Coordination Bureau. Difficulties in obtaining approvals, licenses or waivers from the monetary and gaming authorities, in addition to other potential regulatory and quasi-regulatory issues that we have not yet ascertained, may arise in other international jurisdictions into which we wish to enter.
As we develop new services and new products, we may become subject to additional federal and state regulations. For example, in the event that we form or acquire a bank or industrial loan company, we would become subject to a number of additional banking and financial institution regulations, which may include the Bank Holding Company Act. These additional regulations could substantially restrict the nature of the business in which we may engage and the nature of the businesses in which we may invest.
Employees
As of December 31, 2010, we had 419 employees. We are not subject to any collective bargaining agreements and have never been subject to a work stoppage. We believe that we have maintained good relationships with our employees.
Available Information
Our Internet address is http://www.gcainc.com. We make available free of charge in the “Investor Relations” portion of our website under “SEC Filings” our Annual Reports on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, Current Reports on Form 8-K and amendments to those reports as soon as reasonably practicable after we electronically file or furnish such materials to the SEC. The SEC maintains an Internet site that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information regarding our filings at http://www.sec.gov .
ITEM 1A.  
RISK FACTORS
Risks Related to Our Business
Our business is dependent upon consumer demand for gaming and current economic trends specific to the gaming industry and the cash access industry continue to remain uncertain.
Our customers consist almost entirely of casinos and other gaming establishments. As a result, our business is dependent upon consumer demand for gaming. Gaming is a discretionary leisure activity and the gaming industry in general has contracted during 2010 and 2009 as a result of the decreased consumer demand and spending relating to gaming activities and services. This decrease in consumer demand for gaming services and activities has resulted in a contraction in our revenue measured on a same store basis for 2010 and 2009 as compared to 2009 and 2008, respectively.
In addition, the quantity and dollar amount of credit card cash access transactions performed by patrons has declined in 2010 and 2009, and we believe this trend is primarily attributable to patrons’ reduced access to credit as well as patrons’ attempts to manage their overall spending patterns. Patrons also are performing a higher percentage of ATM transactions as compared to credit card cash access transactions. These trends have had an adverse impact on our results of operation for 2010 and 2009 because we charge higher fees for credit card cash access transactions than ATM transactions.
We expect consumer demand for gaming activity to continue to be relatively flat to modestly higher and subject to short term market fluctuations over the next year. Any prolonged downturn in demand for gaming activity and the patron’s desire for performing credit card cash access transactions may have a material adverse effect on our business.

 

16


Table of Contents

If we are unable to maintain our current customers on terms that are favorable to us, our business, financial condition and operating results may suffer a material adverse effect.
We enter into contracts with our gaming establishment customers to provide our cash access products and related services. Our contracts typically have a term ranging from one to three years in duration, but some are terminable upon 30 days advance notice or are terminable by our gaming establishment customers in the event that we fail to satisfy specific covenants set forth in the contracts, including gaming regulatory compliance covenants. We are typically required to renegotiate the terms of our customer contracts upon their expiration, and in some circumstances we may be forced to modify the terms of our contracts before they expire. When we have successfully renewed these contracts, these negotiations have in the past resulted in, and in the future may result in, financial and other terms that are less favorable to us than the terms of the expired contracts. In particular, we are often required to pay a higher commission rate to a gaming establishment than we previously paid in order to renew the relationship. Assuming constant transaction volume, increases in commissions or other incentives paid to gaming establishments would negatively impact our operating results. We may not succeed in renewing these contracts when they expire, which would result in a complete loss of revenue from that customer, either for an extended period of time or forever. If we are required to pay higher commission rates or agree to other less favorable terms to retain our customers or we are not able to renew our relationships with our customers upon the expiration of our contracts, our business, financial condition and operating results would be harmed.
Competition in the market for cash access services is intense, which could result in higher commissions or loss of customers to our competitors.
The market for cash access products and related services is intensely competitive and we expect competition to increase and intensify in the future. We compete with other providers of cash access products and services, such as Global Payments, Inc. We compete with financial institutions such as U.S. Bancorp and other regional and local banks that operate ATMs on the premises of gaming establishments. In markets outside North America, we encounter competition from banks and other financial service companies established in those markets. We also face competition from gaming establishments that choose to operate cash access systems on their own behalf rather than outsource to us. We face competition from traditional transaction processors that may choose to enter the gaming patron cash services market. In addition, we may in the future face potential competition from new entrants into the market for cash access products and related services, such as banks. Some of our competitors and potential competitors have significant advantages over us, including greater name recognition, longer operating histories, pre-existing relationships with current or potential customers including pre-existing relationships relating to other financial services, significantly greater financial, marketing, technological and other resources and more ready access to capital which allow them to respond more quickly to new or changing opportunities.
Recently, we have faced increased competition from smaller companies who have entered the market. These are typically ISO type organizations that tend to provide basic services and aggressive pricing. In addition, we likely will face competition in the future from gaming equipment manufacturers and system providers. For example, Bally Technologies, Inc. recently announced that it has entered into a definitive agreement to acquire a competing cash access provider who is focused on the gaming industry.
Other providers of cash access products and services to gaming establishments have in the past increased, and may in the future continue to increase, the commissions or other incentives they pay to gaming establishments in order to win those gaming establishments as customers and to gain market share. To the extent that competitive pressures force us to increase commissions or other incentives to establish or maintain relationships with gaming establishments, our business and operating results could be adversely affected.

 

17


Table of Contents

Because of significant concentration among our top customers, the loss of a top customer could have a material adverse effect on our revenues and profitability.
For the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, our five largest customers accounted for approximately 34.6%, 34.4% and 34.2% of our revenues, respectively. Harrah’s was our largest customer for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008 and accounted for 13.3%, 14.1% and 16.1%, respectively, of our revenues. In July, 2010, Harrah’s announced its intention not to renew its agreements for the provision of ATM, POS debit and credit card cash access services with the Company, which expired in November 2010. The loss of, or a substantial decrease in revenues from, any one of our top customers could have a material adverse effect on our business and operating results.
As our contracts are often executed by one corporation for the provision of services at multiple gaming establishments, the loss of a single contract often results in the loss of multiple gaming establishments. Consolidation among operators of gaming establishments may also result in the loss of a top customer to the extent that customers of ours are acquired by our competitors’ customers.
Our indebtedness could materially adversely affect our operations and financial results and prevent us from obtaining additional financing, if necessary.
As of December 31, 2010, we had total indebtedness of $208.8 million in principal amount (of which $127.8 million consisted of senior subordinated notes and $81.0 million consisted of senior secured debt). On March 1, 2011, we entered into a new $245 million senior secured credit facility, consisting of a $210.0 million term loan and a $35.0 million revolving credit facility (the “New Senior Credit Facility”). We used the proceeds from the New Senior Credit Facility to repay all outstanding indebtedness under our existing senior secured credit facility and to defease our senior subordinated notes. Our substantial indebtedness could have important consequences. For example, it:
   
increases our vulnerability to general adverse economic and industry conditions;
 
   
requires us to dedicate a substantial portion of our cash flow from operations to payments on our indebtedness, which would reduce the availability of our cash flow to fund working capital expenditures, expansion efforts and other general corporate purposes;
 
   
limits our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in our business and the industry in which we operate;
 
   
restricts our ability to pay dividends or repurchase our common stock;
 
   
places us at a competitive disadvantage compared to our competitors that have less debt;
 
   
restricts our ability to acquire businesses or technologies that would benefit our business;
 
   
restricts our ability to engage in transactions with affiliates or creates liens or guarantees; and
 
   
limits, along with the financial and other restrictive covenants in our other indebtedness, among other things, our ability to borrow additional funds.
In addition, the New Senior Credit Facility contains restrictive and financial covenants that may limit our ability to engage in activities that we may believe to be in our long-term best interests. Specifically, the New Senior Credit Facility contains affirmative and negative covenants customary for financings of this type, including, among other things, limits on the creation of liens, limits on the incurrence of indebtedness, restrictions on investments, acquisitions and dispositions, and the payment of dividends and other restricted payments. In addition, the New Senior Credit Facility contains financial covenants requiring us to have a maximum leverage ratio and a minimum interest coverage ratio which are discussed in more detail in the section entitled “ Borrowings under the New Senior Credit Facility” in Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations. Our failure to comply with these covenants could result in an event of default, which if not cured or waived, could result in the acceleration of all of our debt under the New Senior Credit Facility.

 

18


Table of Contents

To service our indebtedness we will require a significant amount of cash, and our ability to generate cash flow depends on many factors beyond our control.
Our ability to generate cash flow from operations depends on general economic, financial, competitive, legislative, regulatory and other factors that are beyond our control. Due to these factors, it is possible that our business will not generate sufficient cash flow from operations to enable us to pay our indebtedness as it matures and to fund our other liquidity needs. This would cause us to have to borrow money to meet these needs and future borrowing may not be available to us at all or in an amount sufficient to satisfy these needs. In such events, we will need to refinance all or a portion of our indebtedness on or before maturity. We may not be able to refinance any of our indebtedness on commercially reasonable terms or at all. We could have to adopt one or more alternatives, such as reducing or delaying planned expenses and capital expenditures, selling assets, restructuring debt or obtaining additional equity or debt financing or joint venture partners. We may not be able to effect any of these financing strategies on satisfactory terms, if at all. Our failure to generate sufficient cash flow to satisfy our debt obligations or to refinance our obligations on commercially reasonable terms would have a material adverse effect on our business and our ability to satisfy our obligations with respect to our indebtedness.
The terms of our New Senior Credit Facility requires us to dedicate a substantial portion of our cash flow from operations to payments on our indebtedness, which will reduce the availability of our cash flow to fund working capital, capital expenditures, expansion efforts and other general corporate purposes.
We may encounter difficulties managing our growth, including growth through acquisitions or strategic investments, or the change of any of our providers, which could adversely affect our operating results.
Growth, including growth through acquisitions or strategic investments, or the change of any of our service providers, involve various risks, such as:
   
difficulty integrating the technologies, operations and personnel from the acquired business or a new service provider;
 
   
overestimation of potential synergies or a delay in realizing those synergies;
 
   
disruption to our ongoing business, including the diversion of management’s attention and of resources from our principal business;
 
   
inability to obtain the desired financial and strategic benefits from the acquisition or investment;
 
   
reduced ability to control maintenance schedules, system availability, functionality or customer service levels of a new service provider;
 
   
loss of customers of an acquired business;
 
   
assumption of unanticipated liabilities;
 
   
loss of key employees of an acquired business; and
 
   
entering into new markets in which we have limited prior experience.
Acquisitions and strategic investments could also result in substantial cash expenditures, the dilutive issuance of our equity securities, the incurrence of additional debt and contingent liabilities, and amortization expenses related to other intangible assets that could adversely affect our business, operating results and financial condition. Acquisitions and strategic investments may also be highly dependent upon the retention and performance of existing management and employees of acquired businesses for the day-to-day management and future operating results of these businesses. Our ability to consummate acquisitions may be impaired by a number of factors, including decreases in the trading price of our common stock, our inability to comply with covenants relating to our existing debt or our inability to incur additional debt that is required to consummate acquisitions or finance the post closing operation of acquired businesses.
Changes in interchange rates and other fees may affect our cost of revenues (exclusive of depreciation and amortization) and net income.
We pay credit card associations fees for services they provide in settling transactions routed through their networks that we collectively call interchange fees. In addition, we pay fees to participate in various ATM or POS debit card networks as well as processing fees to process our transactions. The amounts of these interchange fees are determined by the card associations and networks in their sole discretion, and are subject to increase at any time. Although certain of our contracts enable us to pass through increases in interchange or processing fees to our customers, competitive pressures might prevent us from passing all or some of these fees through to our customers in the future. To the extent that we are unable to pass through to our customers all or any portion of any increase in interchange or processing fees, our cost of revenues (exclusive of depreciation and amortization) would increase and our net income would decrease, assuming no change in transaction volumes. Any such decrease in net income could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and operating results. Additionally, the transformation of the ownership structure of VISA and MasterCard from private associations of issuing banks to publicly traded corporations may negatively impact the manner in which these card associations manage and determine interchange rates. This could have a material adverse effect on our business and operating results.

 

19


Table of Contents

We receive fees from the issuers of ATM cards that are used in our ATMs, which we call reverse interchange fees. The amounts of these reverse interchange fees are determined by electronic funds transfer networks, and are subject to decrease in their discretion at any time. Our contracts with gaming operators in some instances do not enable us to pass through to our customers the amount of any decrease in reverse interchange fees. To the extent that reverse interchange fees are reduced, our net income would decrease, assuming no change in transaction volumes, which may result in a material adverse effect on our operating results.
A material increase in market interest rates could adversely affect our business.
We currently rely upon Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. (“Wells Fargo”) to supply us with cash for substantially all of our ATMs and for a majority of 2010, we relied upon Bank of America to supply us with our vault cash requirements. We are obligated to pay a monthly cash usage equal to the average daily balance of funds realized multiplied by the one-month LIBOR plus a mutually agreed upon margin. Assuming no change in the amount of cash used to supply our ATMs, an increase in LIBOR will result in an increase in the monthly fee that we must pay to obtain this supply of cash, thereby increasing our ATM operating costs. Any increase in the amount of cash required to supply our ATMs would magnify the impact of an increase in LIBOR and our business could be adversely affected. For the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, we incurred approximately $1.8 million and $2.1 million, respectively, in aggregate fees to for this supply of cash.
As of March 11, 2011, all of our indebtedness under our New Senior Credit Facility was at a variable interest rate tied to LIBOR. Any material increases to LIBOR could adversely effect our business. Under the New Senior Credit Facility, we are required to hedge 50% of the then outstanding indebtedness under the term loan facility of the New Senior Credit Facility by January 5, 2012.
An unexpectedly high level of chargebacks, as the result of fraud or otherwise, could adversely affect our cash access business.
When patrons use our cash access services, we either dispense cash or produce a negotiable instrument that can be exchanged for cash. If a completed cash access transaction is subsequently disputed, and if we are unsuccessful in establishing the validity of the transaction, we may not be able to collect payment for such transaction and such transaction becomes a chargeback. In the event that we incur chargebacks in excess of specified levels, we could lose our sponsorship into the card associations. In addition, in the event that we incur chargebacks in excess of specified levels, we could be censured by the card associations by way of fines or otherwise.
In certain foreign regions in which we currently operate or may operate in the future, new card security features, such as the chip-and-pin feature, have been developed as a fraud deterrent. We must upgrade our devices in certain international jurisdictions to accept these new technologies. Until we comply with these security features, we will bear the chargeback risk on transactions completed without the use of these new technologies or may not be able to operate in such jurisdiction at all.
An unexpected increase in check warranty expenses could adversely affect our check warranty business.
We currently rely on TeleCheck to provide check warranty services to many of our customers. When a gaming establishment obtains an authorization from TeleCheck pursuant to its check warranty service, TeleCheck warrants payment on the patron’s check. If the patron’s check is subsequently dishonored upon presentment for payment, TeleCheck purchases the dishonored check from the gaming establishment for its face amount. Pursuant to the terms of our contract with TeleCheck, we share a portion of the loss associated with these dishonored checks. Although this contract limits the loss percentage of the dishonored checks to which we are exposed, there is no limit on the aggregate dollar amount to which we are exposed, which is a function of the face amount of checks warranted. TeleCheck manages and mitigates these dishonored checks through the use of risk analytics and collection efforts, including the additional fees that it is entitled to collect from check writers of dishonored checks. During the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, our warranty expenses with respect to TeleCheck’s check warranty service were $3.2 million and $4.1 million, respectively. We have limited control over TeleCheck’s decision to warrant payment on a particular check, and we have limited visibility into TeleCheck’s collection activities. As a result, we may incur an unexpectedly high level of check warranty expenses at any time.

 

20


Table of Contents

As an alternative to TeleCheck’s check warranty service, we have developed our own Central Credit Check Warranty service that is based upon our own proprietary information, data from third-party databases, and third-party risk analytics. If these risk analytics are ineffective, we may incur an unexpectedly high level of check warranty.
The provision of our credit card access and ATM services are dependent upon our continued sponsorship into the VISA and MasterCard card associations, and the suspension or termination of our sponsorship would result in a material adverse effect on our business.
We process virtually all of our credit card cash access and ATM service transactions through the VISA and MasterCard card associations both domestically and internationally, and virtually all of the revenue that we derive from our credit card cash access and ATM services is dependent upon our continued sponsorship into the VISA and MasterCard associations. We cannot provide these services without sponsorship into the VISA and MasterCard associations by a member financial institution. Our failure to maintain our current sponsorship arrangements or secure alternative sponsorship arrangements into the VISA and MasterCard associations would have a material adverse effect on our business.
We are subject to extensive rules and regulations of card associations, including MasterCard, VISA, and electronic payment networks that are always subject to change, which may harm our business.
A substantial portion of our revenues during the period covered by this report were derived from transactions subject to the extensive rules and regulations of the leading card associations, VISA, and MasterCard. The rules and regulations do not expressly address some of the contexts and settings in which we process cash access transactions, or do so in a manner subject to varying interpretations. As an example, we and certain of our providers must comply with the PCI Data Security Standard. The failure by any of such providers to comply with such standards could result in our being fined or being prohibited from processing transactions through MasterCard, VISA and other card and payment networks.
The card associations’ and payment networks rules and regulations are always subject to change, and the card associations or payment networks may modify their rules and regulations from time to time. Our inability to anticipate changes in rules, regulations or the interpretation or application thereof may result in substantial disruption to our business. In the event that the card associations, payment networks or our sponsoring banks determine that the manner in which we process certain types of card transactions is not in compliance with existing rules and regulations, or if the card associations or payment networks adopt new rules or regulations that prohibit or restrict the manner in which we process certain types of card transactions, we may be forced to pay a fine, modify the manner in which we operate our business or stop processing certain types of cash access transactions altogether, any of which could have a material negative impact on our business and operating results.
We also process transactions involving the use of the proprietary credit cards such as those offered by Discover Card and American Express as well as other regional cards issued in certain international markets. The rules and regulations of the proprietary credit card networks that service these cards present risks to us that are similar to those posed by the rules and regulations of VISA and MasterCard and payment networks.

 

21


Table of Contents

Our products and services are complex, depend on a myriad of complex networks and technologies and may be subject to software or hardware errors or failures and security breaches that could lead to an increase in our costs, a reduction of our revenues or damage to our reputation.
Our products and services, and the networks and third-party services upon which our products and services are based, are complex and may contain undetected errors, which may cause us to suffer unexpected failures and security breaches. We are exposed to the risk of failure or security breaches of the computer systems that are owned, operated and managed by TSYS Acquiring Solutions, LLC (“TSYS”) and other third party service providers, which we do not control. TSYS owns the data centers through which most of our transactions are processed, and we rely on TSYS to maintain the security and integrity of our transaction data, including confidential consumer data. In addition, we are exposed to the risk of failure and security breaches of our proprietary computer systems, many of which are deployed, operated, monitored and supported by Infonox on the Web (“Infonox”), which is a wholly owned subsidiary of TSYS. We rely on Infonox to detect and respond to errors and failures in our proprietary computer systems. We also rely on several other third party vendors for software development and system support of the self-service slot ticket and player point redemption kiosks that incorporate our cash access services. We also are exposed to the risk of failure of card association and electronic funds transfer networks that are used to process and settle our transactions. These networks, which are owned and operated by others, are subject to planned and unplanned outages and may suffer degradations in performance during peak processing times. Finally, we are subject to the risk of disruption to, or failure of, the telecommunications infrastructure upon which the interfaces among these systems are based. All of these systems and networks, upon which we rely to provide our services, are potentially vulnerable to computer viruses, physical or electronic security breaches, natural disasters and similar disruptions, which could lead to interruptions, delays, loss of data, public release of confidential data or the inability to complete patron transactions.
Because of our dependence on a few providers, or in some cases one provider, for some of the financial services we offer to patrons, the loss of a provider of such services or the degradation of such services could have a material adverse effect on our business or our financial performance.
We depend on a few providers, or in some cases one provider, for some of the financial services that we offer to patrons. The loss of any of these providers or the failure of such providers to provide these services could have a material adverse effect on our business and financial performance.
Negotiable Instruments . We are currently licensed as a money transmitter in a substantial majority of jurisdictions where we provide credit card and POS debit card cash access services. In those jurisdictions where we have not yet obtained a money transmitter license, we have entered into an arrangement with a third party to enable us to provide these negotiable instruments in connection with the provision of cash access services. If our arrangement with this financial institution is terminated and we are unable to either become licensed or to find a replacement provider, we may be unable to provide our credit card cash access and POS debit card transactions, which would have a material adverse effect on our business and financial performance.
Check Warranty Services. We rely on TeleCheck to provide many of the check warranty services that our gaming establishment customers contract with us to use when cashing patron checks.
Authorizations and Settlement . We rely on TSYS to provide processing services by obtaining authorizations for credit card cash access transactions, POS debit card transactions, ATM cash withdrawal transactions and to provide settlement transaction files to card associations for some of these transactions. In addition, TSYS may in some cases be dependent upon a single access point to connect to the various transaction processing networks.
Software Development and System Support . We rely on Infonox, TSYS and other third party vendors for software development and system support.
Card Association and Network Sponsorship . We rely on third party financial institutions in both domestic and foreign markets for sponsorship into the VISA, MasterCard and other card associations and electronic payment networks for domestic and foreign transactions. Our sponsorship agreements allow our sponsor bank to terminate our sponsorship agreement in certain situations such as if we fail to comply with various card association rules and regulations.
ATM Cash Supply. We have entered into a Contract Cash Solutions Agreement with Wells Fargo to provide cash for substantially all of our ATMs. This agreement calls for up to $400 million in available cash with the ability to obtain an additional $50.0 million in certain circumstances. The agreement expires in November 2013. If our business demand for cash exceeds this limit or we default or cannot renew this limit we may have an inadequate supply of cash for our ATMs.
Product Development . We rely on our joint venture partner and strategic partners for some of our product development. These activities have risks resulting from unproven combinations of disparate products and services, reduced flexibility in making design changes in response to market changes, reduced control over product completion schedules and the risk of disputes with our joint venture partners and strategic partners.

 

22


Table of Contents

If we are unable to protect our intellectual property adequately, we may lose a valuable competitive advantage or be forced to incur costly litigation to protect our rights.
Our success depends on developing and protecting our intellectual property. We have entered into license agreements with other parties for intellectual property that is critical to our business. We rely on the terms of these license agreements, as well as copyright, patent, trademark and trade secret laws to protect our intellectual property. We also rely on other confidentiality and contractual agreements and arrangements with our employees, affiliates, business partners and customers to establish and protect our intellectual property and similar proprietary rights.
We have also entered into license agreements with other parties for the exclusive use of their technology and intellectual property rights in the gaming industry, such as our license to use portions of the software infrastructure upon which our systems operate from Infonox. We rely on these other parties to maintain and protect this technology and the related intellectual property rights. If our licensors fail to protect their intellectual property rights in material that we license and we are unable to protect such intellectual property rights, the value of our licenses may diminish significantly and our business could be significantly harmed.
We may have to rely on costly litigation to enforce our intellectual property rights and contractual rights. By pursuing this type of litigation, we become exposed to the risk of counterclaims and the risk that defendants will attempt to invalidate our right to the subject intellectual property or otherwise limit its scope.
In addition, we may face claims of infringement that could interfere with our ability to use technology or other intellectual property rights that are material to our business operations. In the event a claim of infringement against us is successful, we may be required to pay royalties to use technology or other intellectual property rights that we had been using or we may be required to enter into a license agreement and pay license fees, or we may be required to stop using the technology or other intellectual property rights that we had been using. We may be unable to obtain necessary licenses from third parties at a reasonable cost or within a reasonable time. Any litigation of this type, whether successful or unsuccessful, could result in substantial costs to us and diversions of our resources.
Our business depends on our ability to introduce new, commercially viable products and services in a timely manner.
Our product development efforts are based upon a number of complex assumptions, including assumptions relating to gaming patron habits, changes in the popularity and prevalence of certain types of payment methods, anticipated transaction volumes, the costs and time required to bring new products and services to market, and the willingness and ability of both patrons and gaming establishment personnel to use new products and services and bear the economic costs of doing so. Our new products and services may not achieve market acceptance if any of our assumptions are wrong, or for other reasons.
Our ability to introduce new products and services may also require regulatory approvals, which may significantly increase the costs associated with developing a new product or service and the time required to introduce a new product or service into the marketplace. In order to obtain these regulatory approvals we may need to modify our products and services which would increase our costs of development and may make our products or services less likely to achieve market acceptance.
Our ability to grow our business through the introduction of new products and services depends in part on our joint development activities with third parties over whom we have little or no control. We have engaged in joint development projects with third parties in the past and we expect to continue doing so in the future. Joint development can magnify several risks for us, including the loss of control over development of aspects of the jointly developed products and disputes with our joint venture partners.
We may not successfully enter new markets.
If and as new and developing domestic markets develop, competition among providers of cash access products and services will intensify. If we attempt to enter these markets, we will have to expand our sales and marketing presence in these markets. In competitive bidding situations, we may not enjoy the advantage of being the incumbent provider of cash access products and services to gaming establishments in these new markets and developers and operators of gaming establishments in these new markets may have pre-existing relationships with our competitors. We may also face the uncertainty of compliance with new or developing regulatory regimes with which we are not currently familiar and oversight by regulators that are not familiar with us or our business. Each of these risks could materially impair our ability to successfully expand our operations into these new and developing domestic markets.

 

23


Table of Contents

Attempting to enter international markets in which we have not previously operated may expose us to political, economic, tax, legal and regulatory risks not faced by businesses that operate only in the United States. The legal and regulatory regimes of foreign markets and their ramifications on our business are less certain. Our international operations will be subject to a variety of risks, including different regulatory requirements and interpretations, trade barriers, difficulties in staffing and managing foreign operations, higher rates of fraud, fluctuations in currency exchange rates, difficulty in enforcing or interpreting contracts or legislation, political and economic instability and potentially adverse tax consequences. Difficulties in obtaining approvals, licenses or waivers from the monetary and gaming authorities of other jurisdictions, in addition to other potential regulatory and quasi-regulatory issues that we have not yet ascertained, may arise in international jurisdictions into which we attempt to enter. In these new markets, our operations will rely on an infrastructure of financial services and telecommunications facilities that may not be sufficient to support our business needs, such as the authorization and settlement services that are required to implement electronic payment transactions and the telecommunications facilities that would enable us to reliably connect our networks to our products at gaming establishments in these new markets. In these new markets, we may additionally provide services based upon interpretations of applicable law, which interpretation may be subject to regulatory or judicial review. These risks, among others, could materially adversely affect our business and operating results. In connection with our expansion into new international markets, we may forge strategic relationships with business partners to assist us. The success of our expansion into these markets therefore may depend in part upon the success of the business partners with whom we forge these strategic relationships. If we do not successfully form strategic relationships with the right business partners or if we are not able to overcome cultural differences or differences in business practices, our ability to penetrate these new international markets will suffer.
We are also subject to the risk that the domestic or international markets that we attempt to enter or expand into may not develop as quickly as anticipated, or at all. The development of new gaming markets is subject to political, social, regulatory and economic forces beyond our control. The expansion of gaming activities in new markets can be very controversial and may depend heavily on the support and sponsorship of local government. Changes in government leadership, failure to obtain requisite voter support in referendums, failure of legislators to enact enabling legislation and limitations on the volume of gaming activity that is permitted in particular markets may inhibit the development of new markets.
Our estimates of the potential future transaction volumes in new markets are based on a variety of assumptions, which may prove to be inaccurate. To the extent that we overestimate the potential of a new market, incorrectly gauge the timing of the development of a new market, or fail to anticipate the differences between a new market and our existing markets, we may fail in our strategy of growing our business by expanding into new markets. Moreover, if we are unable to meet the needs of our existing customers as they enter markets that we do not currently serve; our relationships with these customers could be harmed.
Failure to maintain an effective system of internal control over financial reporting may lead to our inability to accurately report our financial results. As a result, current and potential stockholders could lose confidence in our financial reporting, which could harm our business, our reputation and the trading price of our stock.
Effective internal control over financial reporting is necessary for us to provide reliable financial reports. If we cannot provide reliable financial reports, our business and operating results could be harmed.
Our assessment of our internal control over financial reporting has identified material weaknesses in the past, each of which was subsequently remediated. New material weaknesses may arise in the future. Any material weaknesses could cause us to fail to meet our reporting obligations, cause investors to lose confidence in our reported financial information, cause a decline or volatility in our stock prices, cause a reduction in our credit ratings or tarnish our public perception. Also, increased expenses due to remediation costs and increased regulatory scrutiny are also possible. Failure to remediate the prior material weaknesses in full or the need to remediate a future material weakness could adversely affect our financial condition or results of operations. Inadequate internal control over financial reporting could also cause investors to lose confidence in our reported financial information, which could have a negative effect on the trading price of our stock and our reputation.

 

24


Table of Contents

Changes by M&C International and First Data to certain of their tax returns may have an impact on the value of a component of our deferred tax asset. In addition, changes in tax laws, regulations and interpretations may adversely affect our business.
In connection with the recapitalization and private equity restructuring that occurred in 2004, we recorded a deferred tax asset of $247.0 million. In connection with this deferred tax asset, we expect to pay a significantly lower amount in United States federal income taxes than we provide for in our income statements. Our calculation of the starting balance of the deferred tax asset is based upon information we received from M&C International and First Data about the gains they recorded in the Recapitalization and the Private Equity Restructuring. If M&C International or First Data change their calculation of the gains and file amended tax returns, we may be required to recalculate the starting balance of the deferred tax asset and the annual amortization thereof.
Unanticipated changes in applicable income tax rates or laws or changes in our tax position could adversely impact our future results of operations. Our future effective tax rates could be affected by changes in the valuation of our deferred tax asset as a result of an audit or otherwise. The value of any tax asset may be affected by many factors beyond our control. Our deferred tax asset specifically is subject to various tax laws and the utilization of such deferred tax asset may be subject to limitations and factors beyond our control, including, without limitation, our earnings, our future estimations of earnings and the value of our common stock, and a change of control of the Company. These deferred tax assets may be subject to certain limitations. Additionally, changes in tax laws or interpretations of such laws by domestic and foreign tax authorities could affect our results of operations.
We operate our business in regions subject to natural disasters. Any interruption to our business resulting from a natural disaster will adversely affect our revenues and results of operations.
In the event of a natural disaster, the operations of gaming establishments could be negatively impacted or consumer demand for gaming could decline, or both, and as a result, our business could be interrupted, which will adversely affect our revenues and results of operations. For example, we believe that our revenues and results of operations in Louisiana and Mississippi were reduced in 2006 from what we would otherwise have expected as a result of Hurricanes Katrina and Rita, and that reduction may continue in the future. We do not carry any business interruption insurance.
Risks related to the industry
Economic downturns, a decline in the popularity of gaming or responsible gaming pressures could reduce the number of patrons that use our services or the amounts of cash that they access using our services.
We provide our cash access products and related services almost exclusively to gaming establishments for the purpose of enabling their patrons to access cash. As a result, our business depends on consumer demand for gaming. Gaming is a discretionary leisure activity, and participation in discretionary leisure activities has in the past and may in the future decline during economic downturns because consumers have less disposable income. Gaming activity may also decline based on changes in consumer confidence related to general economic conditions or outlook, fears of war, future acts of terrorism, or other factors. A reduction in tourism could also result in a decline in gaming activity. Finally, a legislature or regulatory authority may prohibit or significantly restrict gaming activities in its jurisdiction. Gaming competes with other leisure activities as a form of consumer entertainment and may lose popularity as new leisure activities arise or as other leisure activities become more popular. In addition, gaming in traditional gaming establishments (where we provide our services) competes with Internet-based gaming, which is currently not lawful in the United States of America. The popularity and acceptance of gaming is also influenced by the prevailing social mores and changes in social mores could result in reduced acceptance of gaming as a leisure activity. To the extent that the popularity of gaming in traditional gaming establishments declines as a result of either of these factors, the demand for our cash access services may decline and our business may be harmed.

 

25


Table of Contents

Our ability to sustain our existing customer relationships and establish new customer relationships depends in part on the support of, or lack of opposition from, social responsibility organizations that are dedicated to addressing problem gaming. We may be affected by litigation or lobbying efforts to combat problem gaming because we provide patrons the ability to access their cash in gaming establishments.
Changes in consumer willingness to pay a fee to access their funds could reduce the demand for our cash access products and services.
Our business depends upon the willingness of patrons to pay a service fee to access their own funds on the premises of a gaming establishment. In most retail environments, consumers typically do not pay an additional fee for using non-cash payment methods such as credit cards, POS debit cards or checks. Gaming patrons could bring more cash with them to gaming establishments, or access cash outside of gaming establishments without paying a fee for the convenience of not having to leave the gaming establishment. To the extent that gaming patrons become unwilling to pay these fees for convenience or lower cost cash access alternatives become available, the demand for cash access services within gaming establishments will decline and our business could suffer.
Our ATM service business is subject to extensive rules and regulations, which may harm our business.
Our ATM services are subject to the applicable federal, state and local banking regulations in each jurisdiction in which we operate ATMs, which regulations relating to the imposition of daily limits on the amounts that may be withdrawn from ATMs, the location of ATMs and our ability to surcharge cardholders who use our ATMs and the notices and form of notices that must be posted on our ATMs. These regulations may impose significant burdens on our ability to operate ATMs profitably in some locations, or at all and our business operating results could be adversely affected. Moreover, because these regulations are subject to change, we may be forced to modify our ATM operations in a manner inconsistent with the assumptions upon which we relied when entering into contracts to provide ATM services at gaming establishments.
If federal, state, local or foreign authorities adopt new laws or regulations or raise enforcement levels on existing laws and regulations that make it more difficult for us to operate our ATM business and credit card cash access business, then our revenues and earnings may be negatively affected. For example, amendments to recent pending bills in the United States Congress were introduced that included a proposed cap on per transaction ATM surcharges. Although these amendments were not enacted, if similar legislation or other legislation or regulations are enacted in the future that adversely impact our ATM business and credit card cash access business, we may be forced to modify our operations in a manner inconsistent with the assumptions upon which we relied when entering into contracts to provide ATM and credit card cash access services at gaming establishments and our business, financial condition and operating results would be harmed.
We are subject to extensive governmental gaming regulation, which may harm our business.
We are subject to a variety of regulations in the jurisdictions in which we operate. Most of the gaming regulators in jurisdictions in which we operate distinguish between gaming-related suppliers and vendors, such as manufacturers of slot machine or other gaming devices, and non-gaming suppliers and vendors, such as food and beverage purveyors and construction contractors. In these jurisdictions, with respect to our provision of cash access services, we are generally characterized as a non-gaming supplier or vendor and we must obtain a non-gaming supplier’s or vendor’s license, qualification or approval. The obtaining of these licenses, qualifications or approvals and the regulations imposed on non-gaming suppliers and vendors are typically less stringent than for gaming related suppliers and vendors. However, some of the gaming regulators in jurisdictions in which we do business do not distinguish between gaming-related and non-gaming related suppliers and vendors, and in those jurisdictions we currently are subject to the same stringent licensing, qualification and approval requirements and regulations that are imposed upon vendors and suppliers that would be characterized as gaming-related in other jurisdictions. Such requirements include licensure or finding of suitability for some of our officers, directors and beneficial owners of our securities. If gaming regulatory authorities were to find any such officer, director or beneficial owner unsuitable, or if any such officer, director, or beneficial owner fails to comply with any licensure requirements, we would be required to sever our relationship with that person. Severing our relationship with a person may require such individual ceasing to provide services to us in any capacity, including as an officer, director, employee or consultant, such person divesting himself, herself or itself of all or substantially all of its equity interest in us, and we refraining from conducting any business or maintaining any business relationship with such person or any entity that such person is a director, officer or stockholder of or otherwise affiliated with. Any of the foregoing could be costly to the Company and materially disruptive of its management and

 

26


Table of Contents

operations. Our failure to sever our relationship with a person in a manner acceptable to the gaming regulatory authorities or at all may result in the loss or denial of licensure or a finding of unsuitability, which loss or denial of licensure of finding of unsuitability by a gaming regulatory authority may prohibit us from continuing to operate in such jurisdiction. Any loss or denial of licensure or finding of unsuitability in any one jurisdiction would likely result in similar adverse regulatory actions in several other jurisdictions, resulting in a domino effect of adverse regulatory actions. The effects of the internal investigation that we announced on November 14, 2007 have resulted in heightened scrutiny from gaming regulators and an increased risk of regulatory intervention as has the activities of certain of our stockholders in the conduct of businesses unaffiliated with the Company.
As a result of our acquisition of Western Money, we are now required to obtain and maintain a gaming-related supplier’s license in many jurisdictions because Western Money provides gaming-related devices. We are currently operating under temporary approvals in some of these jurisdictions. As discussed above, the initial and ongoing licensure requirements imposed on gaming-related suppliers as compared to non-gaming related vendors or suppliers are, in general, substantially more burdensome. Such licensure requirements may include, but are not limited to the following: requiring the licensure or finding of suitability of any of our officers, directors, key employees or beneficial owners of our securities; the termination or disassociation with such officer, director, key employee or beneficial owner of our securities that fails to file an application or to obtain a license or finding of suitability; the submission of detailed financial and operating reports; the submission of reports of material loans, leases and financing; and, the regulatory approval of some commercial transactions, such as the transfer or pledge of equity interests in the Company. These regulatory burdens are imposed upon gaming-related suppliers or vendors on an ongoing basis and there is no guarantee that we will be successful in obtaining and maintaining all necessary licenses and permits and to continue to hold other necessary gaming licenses and permits to conduct our business as currently being conducted by us.
Regulatory authorities at the federal, state, local and tribal levels have broad powers with respect to the licensing of gaming-related activities and may revoke, suspend, condition or limit our licenses, impose substantial fines and take other actions against us or the gaming establishments that are our customers, any one of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and operating results. Any new gaming license or related approval that may be required in the future may not be granted, and our existing licenses may not be renewed or may be revoked, suspended or limited. If additional gaming regulations are adopted in a jurisdiction in which we operate, such regulations could impose restrictions or costs that could have a material adverse effect on our business. From time to time, various proposals are introduced in the legislatures of some of the jurisdictions in which we have existing or planned operations that, if enacted, could adversely affect the tax, regulatory, operational or other aspects of the gaming industry or cash access in the gaming industry. Legislation of this type may be enacted in the future.
In addition, some of the new products and services that we may develop cannot be offered in the absence of regulatory approval of the product or service or licensing of us, or both. These approvals could require that we and our officers, directors or ultimate beneficial owners obtain a license or be found suitable and that the product or service be approved after testing and review. We may fail to obtain any such approvals in the future. When contracting with tribal owned or controlled gaming establishments, we become subject to tribal laws and regulations that may differ materially from the non-tribal laws and regulations under which we generally operate. In addition to tribal gaming regulations that may require us to provide disclosures or obtain licenses or permits to conduct our business on tribal lands, we may also become subject to tribal laws that govern our contracts. These tribal governing laws may not provide us with processes, procedures and remedies that enable us to enforce our rights as effectively and advantageously as the processes, procedures and remedies that would be afforded to us under non-tribal laws, or to enforce our rights at all. Many tribal laws permit redress to a tribal adjudicatory body to resolve disputes; however, such redress is largely untested in our experience. We may be precluded from enforcing our rights against a tribal body under the legal doctrine of sovereign immunity. A change in tribal laws and regulations or our inability to obtain required licenses or licenses to operate on tribal lands or enforce our contract rights under tribal law could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and operating results.

 

27


Table of Contents

Many of the financial services that we provide are subject to extensive rules and regulations, which may harm our business.
Our Central Credit gaming patron credit bureau services are subject to the Fair Credit Reporting Act, the Fair and Accurate Credit Transactions Act of 2003 and similar state laws. The collection practices that are used by our third party providers and us may be subject to the Fair Debt Collections Practices Act and applicable state laws relating to debt collection. All of our cash access services and patron marketing services are subject to the privacy provisions of state and federal law, including the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act. Our POS debit card transactions and ATM withdrawal services are subject to the Electronic Fund Transfer Act. Our ATM services are subject to the applicable state banking regulations in each jurisdiction in which we operate ATMs. Our ATM services may also be subject to state and local regulations relating to the imposition of daily limits on the amounts that may be withdrawn from ATMs, the location of ATMs, our ability to surcharge cardholders who use our ATMs and the notices and form of notices that must be posted on our ATMs. The cash access services we provide are subject to recordkeeping and reporting obligations under the Bank Secrecy Act and the USA PATRIOT Act of 2001. We are required to file suspicious activity reports, or SARs, with respect to transactions completed at all gaming establishments at which our cash access services are provided. If we are found to be noncompliant in any way with these laws, we could be subject to substantial civil and criminal penalties. In jurisdictions in which we serve as a check casher or offer our QuikCredit service, we are subject to the applicable state licensing requirements and regulations governing check cashing activities and deferred deposit service providers. We also are subject to various state licensing requirements and regulations governing money transmitters.
We are subject to formal or informal audits, inquiries or reviews from time to time by the regulatory authorities that enforce these financial services rules and regulations. In the event that any regulatory authority determines that the manner in which we provide cash access services, patron marketing services, gaming patron credit bureau services is not in compliance with existing rules and regulations, or the regulatory authorities adopt new rules or regulations that prohibit or restrict the manner in which we provide cash access services, patron marketing services, gaming patron credit bureau services or we may be forced to modify the manner in which we operate, or stop processing certain types of cash access transactions, providing patron marketing services or gaming patron credit bureau services altogether. We may also be required to pay substantial penalties and fines if we fail to comply with applicable rules and regulations. For example, if we fail to file CTRs or SARs on a timely basis or if we are found to be noncompliant in any way with either the Bank Secrecy Act or the USA PATRIOT Act of 2001, we could be subject to substantial civil and criminal penalties. In addition, our failure to comply with applicable rules and regulations could subject us to private litigation.
Consumer privacy laws may change, requiring us to change our business practices or expend significant amounts on compliance with such laws.
Our patron marketing services depend on our ability to collect and use non-public personal information relating to patrons who use our products and services and the transactions they consummate using our services. We are required by federal and state privacy laws and rules to safeguard and protect the privacy of such information, to make disclosures to patrons regarding our privacy and information sharing policies and, in some cases, to provide patrons an opportunity to “opt out” of the use of their information for certain purposes. The failure or circumvention of the means by which we safeguard and protect the privacy of information we gather may result in the dissemination of non-public personal information, which may harm our reputation and may expose us to liability to the affected individuals and regulatory enforcement proceedings or fines. Regulators reviewing our policies and practices may require us to modify our practices in a material or immaterial manner or impose fines or other penalties if they believe that our policies and practices do not meet the necessary standard. To the extent that our patron-marketing services have in the past failed or now or in the future fail to comply with applicable law, our privacy policies or the notices that we provide to patrons, we may become subject to actions by a regulatory authority or patrons which cause us to pay monetary penalties or require us to modify the manner in which we provide patron-marketing services. To the extent that patrons exercise their right to “opt out,” our ability to leverage existing and future databases of information would be curtailed. Consumer and data privacy laws are evolving, and due to recent high profile thefts and losses of sensitive consumer information from protected databases, such laws may be broadened in their scope and application, impose additional requirements and restrictions on gathering, encrypting and using patron information or narrow the types of information that may be collected or used for marketing or other purposes or require patrons to “opt-in” to the use of their information for specific purposes, or impose additional fines or potentially costly compliance requirements which will hamper the value of our patron-marketing services.

 

28


Table of Contents

Risks related to our capital structure
Our common stock has been publicly traded since September 22, 2005 and we expect that the price of our common stock will fluctuate substantially.
There has been a public market for our common stock since September 22, 2005. The market price of our common stock may fluctuate significantly in response to a number of factors, some of which are beyond our control, including those described above under “— Risks related to our business,” “— Risks related to the industry” and the following:
   
our failure to maintain our current customers, including because of consolidation in the gaming industry;
   
increases in commissions paid to gaming establishments as a result of competition;
   
increases in interchange rates, processing fees or other fees paid by us;
   
decreases in reverse interchange rates paid to us;
   
actual or anticipated fluctuations in our or our competitors’ revenue, operating results or growth rate;
   
our inability to adequately protect or enforce our intellectual property rights;
   
any adverse results in litigation initiated by us or by others against us;
   
our inability to make payments on our outstanding indebtedness as they become due or our inability to undertake actions that might otherwise benefit us based on the financial and other restrictive covenants contained in the New Senior Credit Facility;
   
the loss of a significant supplier or strategic partner, or the failure of a significant supplier or strategic partner to provide the goods or services that we rely on them for;
   
our inability to introduce successful, new products and services in a timely manner or the introduction of new products or services by our competitors that reduce the demand for our products and services;
   
our failure to successfully enter new markets or the failure of new markets to develop in the time and manner that we anticipate;
   
announcements by our competitors of significant new contracts or contract renewals or of new products or services;
   
changes in general economic conditions, financial markets, the gaming industry or the payments processing industry;
   
the trading volume of our common stock;
   
sales of common stock or other actions by our current officers, directors and stockholders;
   
acquisitions, strategic alliances or joint ventures involving us or our competitors;
   
future sales of our common stock or other securities;
   
the failure of securities analysts to cover our common stock or changes in financial estimates or recommendations by analysts;
   
our failure to meet the revenue, net income or earnings per share estimates of securities analysts or investors;
   
additions or departures of key personnel;
   
terrorist acts, theft, vandalism, fires, floods or other natural disasters; and
   
rumors or speculation as to any of the above which we may be unable to confirm or deny due to disclosure restrictions imposed on us by law or which we otherwise deem imprudent to comment upon.

 

29


Table of Contents

Future sales of our common stock may cause the market price of our common stock to drop significantly, even if our business is doing well.
The market price of our common stock could decline as a result of sales of additional shares of our common stock by us or our stockholders or the perception that these sales could occur. Certain stockholders have the right to require us to register their shares of our common stock. If we propose to register any of our securities under the Securities Act of 1933 either for our own account or for the accounts of other stockholders, subject to some conditions and limitations, the holders of registration rights will be entitled to include their shares of common stock in the registered offering. In addition, holders of registration rights may require us on not more than five occasions to file a registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933 with respect to their shares of common stock. Further, the holders of registration rights may require us to register their shares on Form S-3 if and when we are eligible to use this form. We are required to pay the costs and expenses of the registration (other than underwriting discounts and commissions and fees) and sale of all such shares of common stock.
In the future, we will also issue additional shares or options to purchase additional shares to our employees, directors and consultants, in connection with corporate alliances or acquisitions, and in follow-on offerings to raise additional capital. Based on all of these factors, sales of a substantial number of shares of our common stock in the public market could occur at any time. These sales could reduce the market price of our common stock. In addition, future sales of our common stock by our stockholders could make it more difficult for us to sell additional shares of our common stock or other securities in the future.
Some provisions of our certificate of incorporation and bylaws may delay or prevent transactions that many stockholders may favor.
Some provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws may have the effect of delaying, discouraging, or preventing a merger or acquisition that our stockholders may consider favorable or a change in our management or our Board of Directors. These provisions:
   
divide our Board of Directors into three separate classes serving staggered three-year terms, which will have the effect of requiring at least two annual stockholder meetings instead of one, to replace a majority of our directors, which could have the effect of delaying of preventing a change in our control or management;
   
provide that special meetings of stockholders can only be called by our Board of Directors, Chairman of the Board or Chief Executive Officer. In addition, the business permitted to be conducted at any special meeting of stockholders is limited to the business specified in the notice of such meeting to the stockholders;
   
provide for an advance notice procedure with regard to business to be brought before a meeting of stockholders which may delay or preclude stockholders from bringing matters before a meeting of stockholders or from making nominations for directors at a meeting of stockholders, which could delay or deter takeover attempts or changes in management;
   
eliminate the right of stockholders to act by written consent so that all stockholder actions must be effected at a duly called meeting;
   
provide that directors may only be removed for cause with the approval of stockholders holding a majority of our outstanding voting stock;
   
provide that vacancies on our Board of Directors may be filled by a majority, although less than a quorum, of directors in office and that our Board of Directors may fix the number of directors by resolution;
   
allow our Board of Directors to issue shares of preferred stock with rights senior to those of the common stock and that otherwise could adversely affect the rights and powers, including voting rights and the right to approve or not to approve an acquisition or other change in control, of the holders of common stock, without any further vote or action by the stockholders; and
   
do not provide for cumulative voting for our directors, which may make it more difficult for stockholders owning less than a majority of our stock to elect any directors to our Board of Directors. In addition, we are also subject to Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, which provides, subject to enumerated exceptions, that if a person acquires 15% or more of our voting stock, the person is an “interested stockholder” and may not engage in “business combinations” with us for a period of three years from the time the person acquired 15% or more of our voting stock.

 

30


Table of Contents

These provisions may have the effect of entrenching our management team and may deprive our stockholders of the opportunity to sell shares to potential acquirers at a premium over prevailing prices. This potential inability to obtain a premium could reduce the price of our common stock.
ITEM 1B.  
UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS
None.
ITEM 2.  
PROPERTIES
Our headquarters are located in a facility in Las Vegas, Nevada consisting of approximately 40,000 square feet of office space, which is under a lease through April 2013. We also lease several other properties that are used to support all our products and services: remote sales offices in Egg Harbor Township, New Jersey under a lease through September 2011 and in Macau SAR under a lease through November 2012, a facility in Burnsville, MN to support our technology development under lease through February 2013 and our manufacturing facility in Las Vegas, Nevada where we support our redemption device operations that is under lease through November 2014. We believe that these facilities are adequate for our business as presently conducted.
ITEM 3.  
LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
On March 22, 2010, an action was commenced by Sightline Payments, LLC in the United States District Court, District of Nevada, against Holdings and GCA. The complaint alleges antitrust violations of Sections 1 and 2 of the Sherman Act and Section 7 of the Clayton Act. The plaintiff seeks damages in the amount of $300 million and that such damages be trebled. On August 9, 2010, the District Court issued an Order and Judgment granting the Company’s motion to dismiss this action. On August 13, 2010, Sightline Payments, LLC filed a Notice of Appeal of the Order and Judgment granting the Company’s Motion to Dismiss, and this appeal remains pending. The Company maintains insurance that will provide for reimbursement of certain of the expenses associated with this action. At this stage of the litigation, the Company is unable to make an evaluation of whether the likelihood of an unfavorable outcome is either probable or remote or the amount or range of potential loss; however, the Company believes it has meritorious defenses and will vigorously defend this action. On April 16, 2010, the Company commenced an action in the District Court of Nevada, Clark County, against the three current principals of Sightline Payments, LLC, all of whom are former executives of the Company. The Company alleges misappropriation of trade secrets, breach of contract, breach of duty of good faith and fair dealing and seeks damages and declaratory and injunctive relief. The Company has received a temporary restraining order barring the defendants in this action from making any continued disclosure of the Company’s proprietary and confidential information.
On July 7, 2010, an action was commenced by Automated Systems America, Inc. in the United States District Court, Central District of California, against Holdings, GCA and certain current employees of GCA. The complaint seeks a declaratory judgment of invalidity, unenforceability and non-infringement of certain patents owned by the Company and alleges antitrust violations of Section 2 of the Sherman Act, unfair competition violations under the Lanham Act and tortuous interference and defamation per se. The plaintiff seeks damages in excess of $2 million, punitive damages, and a trebling of damages associated with the allegations under Section 2 of the Sherman Act. On March 3, 2011, the Company filed a motion to dismiss this action. The Company maintains insurance that may provide for reimbursement of some of the expenses associated with this action. At this stage of the litigation, the Company is unable to make an evaluation of whether the likelihood of an unfavorable outcome is either probable or remote or the amount or range of potential loss; however, the Company believes it has meritorious defenses and will vigorously defend this action.

 

31


Table of Contents

PART II
ITEM 4.  
RESERVED
ITEM 5.  
MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES
Our common stock has traded on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “GCA” since September 23, 2005. Prior to that time, there was no public market for our stock. On March 1, 2011 there were 3 holders of record of our common stock. Because many of our shares of common stock are held by brokers and other institutions on behalf of stockholders, we are unable to estimate the total number of beneficial stockholders represented by these record holders.
The following table sets forth for the indicated periods, the high and low sale prices per share of our common stock:
                 
    Price Range  
    High     Low  
2010:
               
First Quarter
  $ 8.38     $ 6.51  
Second Quarter
    9.26       7.20  
Third Quarter
    7.46       3.46  
Fourth Quarter
    4.17       2.26  
 
               
2009:
               
First Quarter
  $ 4.27     $ 2.07  
Second Quarter
    8.31       3.63  
Third Quarter
    9.21       6.71  
Fourth Quarter
    7.98       6.14  
On March 1, 2011, the closing sale price of our common stock on the New York Stock Exchange was $3.41.
Dividend Policy
We have never declared or paid any cash dividends on our capital stock and do not anticipate paying any dividends on our common stock in the foreseeable future. We currently intend to retain all our earnings to finance the growth and development of our business. Any future change in our dividend policy will be made at the discretion of our Board of Directors and will depend on contractual restrictions, our results of operations, earnings, capital requirements and other factors considered relevant by our Board of Directors. In addition, the New Senior Credit Facility limits the ability of GCA and Holdings to declare and pay cash dividends.
Common Stock Repurchases
On February 10, 2010, pursuant to Rule 10b-18 under the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, the Company’s Board of Directors authorized the repurchase of up to an additional $25 million worth of the Company’s outstanding common stock, subject to compliance with such contractual limitations on such repurchases under the Company’s financing agreements in effect from time to time, including but not limited to those relating to the Company’s senior secured indebtedness and senior subordinated notes. For the year ended December 31, 2010, the Company repurchased 2,000,000 of its shares of common stock pursuant to this repurchase authorization for an aggregate purchase price of $7.7 million.

 

32


Table of Contents

On April 8, 2010, the Company repurchased in a privately negotiated transaction 3,105,590 shares of its outstanding common stock from various entities affiliated with Summit Partners, L.P. for an aggregate purchase price of $25.0 million at a purchase price of $8.05 per share of common stock. Charles J. Fitzgerald, who was a member of the Company’s Board of Directors until his term expired on April 29, 2010, is a managing partner of Summit Partners, L.P. The Company funded this repurchase with cash on hand. This repurchase was made pursuant to a separate authorization by the Board of Directors of the Company in March 2010, separate from the $25.0 million share repurchase program previously made on February 10, 2010.
In addition, for the year ended December 31, 2010, the Company repurchased or withheld from restricted stock awards 116,750 shares of common stock at an aggregate purchase price of $0.8 million to satisfy the minimum applicable tax withholding obligations incident to the vesting of such restricted stock awards.
ISSUER PURCHASES AND WITHHOLDING OF EQUITY SECURITIES
                                 
                            Maximum  
                            Approximate Dollar  
                    Total Number of Shares     Value of Shares that  
    Total Number of     Average Price per     Purchased as Part of     May Yet Be Purchased  
    Shares Purchased or     Share Purchased or     Publicly Announced     Under the Plans or  
    Withheld     Withheld     Plans or Programs     Programs  
10/1/10 – 10/31/10
    66,659 (1)   $ 4.01 (2)     66,659 (1)   $ 17,324,976 (5)
11/1/10 – 11/30/10
    (1)     (2)     (1)   $ 17,324,976 (5)
12/1/10 – 12/31/10
    (1)     (2)     (1)   $ 17,324,976 (5)
 
                         
Subtotals
    66,659 (1)     4.01 (2)     66,659 (1)        
 
10/1/10 – 10/31/10
    5,155 (3)     3.99 (4)     5,155 (3)   $ (5)
11/1/10 – 11/30/10
    5,061 (3)     2.98 (4)     5,061 (3)   $ (5)
12/1/10 – 12/31/10
    5,055 (3)     2.79 (4)     5,055 (3)   $ (5)
 
                         
Subtotals
    15,271 (3)     3.26 (4)     15,271 (3)        
 
                         
 
Total
    81,930     $ 3.87       81,930          
 
                         
(1)  
Represents shares of common stock that we repurchased in open market transactions pursuant to the Rule 10b-18 share repurchase authorization that we publicly announced on February 10, 2010. Our Board of Directors authorized the repurchase up to $25.0 million worth of common stock. The share buyback program did not obligate us to repurchase any specific number of shares and could have been suspended or terminated at any time.
 
(2)  
Represents the average price per share of shares of common stock repurchased pursuant to the Rule 10b-18 share buyback program.
 
(3)  
Represents shares of common stock that were withheld from restricted stock awards to satisfy the minimum applicable tax withholding obligations incident to the vesting of such restricted stock awards. There are no limitations on the number of shares of common stock that may be withheld from restricted stock awards to satisfy the minimum tax withholding obligations incident to the vesting of such restricted stock awards.
 
(4)  
Represents the average price per share of shares of common stock withheld from restricted stock awards on the date of withholding.
 
(5)  
Represents the maximum approximate dollar value of shares of common stock available for repurchase pursuant to the Rule 10b-18 share repurchase authorization at the end of the stated period. As of December 31, 2010, the maximum approximate dollar value of shares that may yet be purchased pursuant to the Rule 10b-18 share buyback program is $17.3 million. However, there are no limitations on the number of shares of common stock that may be withheld from restricted stock awards to satisfy the minimum applicable tax withholding obligations incident to the vesting of such restricted stock awards.

 

33


Table of Contents

STOCK PERFORMANCE GRAPH
The line graph below compares the cumulative total stockholder return on our common stock with the cumulative total return of the Standard & Poor’s (“S&P”) 500 Index and the S&P Information Technology Index during the approximately 51-month period ending December 31, 2010. As a result of changes in our operations and focus, we believe that the S&P Information Technology Index is a better comparison point for the performance of companies that operate in our industry.
The graph assumes that $100 was invested on September 23, 2005 (the first day our common stock was publicly traded) in our common stock and the $100 was invested on August 31, 2005, in the S&P 500 Index and the S&P Information Technology Index, and that all dividends were reinvested. Research Data Group, Inc. furnished this data. Cumulative total stockholder returns for our common stock, the S&P 500 Index and the S&P Information Technology Index are based on the calendar month end closing prices. The comparisons in the graph are required by the SEC and are not intended to forecast or be indicative of possible future performance of our common stock.
(GRAPH)
     
*  
$100 invested on 9/2005 in stock and index including reinvestment in dividends. Fiscal year ended December 31.
This graph is not “soliciting material,” is not deemed filed with the SEC and is not to be incorporated by reference in any filing by us under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), or the Exchange Act, whether made before or after the date hereof and irrespective of any general incorporation language in any such filing.
The stock price performance included in this graph is not necessarily indicative of future stock price performance.

 

34


Table of Contents

ITEM 6.  
SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA
The following selected consolidated financial data should be read in conjunction with our audited consolidated financial statements and related notes and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” appearing elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. The selected consolidated financial data for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2010, 2009, 2008, 2007 and 2006 have been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements, some of which are included herein. Our selected consolidated financial data may not be indicative of our future financial condition or results of operations.
                                         
    For the Years Ended December 31,  
    2010     2009     2008     2007     2006  
    (amounts in thousands, except per share)  
Income Statement Data:
                                       
Revenues
                                       
Cash advance
  $ 244,139     $ 289,314     $ 326,476     $ 316,094     $ 287,053  
ATM
    314,627       325,953       289,122       240,575       221,727  
Check services
    28,357       38,525       42,366       31,126       29,166  
Central Credit and other revenues
    18,467       13,928       13,644       10,145       9,827  
 
                             
Total revenues
    605,590       667,720       671,608       597,940       547,773  
 
                                       
Cost of revenues (exclusive of depreciation and amortization)
    (463,045 )     (501,810 )     (492,974 )     (428,508 )     (384,718 )
Operating expenses
    (73,720 )     (76,005 )     (83,962 )     (79,614 )     (65,021 )
Depreciation and amortization
    (16,195 )     (17,851 )     (16,026 )     (11,600 )     (9,794 )
 
                             
 
                                       
Operating income
    52,630       72,054       78,646       78,218       88,240  
Interest expense, net (1)
    (16,329 )     (17,960 )     (27,888 )     (34,515 )     (42,038 )
 
                             
 
                                       
Income from continuing operations before income tax provision
    36,301       54,094       50,758       43,703       46,202  
Income tax provision
    (18,751 )     (20,556 )     (23,349 )     (16,709 )     (17,832 )
 
                             
 
                                       
Income from continuing operations, net of tax
    17,550       33,538       27,409       26,994       28,370  
Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of tax
          44       (3,939 )     (3,526 )     (1,944 )
 
                             
 
                                       
Net income
    17,550       33,582       23,470       23,468       26,426  
 
                             
Plus: net (income) loss attributable to non-controlling interest (2)
    (56 )     56       86       236       183  
 
                             
Net income attributable to Global Cash Access Holdings, Inc. and subsidiaries
  $ 17,494     $ 33,638     $ 23,556     $ 23,704     $ 26,609  
 
                             
 
                                       
Basic earnings per share:
                                       
Continuing operations
  $ 0.27     $ 0.45     $ 0.36     $ 0.34     $ 0.35  
 
                             
Discontinued operations
  $     $     $ (0.05 )   $ (0.05 )   $ (0.02 )
 
                             
Net income
  $ 0.27     $ 0.45     $ 0.31     $ 0.29     $ 0.33  
 
                             
 
                                       
Diluted earnings per share:
                                       
Continuing operations
  $ 0.26     $ 0.45     $ 0.36     $ 0.33     $ 0.35  
 
                             
Discontinued operations
  $     $     $ (0.05 )   $ (0.04 )   $ (0.03 )
 
                             
Net income
  $ 0.26     $ 0.45     $ 0.31     $ 0.29     $ 0.32  
 
                             
 
                                       
Weighted average number of common shares outstanding:
                                       
Basic
    65,903       74,232       76,787       81,108       81,641  
 
                             
Diluted
    67,272       75,356       76,796       81,377       81,921  
 
                             
 
                                       
Cash EPS (3):
                                       
Net income
    17,494       33,638       23,556       23,704       26,609  
Plus: Income tax provision
    18,751       19,029       19,029       16,709       17,832  
 
                             
Cash earnings
  $ 36,245     $ 52,667     $ 42,584     $ 40,413     $ 44,441  
 
                             
Cash earnings per share:
                                       
Diluted cash earnings per share
  $ 0.54     $ 0.70     $ 0.55     $ 0.50     $ 0.54  
 
                             

 

35


Table of Contents

                                         
    For the Years Ended December 31,  
    2010     2009     2008     2007     2006  
Balance Sheet Data:
                                       
(at end of period)
                                       
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 60,636     $ 84,768     $ 77,148     $ 71,063     $ 42,269  
Total assets
    458,394       501,767       559,150       538,302       587,474  
Total borrowings
    208,750       249,750       265,750       263,480       274,480  
Stockholders’ equity
    143,478       145,409       160,878       138,296       132,157  
 
                                       
Other Data:
                                       
Net cash provided by operating activities
  $ 68,898     $ 90,963     $ 71,324     $ 91,874     $ 70,079  
Net cash used in investing activities
    (24,492 )     (7,235 )     (58,708 )     (10,960 )     (17,061 )
Net cash used in financing activities
    (68,845 )     (74,425 )     (7,217 )     (49,715 )     (46,761 )
 
                                       
Other Data (unaudited):
                                       
Aggregate dollar amount processed (in billions):
                                       
Cash advance
  $ 5.0     $ 5.7     $ 6.5     $ 6.4     $ 5.7  
ATM
  $ 13.6     $ 14.5     $ 15.2     $ 13.6     $ 12.3  
Check warranty
  $ 1.1     $ 1.5     $ 1.8     $ 1.4     $ 1.3  
Number of transactions completed (in millions):
                                       
Cash advance
    10.1       11.7       12.2       11.3       10.4  
ATM
    78.3       83.4       84.7       73.5       69.2  
Check warranty
    4.9       6.3       6.5       5.3       5.1  
(1)  
Interest expense, net, includes interest income and loss on early extinguishment of debt.
 
(2)  
Non-controlling interest loss, net of tax, represents the portion of the loss from operations of Innovative Funds Technology, LLC (“IFT”) that is attributable to the 40% ownership interest in IFT that is not owned by us. IFT was dissolved on April 19, 2010.
 
(3)  
Cash EPS is not a measure of financial performance under U.S. GAAP and should not be considered a substitute for net income, operating income or other income prepared in accordance with GAAP. The Company provides Cash EPS to enhance investor understanding of the underlying trends in the Company’s business and to provide for better comparability between periods in different years. We have a significant deferred tax asset which significantly reduces our United States income tax obligations.
ITEM 7.  
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
The following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and related notes contained herein and the information included in our other filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission. This discussion includes “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act and Section 21E of the Exchange Act. All statements in this Annual Report on Form 10-K other than statements of historical fact are forward-looking statements. These forward-looking statements involve known and unknown risks and uncertainties. Our actual results may differ materially from those projected or assumed in such forward-looking statements. Among the factors that could cause actual results to differ materially are the risk factors discussed under Item 1A. All forward-looking statements and risk factors included in this document are made as of the date of this report, based on information available to us as of such date. We assume no obligation to update any forward-looking statement or risk factor.
Overview
We are a provider of cash access products and related services to the gaming industry in the United States and several international markets. Our products and services provide gaming establishment patrons access to cash through a variety of methods, including ATM cash withdrawals, credit card cash access transactions, POS debit cash access transactions, check cashing and money transfers. We also provide products and services that improve credit decision-making, automate cashier operations and enhance patron marketing activities for gaming establishments. In addition, we manufacture, sell and service cash access devices such as jackpot and redemption kiosks to the gaming industry. These devices also may be enabled to provide our cash access products and services.

 

36


Table of Contents

We began our operations as a joint venture limited liability company among M&C International, entities affiliated with Bank of America and First Data in July 1998. In September 2000, Bank of America sold its entire ownership interest in us to M&C International and First Data. In March 2004, GCA issued $235 million in aggregate principal amount of 8 3/4% senior subordinated notes due 2012 and borrowed $260 million under senior secured credit facilities. Holdings was formed to hold all of the outstanding ownership interests of GCA and has guaranteed the obligations under the senior secured credit facilities. A substantial portion of the proceeds of these senior subordinated notes and senior secured credit facilities were used to redeem all of First Data’s ownership interest in us and a portion of M&C International’s ownership interest in us through a recapitalization, in which Bank of America reacquired an ownership interest in us. In May 2004, we completed the private equity restructuring in which M&C International sold a portion of its ownership interest in us to a number of private equity investors, including entities affiliated with Summit Partners, and we converted from a limited liability company to a Delaware corporation.
In September 2005, we completed an initial public offering of common stock. In connection with that offering, our various equity securities that were outstanding prior to the offering were converted into common stock. In addition, we became a guarantor, on a subordinated basis, of GCA’s senior subordinated notes. In 2007, M&C International distributed its holdings of our common stock to its two principals, Karim Maskatiya and Robert Cucinotta.
In June 2009, the Company repurchased 5,785,602 shares from Robert Cucinotta, which is believed to be all of the shares previously held by Mr. Cucinotta. In June 2009, Karim Maskatiya disposed of a number of shares in open market transactions, which is believed to be all of the shares previously held by Mr. Maskatiya.
In April 2008, we completed the acquisition of Certegy Gaming Services, Inc. (“CGS”), an enterprise providing cash access and check products and services to the gaming industry similar to GCA. The results of operations of CGS have been reflected in the applicable business segment financial information following this acquisition. In August 2008, we completed the acquisition of Cash Systems, Inc. (“CSI”), a provider of cash access and related services to the retail and gaming industries similar to GCA. The results of operations of CSI have been reflected in the applicable business segment financial information following this acquisition. In May 2010, we completed the acquisition of Western Money, a manufacturer of redemption kiosk devices. The results of operations of Western Money have been reflected in the applicable business segment financial information following this acquisition.
We announced on February 28, 2008 that we intended to exit the Arriva Card, Inc. (“Arriva”) business. The results of operations for the Arriva line of business have been classified to discontinued operations for the six months ended June 30, 2009 and the year ended December 31, 2008. The Company determined that as of July 1, 2009, the results of operations for the Arriva line of business were no longer material and the results of operations for the six months ended December 31, 2009 have been classified in continuing operations.
IFT, formerly know as QuikPlay, LLC, was a joint venture that was formed on December 6, 2000, and owned 60% by GCA and 40% by IGT. IGT is one of the largest manufacturers of gaming equipment in the United States. GCA was the managing member of this entity and IFT was consolidated in the Company’s consolidated financial statements prior to April 19, 2010, at which time GCA and IGT dissolved IFT. The dissolution of IFT did not have a material impact on the condensed consolidated financial statements of the Company.
On March 1, 2011, GCA and Holdings entered into the New Senior Credit Facility, consisting of a $210 million term loan facility and a $35 million revolving credit facility. All $210 million of available borrowings under the term loan facility and $4.0 million of available borrowings under the revolving credit facility were borrowed concurrent with the establishment of the New Senior Credit Facility and the Company used substantially all of these proceeds to repay indebtedness under the Company’s existing senior secured credit facilities and to defease the senior subordinated notes. Specifically, on March 1, 2011, GCA irrevocably deposited into trust with the trustee of the indenture governing the senior subordinated notes an aggregate of $133,711,666 in cash to pay and discharge the senior subordinated notes on March 27, 2011.
Other than insubstantial assets that are immaterial in amount and nature, the sole asset of Holdings is the capital stock of GCA.

 

37


Table of Contents

Trends
Our strategic planning and forecasting processes include the consideration of economic and industry-wide trends that may impact our business. We have identified the more material positive and negative trends affecting our business as the following:
   
The gaming sector in the United States experienced a decline in business as compared to the prior year and is expected to be relatively flat to modestly higher and subject to short term fluctuations over the next year.
   
Gaming activity continues to expand into more domestic and international markets.
   
The rate of decline in the volume and face amount of credit card cash access transactions by patrons who use our services has continued to exceed the rate of decline of the volume and face amount of ATM and POS debit transactions, suggesting a migration from credit card cash access transactions to ATM and POS debit transactions.
   
There continues to be a migration from the use of traditional paper checks and cash to electronic payments.
   
The credit markets in the United States and around the world have been volatile and unpredictable.
   
The Company is facing increased competition from smaller competitors in the gaming cash access market and may face additional competition from gaming equipment manufacturers and systems providers such as Bally Technologies, who recently announced its intention to acquire a competing cash access provider who is focused on the gaming industry.
   
The cash access industry in the gaming sector has become increasingly competitive and is having an adverse effect on the Company’s operating margins with respect to new customers and existing customers that have renewed their cash access agreements with the Company.
   
There is increasing governmental oversight related to the cost of transaction processing and related fees to the consumer.
Principal Sources of Revenues and Expenses
Our principal sources of revenues include:
Cash advance revenues that are comprised of transaction fees assessed to gaming patrons in connection with credit card cash access and POS debit card transactions at the time the transactions are authorized. Such fees are based on a combination of a fixed amount plus a percentage of the face amount of the credit card cash access or POS debit card transaction amount.
ATM revenues that are comprised of transaction fees in the form of cardholder surcharges assessed to gaming patrons in connection with ATM cash withdrawals at the time the transactions are authorized and reverse interchange fees paid to us by the patrons’ issuing banks. Cardholder surcharges are recognized as revenue when a transaction is initiated and reverse interchange is recognized as revenue on a monthly basis based on the total transactions occurring during the month. The cardholder surcharges assessed to gaming patrons in connection with ATM cash withdrawals are currently a fixed dollar amount and not a percentage of the transaction amount.
Check services revenues are principally comprised of check warranty revenues and are generally based upon a percentage of the face amount of checks warranted. These fees are paid to us by gaming establishments. In some cases, gaming establishments pass on the fees to patrons.

 

38


Table of Contents

Other revenues consist of Central Credit revenues that are based upon either a flat monthly unlimited usage fee or a variable fee structure driven by the volume of patron credit histories generated. Also included in Other revenues are revenues generated from Casino Marketing Services and revenues generated from Global Recovery Service revenues (“GRS”). This revenue results from a fee collected from GCA clients for research and investigation, using GCA’s proprietary data base to identify funds associated with individual credit card cash access and POS debit card transaction money transfers that were issued upon the completion of such a transaction for which a charge or debit was made to a cardholder’s account but the bank draft was not successfully deposited by GCA’s client. In addition, Other revenues consist of revenue derived from Western Money’s operations. Western Money derives substantially all of its revenue from the sale of cash access devices such as redemption kiosks and derives the balance of its revenue from the provision of certain professional services, software licensing, and certain other ancillary fees associated with the sale, installation and operation of those devices.
Our principal costs and expenses include:
Cost of revenues are costs and expenses directly related to the generation of revenue and exclude depreciation and amortization. For credit card cash access and POS debit card transactions, ATM transactions and, to a much lesser extent, check services, we pay a commission to the gaming establishment at which the transaction occurs. Commissions are the largest component of cost of revenues (exclusive of depreciation and amortization). We expect commissions to increase as a percentage of revenue as new contracts are signed or existing contracts are renewed. We pay credit card associations and payment networks interchange fees for services they provide in routing transactions through their networks. In addition, we pay fees to participate in various payment networks to support our ATM services. The amounts of these interchange fees are determined by the card associations and payment networks in their sole discretion, and are subject to increase in their discretion from time to time. Many of our cash access contracts enable us to pass through the amount of any increase in interchange or processing fees to our gaming establishment customers, who may in turn pass through these increases to patrons. In the past, the major card associations and payment networks have increased interchange rates at least annually, and they may do so in the future. We pay connectivity and processing fees to our network services providers. We incur warranty expense when checks that we have warranted through our Central Credit Check Warranty service or that TeleCheck has warranted through its check warranty service are dishonored upon presentment for payment. Our contract with TeleCheck limits our warranty expense for checks warranted by TeleCheck to a maximum percentage of the total face amount of dishonored checks. We have no limits on warranty expense for our Central Credit check warranty service. Other cost of revenues (exclusive of depreciation and amortization) consists primarily of costs related to delivering our Central Credit service and our patron marketing activities.
Operating expenses consist primarily of salaries and benefits, armored carrier expenses, the cost of repair and maintenance on our cash access devices, legal expenses, telecommunications expenses and bank fees.
We generate interest income on the amount of cash in our bank accounts and on cash that is deposited into accounts to settle our credit card cash access and POS debit card transactions.
Interest expense includes interest incurred on our senior secured credit facilities and our senior subordinated notes, and the amortization of deferred financing costs. Interest expense also includes the cash usage fees associated with the cash used in our ATMs.
Our earnings are subject to taxation under the tax laws of the jurisdictions in which we operate.

 

39


Table of Contents

Results of Operations
Year Ended December 31, 2010 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2009
The following table sets forth the condensed consolidated results of operations and percentages of total revenue for the years ended December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009 (amounts in thousands):
                                 
    December 31, 2010     December 31, 2009  
    $     %     $     %  
Revenues
                               
Cash advance
  $ 244,139       40.3 %   $ 289,314       43.3 %
ATM
    314,627       52.0       325,953       48.8  
Check services
    28,357       4.7       38,525       5.8  
Central Credit and other revenues
    18,467       3.0       13,928       2.1  
 
                           
Total revenues
    605,590       100.0       667,720       100.0  
 
                               
Cost of revenues (exclusive of depreciation and amortization)
    (463,045 )     (76.5 )     (501,810 )     (75.2 )
Operating expenses
    (73,720 )     (12.2 )     (76,005 )     (11.4 )
Depreciation and amortization
    (16,195 )     (2.7 )     (17,851 )     (2.7 )
 
                           
 
                               
Operating income
    52,630       8.7       72,054       10.8  
 
                               
Interest expense, net
    (16,329 )     (2.7 )     (17,960 )     (2.7 )
 
                           
 
                               
Income from continuing operations before income tax provision
    36,301       6.0       54,094       8.1  
 
                               
Income tax provision
    (18,751 )     (3.1 )     (20,556 )     (3.1 )
 
                           
 
                               
Income from continuing operations, net of tax
    17,550       2.9       33,538       5.0  
 
                               
Income from discontinued operations, net of tax
                44        
 
                           
 
                               
Net income
    17,550       2.9       33,582       5.0  
 
                           
 
                               
Plus: net (income) loss attributable to non-contolling interest
    (56 )           56        
 
                           
 
                               
Net income attributable to Global Cash Access Holdings, Inc. and subsidiaries
  $ 17,494       2.9 %   $ 33,638       5.0 %
 
                           

 

40


Table of Contents

Total Revenues
Total revenues for the year ended December 31, 2010, were $605.6 million as compared to $667.7 million for the prior year, a decrease of $62.1 million, or 9.3%, as compared to the year ended December 31, 2009. The primary driver of the decreased revenue in 2010 was a same store revenue decline of 8.3%. Revenue generated from a gaming establishment we serve is included in same-store revenues if it contributed cash advance or ATM revenue during both the current and prior year reference periods. Same-store revenue does not include reverse interchange revenue generated in connection with ATM transactions, check services revenue or other revenue. Segment changes in revenue are further discussed below.
Cash advance revenue for the year ended December 31, 2010, was $244.1 million, a decrease of $45.2 million, or 15.6%, as compared to the year ended December 31, 2009. This decrease was primarily due to lower credit usage by patrons at gaming establishments. This had a negative impact on our financial results as revenue generated from a credit card cash access transaction is generally more profitable than revenue generated from an ATM transaction. The number of credit card cash access transactions declined by approximately 1.6 million or 13.8% in 2010 and the average revenue per transaction decreased by 2.1%.
ATM revenue for the year ended December 31, 2010, was $314.6 million, a decrease of $11.3 million, or 3.5%, as compared to the year ended December 31, 2009. This decrease was primarily due to continued decline in attendance by patrons to gaming establishments. The number of ATM transactions declined by approximately 5.1 million or 6.1% in 2010, while the revenue per transaction increased by approximately 2.8%.
Check services revenue for the year ended December 31, 2010, was $28.4 million, a decrease of $10.2 million, or 26.4%, as compared to the year ended December 31, 2009. This decrease was primarily attributable to the decrease in the number of check services transactions by 1.4 million or 21.7% largely driven by location closures. Some of the locations that were closed were unprofitable.
Other revenues for the year ended December 31, 2010, were $18.5 million, an increase of $4.5 million, or 32.6%, as compared to the year ended December 31, 2009. This increase was primarily due to the inclusion of the operating results from Western Money that was acquired as of May 2010, which was partially offset by the decrease in revenue from Global Recovery Services and Casino Marketing Services.
We provide our cash access products and related services almost exclusively to gaming establishments for the purpose of enabling gaming patrons to access cash. As a result, our business depends on consumer demand for gaming.
Costs and Expenses
Cost of revenues (exclusive of depreciation and amortization) for the year ended December 31, 2010, was $463.0 million, a decrease of $38.8 million, or 7.7%, as compared to the year ended December 31, 2009. This decrease was primarily correlated with revenue. There was a gross increase in interchange expense as a percentage of revenue of 5.4% for the year ended December 31, 2010.
Operating expenses exclusive of depreciation and amortization for the year ended December 31, 2010 were $73.7 million, a decrease of $2.3 million, or 3.0%, as compared to the year ended December 31, 2009. The decrease in operating expenses is primarily due to lower employee-related costs, lower ATM-related expenses and the decline in cash advance related operating expenses.
During the fourth quarter of 2010, we received an additional settlement check for the VISA Check/Master Money Antitrust Litigation for $0.4 million, and in 2009, we received $2.8 million related to the same matter. Amounts received for the VISA Check/Master Money Antitrust Litigation in 2010 and 2009 have been recognized as a reduction to operating expenses.
Depreciation and amortization expense for the year ended December 31, 2010 was $16.2 million, a decrease of $1.7 million, or 9.3%, as compared to the year ended December 31, 2009. This decrease was due primarily to a decrease in amortization of assets fully amortized.

 

41


Table of Contents

Primarily as a result of the factors described above, operating income for the year ended December 31, 2010 was $52.6 million, a decrease of $19.4 million or 27.0% as compared to the year ended December 31, 2009.
Interest expense, net, was $16.3 million in 2010, a decrease of $1.6 million, or 9.1%, as compared to 2009. The decrease resulted from lower average outstanding borrowings. Interest income was also lower due to lower interest rates earned on invested cash balances during 2010 as compared to 2009.
For the year ended December 31, 2010, income tax expense was $18.8 million, a decrease of $1.8 million as compared to the year ended December 31, 2009. The provision for income tax reflected an effective income tax rate of 51.7% for 2010 as compared to 38% for 2009. The increase in the effective tax rate for the year ended December 31, 2010 was primarily the result of the following factors; The Company repatriated funds that had been accumulating in our foreign subsidiaries, which resulted in a one-time increase in the Company’s tax provision of approximately $2.2 million. The second factor that impacted the tax provision was the re-evaluation of the Company’s ability to fully realize the foreign tax credit deferred tax asset. It was determined that the Company would be unable to fully utilize these credits and this determination combined with an election to deduct foreign taxes resulted in a one time provision adjustment of $1.7 million. Additionally, the Company’s effective tax rate also experienced upward pressure related to differences between GAAP and income tax treatment of equity based compensation which increased the income tax provision by $0.8 million, as well as other non-deductible expenses. The provision for income taxes without the effect of the one time increase related to repatriating funds and deducting foreign taxes paid rather than claiming foreign tax credits would yield an income tax rate of 41.0% which would be approximately $14.9 million.
Primarily as a result of the foregoing, net income was $17.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2010, a decrease of $16.0 million or 47.7%, as compared to the prior year.

 

42


Table of Contents

Year Ended December 31, 2009 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2008
The following table sets forth the condensed consolidated results of operations and percentages of total revenue for the years ended December 31, 2009 and December 31, 2008 (amounts in thousands):
                                 
    December 31, 2009     December 31, 2008  
    $     %     $     %  
Revenues
                               
Cash advance
  $ 289,314       43.3 %   $ 326,476       48.6 %
ATM
    325,953       48.8       289,122       43.0  
Check services
    38,525       5.8       42,366       6.3  
Central Credit and other revenues
    13,928       2.1       13,644       2.0  
 
                           
Total revenues
    667,720       100.0       671,608       100.0  
 
                               
Cost of revenues (exclusive of depreciation and amortization)
    (501,810 )     (75.2 )     (492,974 )     (73.4 )
Operating expenses
    (76,005 )     (11.4 )     (83,962 )     (12.5 )
Depreciation and amortization
    (17,851 )     (2.7 )     (16,026 )     (2.4 )
 
                           
 
                               
Operating income
    72,054       10.8       78,646       11.7  
 
                           
 
                               
Interest expense, net
    (17,960 )     (2.7 )     (27,888 )     (4.2 )
 
                           
 
                               
Income from continuing operations before income tax provision
    54,094       8.1       50,758       7.6  
 
                               
Income tax provision
    (20,556 )     (3.1 )     (23,349 )     (3.5 )
 
                           
 
                               
Income from continuing operations, net of tax
    33,538       5.0       27,409       4.1  
 
                               
Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of tax
    44       0.0       (3,939 )     (0.6 )
 
                           
 
                               
Net income
    33,582       5.0       23,470       3.5  
 
                           
 
                               
Plus: net loss attributable to minority interest
    56       0.0       86       0.0  
 
                           
 
                               
Net income attributable to Global Cash Access Holdings, Inc. and subsidiaries
  $ 33,638       5.0 %   $ 23,556       3.5 %
 
                           

 

43


Table of Contents

Total Revenues
Total revenues for the year ended December 31, 2009 were $667.7 million as compared to $671.6 million for the prior year, a decrease of $3.9 million, or 0.6%, as compared to the year ended December 31, 2008. The primary driver of the decreased revenue in 2009 was a same store revenue decline of 11.5%. Revenue generated from a gaming establishment we served was included in same-store revenues if it contributed cash advance or ATM revenue during both the current and prior year reference periods. Same-store revenue does not include reverse interchange revenue generated in connection with ATM transactions, check services revenue or other revenue. This decline was somewhat offset by the inclusion of the operating results of CGS and CSI for the first three and seven months of 2009, respectively as compared to the same periods of 2008. CGS was acquired on April 1, 2008 and CSI on August 1, 2008. Segment changes in revenue are further discussed below:
Cash advance revenue for the year ended December 31, 2009 was $289.3 million, a decrease of $37.2 million, or 11.4%, as compared to the year ended December 31, 2008. This decrease was primarily due to lower credit usage by patrons at gaming establishments. This had a negative impact on our financial results as revenue generated from a credit card cash access transaction is generally more profitable than revenue generated from an ATM transaction. The number of credit card cash access transactions declined by approximately 0.5 million or 4.1% in 2009, and revenue per transaction also decreased on a year-over-year basis. This decrease was partially offset by the inclusion of three and seven months of operations, in 2009 but not in 2008, as a result of the 2008 acquisitions of CGS and CSI.
ATM revenue for the year ended December 31, 2009 was $326.0 million, an increase of $36.8 million, or 12.7%, as compared to the year ended December 31, 2008. The increase was primarily attributable to gaming patrons performing a higher percentage of ATM transactions as compared to credit card cash access transactions. Although the number of ATM transactions decreased by 1.3 million or 1.5%, the ATM revenue per transaction increased due to a higher average surcharge assessed per ATM transaction. This increase in ATM revenue for 2009 was compounded by the inclusion of three and seven months of operations, in 2009 but not in 2008, as a result of the 2008 acquisitions of CGS on April 1, 2008 and CSI on August 1, 2008, respectively.
Check services revenue for the year ended December 31, 2009 was $38.5 million, a decrease of $3.8 million, or 9.1%, as compared to the year ended December 31, 2008. This decrease was primarily attributable to the decrease in the number of check services transactions by 0.2 million or 3.1% largely driven by the loss of customers in this segment. This decrease was partially offset by the inclusion of three and seven months of operations, in 2009 but not in 2008, as a result of the 2008 acquisitions of CGS and CSI. Check services revenue was also impacted by a long-term trend whereby consumers are moving from physical checks to electronic forms of transactions. As a result of this trend and the roll-off of customers lost in 2009, we expect check services revenue to be lower in 2010 than it was in 2009.
Other revenues for the year ended December 31, 2009, were $13.9 million, an increase of $0.3 million, or 2.1%, as compared to the year ended December 31, 2008. This increase was primarily due to additional revenue from GRS. We do not expect GRS to contribute material revenue to 2010 and beyond.
We provide our cash access products and related services almost exclusively to gaming establishments for the purpose of enabling gaming patrons to access cash. As a result, our business depends on consumer demand for gaming.
Costs and Expenses
Cost of revenues (exclusive of depreciation and amortization) for the year ended December 31, 2009, was $501.8 million, an increase of $8.8 million, or 1.8%, as compared to the year ended December 31, 2008. The increase was due primarily to increased commission-related expenses, which are the single largest cost element of cost of revenues. The increase in commissions in 2009 was due primarily to:
   
the additional commission expenses resulting from the CGS and CSI acquisitions included in the first three and seven months of 2009 but not included in the first three and seven months of 2008, respectively.
   
the migration of transactions from credit card cash access transactions to ATM transactions, which have a higher proportion of commission expense to revenue than do credit card cash access transactions.

 

44


Table of Contents

Operating expenses exclusive of depreciation and amortization for the year ended December 31, 2009 were $76.0 million, a decrease of $8.0 million, or 9.5%, as compared to the year ended December 31, 2008. The decrease in operating expenses was driven primarily to the elimination of expenses that were assumed as part of the acquisitions of CGS and CSI. In 2009, we continued to incur high external legal expenses driven by various litigation matters. External legal expenses were approximately $5.1 million in 2009 as compared to $4.2 million in 2008.
During the fourth quarter of 2009, we received a final settlement check for the VISA Check/Master Money Antitrust Litigation for $2.8 million, and in 2008, $0.4 million was received related to the same matter. Monies received for the VISA Check/Master Money Antitrust Litigation in 2009 and 2008 have been recognized as a reduction to operating expenses.
Depreciation and amortization expense for the year ended December 31, 2009 was $17.9 million, an increase of $1.8 million, or 11.4%, as compared to the year ended December 31, 2008. This increase was due primarily to the increase in depreciable assets and amortizing intangibles resulting from the acquisitions of CGS and CSI.
Primarily as a result of the factors described above, operating income for the year ended December 31, 2009 was $72.0 million, a decrease of $6.6 million or 8.4% as compared to the year ended December 31, 2008.
Interest expense, net, was $18.0 million in 2009, a decrease of $9.9 million, or 35.6%, as compared to 2008. The decrease resulted from significantly lower interest rates compared to the prior period, lower average outstanding borrowings partially offset by a higher average draw on the Bank of America Treasury Services Agreement (“Treasury Services Agreement”). The average balance drawn on this agreement in 2009 was $358.7 million as compared to $319.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2008. The lower interest rates resulted in substantially lower cash usage fees of $2.1 million in 2009. Interest income was also lower due to lower interest rates earned on invested cash balances during 2009 as compared to 2008.
Income tax expense was $20.6 million, a decrease of $2.8 million or 12% for the year ended December 31, 2009 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2008. The provision for income tax reflected an effective income tax rate of 38% for 2009 as compared to 46% for 2008. The decrease in our effective income tax rate was primarily due to a decrease in the expense related to the expiration on non-qualified stock options and their related impact on income tax. Such expenses are not deductible for income tax purposes and therefore, their occurrence results in a relatively higher effective income tax rate.
Primarily as a result of the foregoing, net income was $33.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2009, an increase of $10.1 million or 42.8%, as compared to the prior year.
Critical Accounting Policies
The preparation of our financial statements in conformity with United States Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (“GAAP”) requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect our reported amounts of assets and liabilities, revenues and expenses, and related disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities in our consolidated financial statements. The SEC has defined a company’s critical accounting policies as the ones that are most important to the portrayal of the financial condition and results of operations, and which require management to make its most difficult and subjective judgments, often as a result of the need to make estimates about matters that are inherently uncertain. Based on this definition, we have identified our critical accounting policies as those addressed below. We also have other key accounting policies that involve the use of estimates, judgments and assumptions. You should review the notes to our consolidated financial statements for a summary of these policies. We believe that our estimates and assumptions are reasonable, based upon information presently available; however, actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions.

 

45


Table of Contents

Goodwill. We have approximately $185.1 million in net unamortized goodwill on our consolidated balance sheet at December 31, 2010 resulting from our acquisitions of other businesses. We account for goodwill in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) guidance , which requires an annual review of goodwill and other non-amortizing intangible assets for impairment. Our most recent annual assessment was performed as of October 1, 2010. It was determined that no impairment adjustment was necessary. The annual evaluation of goodwill and other non-amortizing intangible assets requires the use of estimates about future operating results of each reporting unit to determine their estimated fair value. Changes in forecasted operations can materially affect these estimates, which could significantly affect our results of operations.
Income Taxes. We are subject to income taxes in the United States as well as various states and foreign jurisdictions in which we operate. We account for income taxes in accordance with FASB guidance whereby deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the expected future tax consequences of events that have been included in the financial statements or income tax returns. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based upon differences between financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and their respective tax bases using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. We also follow FASB guidance for the accounting for uncertainty in income taxes as recognized in our consolidated financial statements. The effect on the income tax provision and deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in rates is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date. We believe that it is more likely than not that we will be able to utilize our deferred tax assets. Therefore we have not provided material valuation allowances against our recorded deferred tax assets.
Revenue Recognition. We recognize revenue when evidence of an arrangement exists, services have been rendered, our price is fixed or determinable and collectability is reasonably assured. We evaluate our revenue streams for proper timing of revenue recognition.
Cash advance revenue is comprised of upfront patron transaction fees assessed at the time the transaction is initiated and typically a percentage of the face amount of the credit card cash access transaction. Cash advance revenue is recognized at the point that a negotiable instrument is generated.
ATM revenue is comprised of upfront patron transaction fees assessed at the time the transaction is initiated and a percentage of interchange fees paid by the patron’s issuing bank. These issuing banks share the interchange revenue, or reverse interchange, with us to cover the costs we incur to acquire the ATM transaction. Upfront patron transaction fees are recognized when a transaction is authorized and reverse interchange is recognized on a monthly basis.
Check services revenue is generally contractually based upon a percentage of the face amount of total checks warranted. Check services revenue is recognized on a monthly basis.
Central Credit revenue is based upon either a flat monthly, unlimited usage fee or a variable fee structure driven by the volume of patron credit histories generated. This revenue is recognized on a monthly basis. Revenue derived from our patron marketing products and services is recognized upon completion of services.
Western Money derives substantially all of its revenue from the sale of cash access devices such as jackpot and redemption kiosks and derives the balance of its revenue from the provision of certain professional services, software licensing, and certain other ancillary fees associated with the sale of, installation and operation of those devices. Revenue is recognized as products are delivered and/or services are performed.
Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements
In January 2010, the FASB issued an update to the Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures topic as reflected in the Codification. This update adds new requirements for disclosures about transfers into and out of Levels 1 and 2 and a higher level of disaggregation for the different types of financial instruments. For the reconciliation of Level 3 fair value measurements, information about purchases, sales, issuances and settlements should be presented separately. This guidance is effective for the Company beginning December 15, 2009, for most disclosures and for periods beginning after December 15, 2010, for the new Level 3 disclosures.

 

46


Table of Contents

Liquidity and Capital Resources
Cash Flows
The following table summarizes our cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively:
                 
    Years Ended December 31,  
    2010     2009  
Net cash provided by operating activities
  $ 68,898     $ 90,963  
Net cash used in investing activities
    (24,492 )     (7,235 )
Net cash used in financing activities
    (68,845 )     (74,425 )
Net effect of exchange rates on cash and cash equivalents
    307       (1,683 )
 
           
 
               
Net (decrease)increase in cash and cash equivalents
    (24,132 )     7,620  
 
               
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS—Beginning of period
    84,768       77,148  
 
           
 
               
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS—End of period
  $ 60,636     $ 84,768  
 
           
Our principal source of liquidity is cash flows from operating activities, which were $68.9 million and $91.0 million for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. Cash flows from operating activities decreased approximately $22.1 million. Changes in working capital increased cash flow from operations by approximately $21.0 million and $22.0 million for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009. Non-cash expenses include $30.6 million and $35.5 million for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively.
Net cash used in investing activities totaled $24.5 million and $7.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively, an increase of $17.3 million. In 2010, we acquired Western Money for $15.4 million. We had no acquisitions in 2009. We also had capital expenditures in 2010 of $9.1 million and $7.2 million in 2009.
Net cash used in financing activities was $68.8 million and $74.4 million for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. During the year ended December 31, 2010, we repaid $25.0 million against our senior subordinated debt and $16.0 million against our credit facilities as compared to repayment of $16.0 million of our credit facilities in 2009. In 2010, the Company repurchased $33.5 million worth of shares of common stock as compared to $61.3 million in 2009. (See Note 8 Capital Stock to our financial statements for a detailed explanation of our repurchases of common stock.)
Borrowings
Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement and Notes
On November 1, 2006, GCA and Holdings entered into a Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement with certain lenders, Bank of America, as Administrative Agent and Wachovia Bank, N.A., as Syndication Agent (the “Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement”). The Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement amended and restated the First Amended and Restated Credit Agreement that previously governed the terms of GCA’s existing senior secured credit facilities to provide for a $100.0 million term loan facility and a $100.0 million five-year revolving credit facility, with a $25.0 million letter of credit sublimit and a $5.0 million swingline loan sublimit. The Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement also contained an increase option permitting GCA to arrange with existing lenders and/or new lenders for them to provide up to an aggregate of $150.0 million in additional term loan or revolving credit commitments.
The Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement significantly amended and restated the terms of the First Amended and Restated Credit Agreement to, among other things, reduce the rate at which interest accrues on certain borrowings under the senior secured credit facilities and modify certain other terms, conditions, provisions and covenants in connection with the senior secured credit facilities.

 

47


Table of Contents

Principal, together with accrued and unpaid interest, was due on the maturity date, November 1, 2011. GCA had the right to prepay the loans and terminate the commitments at any time, without premium or penalty, subject to certain qualifications set forth in the Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement. Furthermore, the Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement contained mandatory prepayment provisions which, under certain circumstances, obligated GCA to apply defined portions of its cash flow to prepayment of the senior secured credit facilities.
Pursuant to the Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, the senior secured credit facilities were secured by substantially all of the assets of the Company, GCA and GCA’s wholly-owned domestic subsidiaries other than Arriva Card, Inc. (“Arriva”), and were guaranteed by the Company and all of GCA’s wholly-owned domestic subsidiaries other than Arriva.
The Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement contained customary affirmative and negative covenants, financial covenants, representations and warranties and events of defaults, which are subject to important exceptions and qualifications, as set forth in the Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement.
On March 10, 2004, GCA completed a private placement offering of $235.0 million of 8.75% senior subordinated notes due 2012 (the “Notes”). All of GCA’s existing and future domestic wholly owned subsidiaries are guarantors of the Notes on a senior subordinated basis. In addition, effective upon the closing of our initial public offering of common stock, Holdings guaranteed, on a subordinated basis, all of GCA’s obligations under the Notes.
Interest on the Notes accrues based upon a 360-day year comprised of twelve 30-day months and is payable semiannually on March 15th and September 15th. On October 31, 2005, $82.3 million or 35% of these Notes were redeemed at a price of 108.75% of face, out of the net proceeds from our initial public offering. GCA may redeem all or a potion of the Notes at redemption prices of 104.375%, on or after March 15, 2008, 102.19% on or after March 15, 2009, or 100.00% on or after March 15, 2010. On May 3, 2010, GCA redeemed prior to their maturity $25.0 million in the aggregate principal amount of the Notes at a redemption price of 100% of the principal amount of such Notes. As of December 31, 2010, the Company had $127.8 million in borrowings outstanding under the indenture governing the Notes.
The following is a summary of our contractual cash obligations as of December 31, 2010, including the Notes and under the Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement:
                                         
                    2 - 3     4 - 5     After  
Contractual Cash Obligations   Total     1 Year     Years     Years     5 Years  
(amounts in thousands)                                        
 
                                       
Debt obligations
  $ 208,750     $ 81,000     $ 127,750     $     $  
Estimated interest obligations (1)
    14,447       12,118       2,329              
Operating lease obligations
    2,722       809       1,071       587       255  
Purchase obligations (2)
    3,226       1,288       1,938              
 
                             
 
                                       
Total cash obligations (3)
  $ 229,145     $ 95,215     $ 133,088     $ 587     $ 255  
 
                             
(1)  
Estimated interest payments are computed using the interest rate in effect at December 31, 2010 multiplied by the principal balance outstanding after scheduled principal amortization payments. For the senior secured credit facility and the senior subordinated notes the rates assumed are 1.39% and 8.75%, respectively.
 
(2)  
Included in purchase obligations are minimum transaction processing services from various third-party processors that we use.
 
(3)  
On March 1, 2011 we refinanced all of our indebtedness under the Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement as well as defeased the Notes as described below. The required principal payments under the New Senior Credit Facility will be $525,000 per quarter beginning June 2011 and also will require an excess cash flow payment that is based on full year end earnings and our leverage ratio in effect at that time.

 

48


Table of Contents

On March 1, 2011, the Company refinanced all of its indebtedness outstanding under the Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement and defeased its obligations under the senior subordinated notes with proceeds from the New Senior Credit Facility as described below.
New Senior Credit Facility
On March 1, 2011, GCA, together with its sole stockholder, Holdings entered into a Credit Agreement (“the Credit Agreement”) with certain lenders, Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as Administrative Agent and Wells Fargo Securities, LLC., as Syndication Agent. The New Senior Credit Facility established by the Credit Agreement provides for a $210.0 million term loan facility and a $35.0 million revolving credit facility. The revolving credit facility includes provisions for the issuance of up to $10.0 million of letters of credit and up to $5.0 million in swingline loans. The Credit Agreement also contains an increase option permitting GCA to arrange with existing lenders and/or new lenders for them to provide up to an aggregate of $50.0 million in additional term loan commitments. All $210 million of available borrowings under the term loan facility were borrowed concurrent with the establishment of the New Senior Credit Facility. Once repaid, no amounts under the term loan facility may be reborrowed. In addition, $4 million of available borrowings under the revolving credit facility were borrowed concurrent with the establishment of the New Senior Credit Facility. Once repaid, amounts under the revolving credit facility may be reborrowed.
The term loan requires principal repayments of one quarter of 1% of the aggregate initial principal amount of term loans, or $525,000 per quarter as well as annual mandatory prepayment provisions based on an excess cash flow sweep equal to a fixed percentage of excess cash flow (as defined in the Credit Agreement). The remaining principal is due on the maturity date, March 1, 2016. GCA may prepay the loans and terminate the commitments at any time after the first year, without premium or penalty, subject to certain qualifications set forth in the Credit Agreement. Furthermore, the Credit Agreement contains mandatory prepayment provisions which, under certain circumstances, such as asset or equity sales, obligate GCA to apply defined portions of its cash flow to prepayment of the New Senior Credit Facility.
Borrowings under the New Senior Credit Facility bear interest at either (x) a specified base rate plus a 4.50% margin, or (y) LIBOR plus a 5.5% margin. The base rate minimum is 2.50% and the LIBOR minimum is 1.50%. Interest in respect of base rate loans is payable quarterly in arrears and interest in respect of LIBOR loans is payable in arrears at the end of the applicable interest period and every three months in the case of interest periods in excess of three months. Interest is also payable at the time of repayment of any loans and at maturity.
The New Senior Credit Facility is unconditionally guaranteed by the Holdings and each direct and indirect domestic subsidiary of GCA. All amounts owing under the New Senior Credit Facility are secured by a first priority perfected security interest in all stock (but only 65% of the stock of foreign subsidiaries), other equity interests and promissory notes owned by GCA and a first priority perfected security interest in all other tangible and intangible assets owned by GCA and the guarantors.
The Credit Agreement contains customary affirmative and negative covenants, financial covenants, representations and warranties and events of defaults.

 

49


Table of Contents

The significant financial covenants are:
Interest Coverage Ratio (as defined in the Credit Agreement)
         
Fiscal Quarter Ended   Ratio  
March 31, 2011 - June 30 2011
    2.50:1.00  
September 30, 2011 - December 31, 2011
    2.75:1.00  
March 31, 2012 - December 31, 2012
    3.00:1.00  
March 31, 2013 - December 31, 2013
    3.25:1.00  
March 31, 2014 - December 31, 2014
    3.50:1.00  
Thereafter
    3.75:1.00  
Total Leverage Ratio (as defined in the Credit Agreement)
         
Anytime in Period Ended   Ratio  
March 31, 2011 - December 30, 2011
    4.25:1.00  
December 31, 2011 - March 30, 2012
    4.00:1.00  
March 31, 2012 - September 30, 2012
    3.75:1.00  
September 30, 2012 - March 30, 2015
    3.25:1.00  
Thereafter
    2.75:1.00  
Excess Cash Flow Sweep (1)
         
If Total Leverage:   Sweep percentage  
is greater than 2.50:1.00
    50 %
is less than 2.50:1.00 but greater than 1.50:1.00
    25 %
is less than 1.50:1.00
    0 %
(1)  
GCA is required to pay a percentage of Excess Cash Flow, as defined in the Credit Agreement, which is based upon the Total Leverage Ratio, as defined in the Credit Agreement.
Deferred Tax Asset
As of December 31, 2010, the Company had a net deferred income tax asset of $131.5 million. We recognized a deferred tax asset upon our conversion from a limited liability company to a corporation on May 14, 2004. Prior to that time, all tax attributes flowed through to the members of the limited liability company. The principal component of the deferred tax asset is a difference between our assets for financial accounting and tax purposes. This difference results from a significant balance of acquired goodwill of approximately $687 million that was generated as part of the conversion to a corporation plus approximately $98 million in pre-existing goodwill carried over from periods prior to the conversion. Both of these assets are recorded for tax purposes but not for financial accounting purposes. They are amortized over 15 years for tax purposes, using the Company’s current earnings, this results in annual pretax income being approximately $52.3 million lower for tax purposes than for financial accounting purposes. At an estimated blended domestic effective tax rate of 36.4%, this results in tax payments being at a maximum of approximately $19.0 million less than the provision for income taxes shown on the income statement for financial accounting purposes. Given the Company’s current estimates, this is an expected aggregate of $158.6 million in cash savings over the remaining life of the portion of our deferred tax asset related to the conversion. These deferred tax assets may be subject to certain limitations. We believe that it is more likely than not that we will be able to utilize our deferred tax asset. However, the utilization of this tax asset is subject to many factors beyond our control including our earnings, a change of control of the Company and future estimations of earnings.

 

50


Table of Contents

Other Liquidity Needs and Resources
In November 2010, we entered into a Contract Cash Solutions Agreement with Wells Fargo to supply us with currency needed for normal operating requirements of our domestic ATMs. The maximum allowable average daily limit is $400 million, but Wells Fargo has agreed to allow us to exceed this amount by $50 million on a calendar day but not more than four times per calendar year and subject to certain additional conditions and limitations. On December 17, 2010, we terminated the Amended Treasury Services Agreement with Bank of America, our vault cash provider for a significant portion of 2010. Under the terms of the Contract Cash Solutions Agreement and the Amended Treasury Services Agreement, we paid a monthly cash usage fee based upon the product of the average daily dollars outstanding in all ATMs multiplied by a contractually defined cash usage rate. This cash usage rate is determined by an applicable LIBOR plus a mutually agreed upon margin. We are therefore exposed to interest rate risk to the extent that applicable LIBOR increases. On December 31, 2010, the currency supplied by Wells Fargo pursuant to the Contract Cash Solutions Agreement was $368.4 million.
We also need supplies of cash to support our foreign operations. For some foreign jurisdictions, such as the United Kingdom, applicable law and cross-border treaties allow us to transfer funds between our domestic and foreign operations efficiently. For other foreign jurisdictions, we must rely on the supply of cash generated by our operations in those foreign jurisdictions, and the cost of repatriation is prohibitive. For example, Global Cash Access (Canada) Inc. (“GCA Canada”), the subsidiary through which we operate in Canada, generates a supply of cash that is sufficient to support its operations, and all cash generated through such operations is retained by GCA Canada. As we expand our operations into new foreign jurisdictions, we must rely on treaty-favored cross-border transfers of funds, the supply of cash generated by our operations in those foreign jurisdictions or alternate sources of working capital.
We believe that borrowings available under the New Senior Credit Facility, together with our anticipated operating cash flows, will be adequate to meet our anticipated future requirements for working capital, capital expenditures and scheduled interest payments. Although no additional financing is currently contemplated, we may seek, if necessary or otherwise advisable and to the extent permitted under the terms of the New Senior Credit Facility, additional financing through bank borrowings or public or private debt or equity financings. We cannot ensure that additional financing, if needed, will be available to us, or that, if available, the financing will be on terms favorable to us. The terms of any additional debt or equity financing that we may obtain in the future could impose additional limitations on our operations and/or management structure. We also cannot ensure that the estimates of our liquidity needs are accurate or that new business developments or other unforeseen events will not occur, resulting in the need to raise additional funds.
Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements
In November 2010, we entered into the Contract Cash Solutions Agreement with Wells Fargo to supply us with currency needed for normal operating requirements of our domestic ATMs. On December 17, 2010, we terminated the Amended Treasury Services Agreement with Bank of America, our vault cash provider for a significant portion of 2010. Under the terms of the Contact Cash Solutions Agreement and the Amended Treasury Services Agreement, all currency supplied by Wells Fargo and Bank of America, respectively remains the sole property of Wells Fargo and Bank of America at all times until it is dispensed, at which time Wells Fargo or Bank of America obtain an interest in the corresponding settlement receivable. Because the cash supplied to us under the Contract Cash Solutions Agreement and Amended Treasury Services Agreement is never an asset of ours, supplied cash is not reflected on our balance sheet. At December 31, 2010, the total currency obtained from Wells Fargo under the Contract Cash Solutions Agreement pursuant to this agreement was $368.4 million. Because Wells Fargo obtains an interest in our settlement receivables, there is no liability corresponding to the supplied cash reflected on our balance sheet. The fees that we paid to Wells Fargo and Bank of America for cash usage during the year pursuant to the Contract Cash Solutions Agreement and Amended Treasury Services Agreement are reflected as interest expense in our financial statements due to the following considerations:
   
the Contract Cash Solutions Agreement and Amended Treasury Services Agreement operate in a fashion similar to a revolving line of credit, in that amounts are drawn and repaid on a daily basis;
   
the resource being procured by the Company under the terms of the Contract Cash Solutions Agreement and Amended Treasury Services Agreement is a financial resource and in the absence of such an arrangement, the Company would be required to obtain sufficient alternative financing either on balance sheet or off balance sheet in order to meet its financial obligations;
   
the fees of the Contract Cash Solutions Agreement and Amended Treasury Services Agreement are assessed on the outstanding balance during the applicable period and include a base rate which is tied to LIBOR and a margin, similar to a credit spread; and
   
the fees incurred by the Company under the Contract Cash Solutions Agreement and Amended Treasury Services Agreement are a function of both the prevailing rate of LIBOR as dictated by the capital markets and the average outstanding balance during the applicable period as previously noted. The fees do not vary with revenue or any other underlying driver of revenue such as transaction count or dollars processed as is the case with all costs classified as cost of revenue such as interchange expense, and processing fees.

 

51


Table of Contents

The Company also includes the fees paid under the Contract Cash Solutions Agreement and Amended Treasury Services Agreement as interest in its calculation of the ratio to fixed charges in Item 15 Exhibits.
As of December 13, 2010, we rely on Wells Fargo to supply cash for substantially all of our domestic ATMs. Under the Contract Cash Solutions Agreement, Wells Fargo is not obligated to supply us with more than $400 million in cash at any given time, however, to satisfy our ATM cash supply needs, Wells Fargo has agreed to supply us with up to $50 million in excess of this limit for a calendar day up to four times per calendar year and subject to certain additional conditions and limitations. To the extent that Wells Fargo is unable to supply us with cash either to satisfy our agreement with Wells Fargo or in excess of the $400 million, due to liquidity constraints or otherwise, we would have to obtain an alternate source of cash. Foreign gaming establishments supply the currency needs for the ATMs located on their premises.
As of December 31, 2010, we had approximately $2.8 million in standby letters of credit outstanding relating to our obligations under our amended and restated sponsorship agreement with Bank of America and relating to certain licensing requirements.
Effects of Inflation
Our monetary assets, consisting primarily of cash and receivables, are not significantly affected by inflation. Our non-monetary assets, consisting primarily of our deferred tax asset, goodwill and other intangible assets, are not affected by inflation. We believe that replacement costs of equipment, furniture and leasehold improvements will not materially affect our operations. However, the rate of inflation affects our operating expenses, such as those for salaries and benefits, armored carrier expenses, telecommunications expenses and equipment repair and maintenance services, which may not be readily recoverable in the financial terms under which we provide our cash access products and services to gaming establishments and their patrons.

 

52


Table of Contents

ITEM 7A.  
QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK
In the normal course of business, we are exposed to foreign currency exchange risk. We operate and conduct business in foreign countries and, as a result, are exposed to movements in foreign currency exchange rates. Our exposure to foreign currency exchange risk related to our foreign operations is not material to our results of operations, cash flows or financial position. At present, we do not hedge this risk. At present, we do not hold any derivative securities of any kind.
In November 2010, we entered into a Contract Cash Solutions Agreement with Wells Fargo to supply us with currency needed for normal operating requirements of our domestic ATMs. The maximum allowable average daily limit is $400 million, but Wells Fargo has agreed to allow us to exceed this amount by $50 million on a calendar day but not more than four times per calendar year. On December 17, 2010, we terminated the Amended Treasury Services Agreement with Bank of America, our vault cash provider for a significant portion of 2010. Under the terms of the Contract Cash Solutions Agreement and the Amended Treasury Services Agreement, we paid a monthly cash usage fee based upon the product of the average daily dollars outstanding in all ATMs multiplied by a contractually defined cash usage rate. This cash usage rate is determined by an applicable LIBOR plus a mutual agreed upon margin. We are therefore exposed to interest rate risk to the extent that applicable LIBOR increases. On December 31, 2010, the currency supplied by Wells Fargo pursuant to the Contract Cash Solutions Agreement was $368.4 million. Based upon the average outstanding amount of currency to be supplied by during 2010, which was $337.8 million, each 1% increase in applicable LIBOR would have a $3.4 million impact on income before taxes and minority ownership loss over a 12-month period.
Our senior secured credit facilities under the Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement bore interest at rates that can vary over time. We had the option of having interest on the outstanding amounts under these credit facilities paid based on a base rate (equivalent to the prime rate) or based on the Eurodollar rate (equivalent to LIBOR). We have historically elected to pay interest based on the one month United States dollar LIBOR. At December 31, 2010, the weighted average interest expense, inclusive of the applicable margin of 112.5 basis points, was 1.386%. Based on the outstanding balance on the senior secured credit facility of $81.0 million on December 31, 2010, each 1% increase in the applicable LIBOR would add an additional $0.8 million of interest expense over a 12-month period. At December 31, 2010, we had $0 drawn under the revolving credit portion.

 

53


Table of Contents

ITEM 8.  
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA
INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
         
    55  
 
       
    56  
 
       
    57  
 
       
    58  
 
       
    59  
 
       
    61  
 
       

 

54


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of
Global Cash Access Holdings, Inc.
Las Vegas, Nevada
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Global Cash Access Holdings, Inc. and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2010 and 2009, and the related consolidated statements of income and comprehensive income, stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2010. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
In our opinion, such consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Global Cash Access Holdings, Inc. and subsidiaries at December 31, 2010 and 2009, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2010, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.
We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2010, based on the criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission and our report dated March 14, 2011 expressed an unqualified opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.
/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP
Las Vegas, NV
March 14, 2011

 

55


Table of Contents

GLOBAL CASH ACCESS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
DECEMBER 31, 2010 AND 2009
(amounts in thousands)
                 
    2010     2009  
ASSETS
               
 
               
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 60,636     $ 84,768  
Restricted cash and cash equivalents
    455       369  
Settlement receivables
    10,374       11,001  
Other receivables, net
    15,211       24,523  
Inventory
    3,845        
Prepaid and other assets
    8,200       10,415  
Property, equipment and leasehold improvements, net
    16,648       19,419  
Goodwill, net
    185,110       174,354  
Other intangibles, net
    26,368       28,154  
Deferred income taxes, net
    131,547       148,764  
 
           
 
               
Total assets
  $ 458,394     $ 501,767  
 
           
 
               
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
               
 
               
LIABILITIES
               
Settlement liabilities
  $ 59,741     $ 61,313  
Accounts payable
    28,562       28,482  
Accrued expenses
    17,863       16,813  
Borrowings
    208,750       249,750  
 
           
 
               
Total liabilities
    314,916       356,358  
 
           
 
               
COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (NOTE 6)
               
 
               
STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
               
Common stock, $0.001 par value, 500,000 shares authorized and 85,006 and 83,344 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively
    85       83  
Convertible preferred stock, $0.001 par value, 50,000 shares authorized and 0 shares outstanding at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively
           
Additional paid in capital
    197,048       183,486  
Retained earnings
    88,796       71,302  
Accumulated other comprehensive income
    2,587       2,190  
Treasury stock, at cost, 20,626 and 15,404 shares at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively
    (145,038 )     (111,564 )
 
           
Total Global Cash Access Holdings, Inc. stockholders’ equity
    143,478       145,497  
 
           
Non-controlling interest
          (88 )
 
           
Total stockholders’ equity
    143,478       145,409  
 
           
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity
  $ 458,394     $ 501,767  
 
           
See notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

56


Table of Contents

GLOBAL CASH ACCESS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME AND COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2010, 2009, AND 2008
(amounts in thousands, except earnings per share amounts)
                         
    For the Years Ended December 31,  
    2010     2009     2008  
REVENUES:
                       
Cash advance
  $ 244,139     $ 289,314     $ 326,476  
ATM
    314,627       325,953       289,122  
Check services
    28,357       38,525       42,366  
Central Credit and other revenues
    18,467       13,928       13,644  
 
                 
Total revenues
    605,590       667,720       671,608  
 
                       
Cost of revenues (exclusive of depreciation and amortization)
    (463,045 )     (501,810 )     (492,974 )
Operating expenses
    (73,720 )     (76,005 )     (83,962 )
Depreciation and amortization
    (16,195 )     (17,851 )     (16,026 )
 
                 
 
                       
OPERATING INCOME
    52,630       72,054       78,646  
INTEREST EXPENSE, NET
    (16,329 )     (17,960 )     (27,888 )
 
                 
 
                       
INCOME FROM CONTINUING OPERATIONS BEFORE INCOME TAX PROVISION
    36,301       54,094       50,758  
INCOME TAX PROVISION
    (18,751 )     (20,556 )     (23,349 )
 
                 
 
                       
Income from continuing operations, net of tax
    17,550       33,538       27,409  
Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of tax
          44       (3,939 )
 
                 
 
                       
Net income
    17,550       33,582       23,470  
 
                 
Plus: net (income) loss attributable to non-controlling interest
    (56 )     56       86  
 
                 
Net income attributable to Global Cash Access Holdings, Inc. and subsidiaries
    17,494       33,638       23,556  
Foreign currency translation, net of tax
    397       947       (1,465 )
 
                 
COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
  $ 17,891     $ 34,585     $ 22,091  
 
                 
 
                       
Basic earnings per share:
                       
Continuing operations
  $ 0.27     $ 0.45     $ 0.36  
 
                 
Discontinued operations
  $     $     $ (0.05 )
 
                 
Net income
  $ 0.27     $ 0.45     $ 0.31  
 
                 
 
                       
Diluted earnings per share:
                       
Continuing operations
  $ 0.26     $ 0.45     $ 0.36  
 
                 
Discontinued operations
  $     $     $ (0.05 )
 
                 
Net income
  $ 0.26     $ 0.45     $ 0.31  
 
                 
 
                       
Weighted average number of common shares outstanding:
                       
Basic
    65,903       74,232       76,787  
 
                 
Diluted
    67,272       75,356       76,796  
 
                 
See notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

57


Table of Contents

GLOBAL CASH ACCESS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2010, 2009, AND 2008
(amounts in thousands, except shares)
                                                                         
                                    Accumulated             Equity     Equity        
    Common Stock - Series A     Additional             Other             Attributable     Attributable        
    Number of             Paid in     Retained     Comprehensive             to GCA     to Non Controlling     Total  
    Shares     Amount     Capital     Earnings     Income     Treasury Stock     Holdings, Inc.     Interest     Equity  
 
                                                                       
BALANCE—December 31, 2007
    82,981,712     $ 83     $ 163,070     $ 14,103     $ 2,708     $ (41,668 )   $ 138,296     $ 135     $ 138,431  
 
                                                     
 
                                                                       
Net income (loss)
                      23,556                   23,556       (86 )     23,470  
Foreign currency translation
                            (1,465 )           (1,465 )           (1,465 )
Share-based compensation expense
                9,049                         9,049             9,049  
Restricted stock grants
    5,500                                                  
Restricted stock cancellations
    (26,083 )                                                
Treasury share repurchases
                                  (8,233 )     (8,233 )           (8,233 )
Restricted share vesting withholdings
                                  (325 )     (325 )           (325 )
Minority interest
                                              (49 )     (49 )
 
                                                     
BALANCE—December 31, 2008
    82,961,129     $ 83     $ 172,119     $ 37,659     $ 1,243     $ (50,226 )   $ 160,878     $     $ 160,878  
 
                                                     
 
                                                                       
Net income (loss)
                      33,638                   33,638       (56 )     33,582  
Foreign currency translation
                            947             947             947  
Share-based compensation expense
                8,454                         8,454             8,454  
Exercise of options
    432,116             2,913                         2,913             2,913  
Restricted stock cancellations
    (54,200 )                                                
Restricted share accelerations
    4,084                                                  
Treasury share repurchases
                                  (61,159 )     (61,159 )           (61,159 )
Restricted share vesting withholdings
                                  (179 )     (179 )           (179 )
Minority interest
                                              (32 )     (32 )
Other
    1,363                   5                   5             5  
 
                                                     
BALANCE—December 31, 2009
    83,344,492     $ 83     $ 183,486     $ 71,302     $ 2,190     $ (111,564 )   $ 145,497     $ (88 )   $ 145,409  
 
                                                     
 
                                                                       
Net income
                      17,494                   17,494       56       17,550  
Foreign currency translation
                            397             397             397  
Share-based compensation expense
                7,935                         7,935             7,935  
Exercise of options
    1,200,402       1       5,629                         5,630             5,630  
Treasury share repurchases
                                  (32,675 )     (32,675 )           (32,675 )
Restricted share vesting withholdings
                                  (799 )     (799 )           (799 )
Restricted shares vested
    461,552       1                               1             1  
Minority interest
                                              32       32  
Other
                (2 )                       (2 )           (2 )
 
                                                     
BALANCE—December 31, 2010
    85,006,446     $ 85     $ 197,048     $ 88,796     $ 2,587     $ (145,038 )   $ 143,478     $     $ 143,478  
 
                                                     
See notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

58


Table of Contents

GLOBAL CASH ACCESS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2010, 2009, AND 2008
(amounts in thousands)
                         
    2010     2009     2008  
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
                       
Net income
  $ 17,550     $ 33,582     $ 23,470  
Adjustments to reconcile net income to cash provided by operating activities:
                       
Amortization of financing costs
    973       973       973  
Amortization of intangibles
    6,872       8,196       6,802  
Depreciation
    9,323       9,740       9,418  
(Gain) loss on sale or disposal of assets
    (366 )     139        
Provision for bad debts
    5,908       7,955       17,565  
Stock-based compensation
    7,935       8,454       9,050  
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
                       
Settlement receivables
    1,660       9,220       16,425  
Other receivables, net
    2,757       (11,850 )     4,281  
Inventory
    814              
Prepaid and other assets
    1,567       577       (1,400 )
Deferred income taxes
    17,505       19,578       20,677  
Settlement liabilities
    (2,655 )     13,505       (30,649 )
Accounts payable
    (715 )     (7,528 )     8,393  
Accrued expenses
    (230 )     (1,578 )     (13,681 )
 
                 
 
                       
Net cash provided by operating activities
    68,898       90,963       71,324  
 
                 
 
                       
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
                       
Western Money Systems acquisition, net of cash
    (15,354 )            
Certegy Gaming Services, Inc. acquisition, net of cash
                (20,783 )
Cash Systems, Inc. acquisition, net of cash
          (38 )     (30,098 )
Purchase of property, equipment and leasehold improvements and other intangibles
    (9,051 )     (7,216 )     (8,819 )
Changes in restricted cash and cash equivalents
    (87 )     19       992  
 
                 
 
                       
Net cash used in investing activities
    (24,492 )     (7,235 )     (58,708 )
 
                 
 
                       
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
                       
Repayments of senior subordinated debt
    (25,000 )            
Borrowings under credit facility
                121,000  
Repayments under credit facility
    (16,000 )     (16,000 )     (118,730 )
Proceeds from exercise of stock options
    5,629       2,913        
Purchase of treasury stock
    (33,474 )     (61,338 )     (9,487 )
 
                 
 
                       
Net cash used in financing activities
    (68,845 )     (74,425 )     (7,217 )
 
                 
 
                       
NET EFFECT OF EXCHANGE RATE CHANGES ON CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS
  $ 307     $ (1,683 )   $ 686  
 
                 
 
                       
NET (DECREASE) INCREASE IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS
    (24,132 )     7,620       6,085  
 
                       
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS—Beginning of period
    84,768       77,148       71,063  
 
                 
 
                       
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS—End of period
  $ 60,636     $ 84,768     $ 77,148  
 
                 
 
 
                  (continued)
See notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

59


Table of Contents

                         
    2010     2009     2008  
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION:
                       
 
                       
Cash paid during year for:
                       
Interest
  $ 15,922     $ 17,634     $ 29,459  
 
                 
Income taxes
  $ 689     $ 3,795     $ 617  
 
                 
Difference in timing of treasury share purchases
  $     $     $ 929  
 
                 
 
                       
NON-CASH TRANSACTIONS:
                       
 
                       
Purchase of other intangibles
  $ 1,500     $     $  
 
                 

 

60


Table of Contents

GLOBAL CASH ACCESS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
1. BUSINESS AND BASIS OF PRESENTATION
Global Cash Access Holdings, Inc. is a holding company, the principal asset of which is the capital stock of Global Cash Access, Inc. Unless otherwise indicated, the terms “the Company,” “Holdings,” “we,” “us” and “our” refer to Global Cash Access Holdings, Inc. together with its consolidated subsidiaries. Holdings, was formed on February 4, 2004, for the purpose of holding all of the outstanding capital stock of Global Cash Access, Inc. (“GCA”) and to guarantee the obligations under our senior secured credit facilities.
The Company is a provider in the United States and several international jurisdictions of cash access products and data intelligence services and solutions to the gaming industry. The Company’s services and solutions provide gaming establishment patrons access to cash through a variety of methods, including automated teller machine (“ATM”) cash withdrawals, credit card cash access transactions, point-of-sale (“POS”) debit card cash access transactions, check verification and warranty services and money transfers. In addition, the Company also provides products and services that improve credit decision-making, automate cash operations and enhance patron marketing activities for gaming establishments. These services are provided to patrons at gaming establishments directly by GCA or through one of its subsidiaries.
The Company also owns and operates a credit reporting agency for the gaming industry through a wholly-owned subsidiary, Central Credit LLC (“Central Credit”), which provides credit information services and credit reporting history on gaming patrons to various gaming establishments. Central Credit operates in both international and domestic gaming markets.
In April 2008, we completed the acquisition of Certegy Gaming Services, Inc. (“CGS”), an enterprise providing cash access and check products and services to the gaming industry similar to GCA. The results of operations of CGS have been reflected in the applicable business segment financial information following this acquisition. In August 2008, we completed the acquisition of Cash Systems, Inc. (“CSI”), a provider of cash access and related services to the gaming industries similar to GCA. The results of operations of CSI have been reflected in the applicable business segment financial information following this acquisition. In May 2010, we completed the acquisition of Western Money Systems (“Western Money”), a manufacturer of redemption kiosks devices. The results of operations of Western Money have been reflected in the applicable business segment financial information following this acquisition.
We announced on February 28, 2008, that we intended to exit the Arriva Card, Inc. (“Arriva”) business. The results of operations for the Arriva line of business have been classified to discontinued operations for the six months ended June 2009, and the year ended December 31, 2008. The Company determined that as of July 1, 2009, the results of operations for the Arriva line of business were no longer material, and the results of operations for the six months ended December 31, 2009 have been classified in continuing operations.
Innovative Funds Transfer, LLC (“IFT”) formerly known as QuikPlay, LLC was a joint venture that was formed on December 6, 2000 and owned 60% by GCA and 40% by International Gaming Technology (“IGT”). IGT is one of the largest manufacturers of gaming equipment in the United States. GCA was the managing member of this entity and IFT was consolidated in the Company’s consolidated financial statements prior to April 19, 2010, at which time GCA and IGT dissolved IFT. The dissolution of IFT did not have a material impact on the consolidated financial statements of the Company.
2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
Principles of Consolidation
All significant intercompany transactions and balances have been eliminated in consolidation. Certain reclassifications for non-controlling interests as per FASB guidance have been made within the consolidated financial statements of the prior years in order to conform to the current year presentation.

 

61


Table of Contents

Cash and Cash Equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents include cash and all balances on deposit in banks and financial institutions. The Company considers all highly liquid investments with maturities of three months or less at the time of purchase to be cash and cash equivalents. Such balances may at times exceed the federal insurance limits. However, the Company periodically evaluates the creditworthiness of these institutions to minimize risk.
Restricted Cash and Cash Equivalents
As part of certain of our sponsorship agreements, we are required to maintain minimum deposits as collateral for any potential chargeback loss activity occurring as a result of the sponsorship arrangements. All interest received on these deposits is also recorded to restricted cash and cash equivalents. As of December 31, 2010, the total balance of restricted cash and cash equivalents was $0.5 million.
ATM Funding Agreements
The Company obtains all of the cash required to operate its ATMs through various ATM Funding Agreements more fully described in Note 3. Some gaming establishments provide the cash utilized within the ATM (“Site-Funded”). The Site-Funded receivables generated for the amount of cash dispensed from transactions performed at our ATMs are owned by GCA and GCA is liable to the gaming establishment for the face amount of the cash dispensed. In the consolidated balance sheets, the amount receivable for transactions processed on these ATM transactions is included within settlement receivables and the amount due to the gaming establishment for the face amount of dispensing transactions is included within settlement liabilities. As of December 31, 2010 and 2009, the Company operated 1,510 and 1,456 ATMs, respectively, that were Site-Funded.
For our non-Site-Funded locations, up until December 13, 2010, GCA obtained the necessary cash to service these machines through the Bank of America Amended Treasury Services Agreement (“Treasury Services Agreement”). On December 17, 2010, GCA terminated the Treasury Services Agreement with Bank of America. On November 12, 2010, GCA entered into the Contract Cash Solutions Agreement with Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. (“Wells Fargo”). Under the terms of these agreements, neither the cash utilized within the ATMs nor the receivables generated for the amount of cash dispensed through transactions on the ATMs are owned or controlled by GCA. These amounts have been netted and reflected in the consolidated balance sheets. We are charged a cash usage fee for the cash used in these ATMs, which is included as interest expense in the consolidated statements of income. The Company recognizes the fees as interest expense due to the similar operational characteristics to a revolving line of credit, the fact that the fees are calculated on a financial index and the fees are paid for access to a capital resource.
Settlement Receivables and Settlement Liabilities
In the credit card cash access and POS debit card cash access transactions provided by GCA and GCA Canada, the gaming establishment is reimbursed for the cash disbursed to gaming patrons through a negotiable instrument. GCA receives reimbursement from the patron’s credit or debit card issuer for the transaction in an amount equal to the negotiable instrument issued to the gaming establishment plus the fee charged to the patron. This reimbursement is included within the settlement receivables on the consolidated balance sheets. The amount of unpaid negotiable instruments are included within settlement liabilities on the consolidated balance sheets.
Warranty Receivables
In the check services transactions provided by Central Credit, Central Credit warrants check cashing transactions performed at gaming establishments. If a gaming establishment chooses to have a check warranted, it sends a request to a check warranty service provider, asking whether it will warrant the check. The gaming establishment then pays the patron the check amount and deposits the check. If the check is dishonored by the patron’s bank, the gaming establishment invokes the warranty, and the check warranty service provider purchases the check from the gaming establishment for the full check amount and then pursues collection activities on its own. All amounts paid out to the gaming establishment related to these items result in a warranty receivable from the patron. This amount is recorded in other receivables, net on the consolidated balance sheets. On a monthly basis, Central Credit evaluates the collectability of the outstanding balances and establishes a reserve for the face amount of the expected losses on these receivables. The warranty expense associated with this reserve is included within cost of revenues (exclusive of depreciation and amortization) in the consolidated statements of income. The Company writes off all warranty receivables that are older than one year in age.

 

62


Table of Contents

A summary activity of the reserve for warranty losses for the two years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009 is as follows (amounts in thousands):
         
Balance, December 31, 2008
  $ 11,115  
Warranty expense provision
    8,086  
Charge offs against reserve
    (10,606 )
 
     
Balance, December 31, 2009
  $ 8,595  
Warranty expense provision
    8,803  
Charge offs against reserve
    (10,362 )
 
     
Balance, December 31, 2010
  $ 7,036  
 
     
Discontinued Operations
On February 28, 2008, the Company announced its intention to exit the Arriva business. Accordingly, the operations for Arriva have been classified as discontinued operations for the six months ended June 30, 2009 and for the 12 months ended December 31, 2008. In July 2009, it was determined that the Arriva business was no longer significant and therefore not included in discontinued operations for the second half of 2009.
Unamortized Debt Issuance Costs
Debt issuance costs incurred in connection with the issuance of the senior secured credit facility and the senior subordinated notes are capitalized and amortized to interest expense based upon the related debt agreements using the straight-line method, which approximates the effective interest method. Unamortized debt issuance costs are included in prepaid and other assets on the consolidated balance sheets.
Property, Equipment and Leasehold Improvements
Property, equipment and leasehold improvements are stated at cost, less accumulated depreciation, computed using the straight-line method over the lesser of the estimated life of the related assets, generally three to five years, or the related lease term.
Repairs and maintenance costs are expensed as incurred.
Upon sale or retirement, the costs and related accumulated depreciation are eliminated from the accounts and any resulting gain or loss is reflected in the consolidated statements of income.
Property, equipment and leasehold improvements are reviewed for impairment whenever events or circumstances indicate that their carrying amounts may not be recoverable. Impairment is indicated when undiscounted future cash flows do not exceed the asset’s carrying value. As of December 31, 2010, the Company does not believe any of its property, equipment, or leasehold improvements are impaired.
Acquisitions
The Company accounts for business combinations in accordance with the accounting standards, which requires that the assets acquired and liabilities assumed be recorded at their estimated fair values. The Company completed its acquisition of Western Money in May 2010, in which 100 percent of the outstanding common shares of Western Money were acquired for a purchase price net of cash of $15.4 million. A final purchase price allocation has not been completed pending a determination of the fair value of intangibles. This acquisition did not have a material impact on the consolidated financial statements of the Company as of and for the year ended December 31, 2010.

 

63


Table of Contents

The Company completed its acquisition of CGS in April 2008, in which 100 percent of the outstanding common shares of CGS were acquired for a purchase price net of cash of $20.8 million. In connection with this acquisition, the Company allocated the purchase price as follows: property and equipment of $1.6 million, intangible assets of $12.3 million, negative net working capital of $4.6 million and goodwill of $11.5 million. The Company recognized $1.7 million, $2.0 million and $1.3 million of amortization on CGS customer contracts in 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively. The intangible assets of $12.3 million were assigned to customer contracts and are being amortized on an accelerated basis over their estimated useful lives as follows:
The following table shows the estimated annual amortization of the customer contracts (in thousands):
                                                         
    Total     2011     2012     2013     2014     2015     Thereafter  
Customer contracts
  $ 6,584     $ 1,551     $ 1,344     $ 1,112     $ 939     $ 798     $ 840  
The Company completed its acquisition of CSI in August 2008, in which 100 percent of the issued and outstanding shares of CSI were converted into the right to receive cash in the amount of $0.50 per share and provided CSI with the funds to repay all of its outstanding convertible promissory notes, for a purchase price of $30.1 million. In connection with this acquisition, the Company allocated the purchase price as follows: property and equipment of $0.8 million, intangible assets for $14.4 million, negative net working capital of $0.8 million and goodwill of $15.7 million. The Company recognized $2.1 million, $2.4 million and $1.2 million of amortization on CSI customer contracts in 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively. The intangible assets of $13.2 million were assigned to customer contracts and are being amortized on an accelerated basis over their estimated useful lives as follows:
The following table shows the estimated annual amortization of the customer contracts (in thousands):
                                                         
    Total     2011     2012     2013     2014     2015     Thereafter  
Customer contracts
  $ 6,278     $ 1,638     $ 1,365     $ 910     $ 728     $ 455     $ 1,182  
There were no acquisitions during the year ended December 31, 2009.
Goodwill
Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price over the identifiable tangible and intangible assets acquired plus liabilities assumed arising from business combinations.
The Company accounts for goodwill in accordance with FASB guidance, which addresses how intangible assets that are acquired individually or with a group of other assets should be accounted for in financial statements upon their acquisition. This guidance also addresses how goodwill and other intangible assets should be accounted for after they have been initially recognized in the financial statements. The Company tests for impairment annually, or more often under certain circumstances. The Company does not believe that any of its goodwill is impaired as of December 31, 2010 and 2009 based upon the results of our impairment testing.
The changes in the carrying amount of goodwill for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2010 are as follows (in thousands):
                                         
    Cash                     Central Credit        
    Advance     ATM     Check Services     and Other     Total  
 
                                       
Balance as of December 31, 2008
  $ 107,254     $ 35,563     $ 23,985     $ 17,127     $ 183,929  
 
                                       
Goodwill adjustments
    (6,359 )     (2,512 )     (704 )           (9,575 )
 
                             
 
                                       
Balance as of December 31, 2009
  $ 100,895     $ 33,051     $ 23,281     $ 17,127     $ 174,354  
 
                             
 
                                       
Goodwill acquired during the year
                      10,756       10,756  
 
                             
 
                                       
Balance as of December 31, 2010
  $ 100,895     $ 33,051     $ 23,281     $ 27,883     $ 185,110  
 
                             
The changes in goodwill to the cash advance, ATM and Check Services reportable segments of $6.4 million, $2.5 million and $0.7 million, respectively, during the 12 months ended December 31, 2009 are due primarily to an adjustment to the deferred tax asset acquired at acquisition of CSI as allocated to those segments. The changes in goodwill to the Central Credit and Other reportable segment during the year ended December 31, 2010 are due primarily to the acquisition of Western Money. All goodwill has been allocated to its respective reporting units, per the table above.

 

64


Table of Contents

In accordance with ASC 350, we test goodwill at the reporting unit level for impairment on an annual basis and between annual tests, if events and circumstances indicate it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount.
In performing the annual impairment test, we utilize the two-step approach prescribed under ASC 350. The first step requires a comparison of the carrying value of each reporting unit to its estimated fair value. To estimate the fair value of our reporting units for Step 1, we use a combination of the income approach and the market approach. The income approach is based on a discounted cash flow analysis, or DCF method. This method involves estimating the after-tax cash flows attributable to a reporting unit and then discounting the after-tax cash flows to a present value, using a risk-adjusted discount rate. Assumptions used in the DCF require the exercise of significant judgment, including judgment about appropriate discount rates and terminal values, growth rates and the amount and timing of expected future cash flows. The forecasted cash flows are based on our most recent budget and for years beyond the budget, our estimates are based on assumed growth rates. We believe our assumptions are consistent with the plans and estimates used to manage the underlying businesses. The discount rates, which are intended to reflect the risks inherent in future cash flow projections, used in the DCF are based on estimates of the weighted-average cost of capital, or WACC, of market participants relative to each respective reporting unit. The market approach considers comparable market data based on multiples of revenue or earnings before taxes, depreciation and amortization, or EBITDA.
If the carrying value of a reporting unit exceeds its estimated fair value, we are required to perform the second step of the goodwill impairment test to measure the amount of impairment loss, if any. The second step of the goodwill impairment test compares the implied fair value of a reporting unit’s goodwill to its carrying value. The implied fair value of goodwill is derived by performing a hypothetical purchase price allocation for the reporting unit as of the measurement date, allocating the reporting unit’s estimated fair value to its assets and liabilities. The residual amount from performing this allocation represents the implied fair value of goodwill. To the extent this amount is below the carrying amount of goodwill, an impairment charge is recorded.
We conducted our annual impairment test for our reporting units during the fourth quarter of 2010 and no impairment was identified.
Key assumptions used in estimating fair value under the discounted cash flow approach included a discount rate of 12.5%, projected compound average revenue growth rates of 2% to 4% and terminal value growth rates of 2.0%. The discounted cash flow analyses for our segments included estimated future cash inflows from operations and estimated future cash outflows for capital expenditures.
Key assumptions used in estimating fair value under the market approach were based on observed market multiples of enterprise value to revenue and EBITDA for both comparable publicly-traded companies and recent merger and acquisition transactions involving similar companies to estimate appropriate controlling basis multiples to apply to each of the reporting units. Based on the multiples implied by this market data, we selected multiples of revenue of 0.5 to 2.3 times and multiples of EBITDA of 6.5 to 7.4 times.
The estimate of fair value requires significant judgment. We based our fair value estimates on assumptions that we believe to be reasonable but that are unpredictable and inherently uncertain, including estimates of future growth rates and operating margins and assumptions about the overall economic climate and the competitive environment for our business units. There can be no assurance that our estimates and assumptions made for purposes of our goodwill and identifiable intangible asset testing as of the time of testing will prove to be accurate predictions of the future. If our assumptions regarding business plans, competitive environments or anticipated growth rates are not correct, we may be required to record goodwill and/or intangible asset impairment charges in future periods, whether in connection with our next annual impairment testing or earlier, if an indicator of an impairment is present before our next annual evaluation.

 

65


Table of Contents

Other Intangible Assets
Other intangible assets consist primarily of customer contracts (rights to provide processing services to gaming establishment customers) acquired through business combinations and acquisitions, capitalized software development costs and the acquisition cost of our patent related to the “3-in-1 rollover” technology acquired in 2005. The acquisition cost of the 3-in-1 rollover patent is being amortized over the term of the patent, which expires in 2018. Excluding the patent, other intangibles are amortized on a straight-line basis over periods ranging from 3 to 10 years.
     
Other intangibles consist of the following as of December 31, (in thousands):
                 
    2010     2009  
 
               
Computer software
  $ 21,008     $ 17,343  
Patents and trademarks
    10,357       10,214  
Customer contracts
    35,759       35,406  
Non-compete agreements
    400       400  
 
           
 
    67,524       63,363  
Less accumulated amortization
    (41,156 )     (35,209 )
 
           
 
               
Total
  $ 26,368     $ 28,154  
 
           
Amortization expense related to these intangibles totaled approximately $6.9 million, $8.1 million and $7.2 million, for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively. There were disposals of fully amortized intangible assets of $0.5 million and $2.3 million in 2010 and 2009, respectively.
At December 31, 2010, the total amount of net book value of depreciable intangible assets was approximately $26.4 million. The anticipated amortization expense related to other intangible assets, assuming no subsequent impairment of the underlying assets, is as follows (in millions):
         
2011
  $ 6.3  
2012
    5.9  
2013
    4.8  
2014
    3.1  
2015
    2.1  
Thereafter
    4.2  
 
     
 
       
 
  $ 26.4  
 
     
The Company accounts for the costs related to computer software developed or obtained for internal use in accordance with FASB guidance, which establishes that computer software costs that are incurred in the preliminary project stage should be expensed as incurred. Costs incurred in the application development phase and any upgrades and enhancements that modify the existing software and result in additional functionality are capitalized and amortized over their useful lives, generally not to exceed three years. These costs consist of outside professional fees related to the development of our systems. The Company capitalized $0.1 million, $1.1 million and $0.2 million, of development costs for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively.
Chargebacks
The Company has established an allowance for chargebacks on credit and debit card cash access transactions based upon past experience with losses arising from disputed charges by customers. Management periodically reviews the recorded balance to ensure the recorded amount adequately covers the expected losses to be incurred from disputed charges. The recorded allowance for chargebacks is included within accrued expenses on the consolidated balance sheets and had a balance of $0.1 million and $0.1 million as of December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. The Company expensed $0.3 million, $0.1 million and $0.3 million in chargeback losses on credit and debit card cash access transactions for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively.

 

66


Table of Contents

Fair Values of Financial Instruments
The fair value of a financial instrument represents the amount at which the instrument could be exchanged in a current transaction between willing parties, other than in a forced or liquidation sale. Fair value estimates are made at a specific point in time, based upon relevant market information about the financial instrument.
The carrying amount of cash and cash equivalents, other receivables, net, settlement receivables and settlement liabilities approximates fair value due to the short-term maturities of these instruments. The fair value of GCA’s borrowings are estimated based on quoted market prices for the same issue or in instances where no market exists the quoted market prices for similar issues with similar terms are used to estimate fair value. The fair values of all other financial instruments, including amounts outstanding under the ATM funding agreements, approximate their book values as the instruments are short-term in nature or contain market rates of interest. The following table presents the fair value and carrying value of GCA’s borrowings (amounts in thousands):
                         
    Fair Value     Carrying Value     Level (1)  
December 31, 2010:
                       
Senior secured credit facility
  $ 81,000     $ 81,000       2  
Senior subordinated notes
  $ 128,229     $ 127,750       1  
 
                       
December 31, 2009:
                       
Senior secured credit facility
  $ 97,000     $ 97,000       2  
Senior subordinated notes
  $ 153,132     $ 152,750       1  
     
(1)  
Level 1 indicates that the fair value is determined by using quoted prices in active markets for identical investments. Level 2 indicates that the fair value is determined using pricing inputs other than quoted prices in active markets such as models or other valuation methodologies. Level 3 indicates that the fair value is determined using pricing inputs that are unobservable for the investment and include situations where there is little, if any, market activity for the investment. Significant management estimates and judgment are used in the determination of the fair value of level 3 pricing inputs.
Inventory
Inventory, which consists of finished goods such as redemption kiosk devices, work-in-progress and raw materials, is stated at lower of cost or market. The cost of inventory includes cost of materials, labor, overhead and freight. Inventory is accounted for using the average cost method. Inventory as of December 31, 2010 and 2009 was $3.9 million and $0, respectively. All inventory was acquired as part of the Western Money acquisition in May 2010.
Revenue Recognition
The Company recognizes revenue when evidence of an arrangement exists, services have been rendered, the price is fixed or determinable and collectability is reasonably assured. The Company evaluates its revenue streams for proper timing of revenue recognition.
Cash advance revenue is comprised of the fee charged to patrons for credit card cash access and POS debit card transactions. Revenue recognition occurs at the point a negotiable instrument is generated by the gaming establishment cage for the patron’s transaction or cash is dispensed from an ATM.
ATM revenue is comprised of upfront patron transaction fees or surcharges assessed at the time the transaction is initiated and a percentage of interchange fees paid by the patron’s issuing bank. These issuing banks share the interchange revenue (reverse interchange) with GCA to cover the cost incurred by GCA to acquire the ATM transaction. Upfront patron transaction fees are recognized when a transaction is initiated and reverse interchange is recognized on a monthly basis based on the total transactions occurring during the month.
In general, check service revenue is comprised of a fee based upon a percentage of the face amount of total checks warranted, and is recognized on a monthly basis.

 

67


Table of Contents

Central Credit revenue is based upon either a flat monthly, unlimited usage fee or a variable fee structure driven by the volume of patron credit histories generated. This revenue is recognized on a monthly basis based on the total transactions occurring during the month. Revenue derived from our patron marketing products and services is recognized upon completion of services.
Western Money derives substantially all of its revenue from the sale of cash access devices such as jackpot and ATM enabled redemption kiosks and derives the balance of its revenue from the provision of certain professional services, software licensing, and certain other ancillary fees associated with the sale of, installation and operation of those devices. Revenue is recognized as products are delivered and or services are performed.
Cost of Revenues (Exclusive of Depreciation and Amortization)
The cost of revenues (exclusive of depreciation and amortization), represent the direct costs required to perform revenue generating transactions. The principal costs included within cost of revenues (exclusive of depreciation and amortization) are commissions paid to gaming establishments, interchange fees paid to credit and debit card networks, transaction processing fees to our transaction processor and check cashing warranties.
Advertising Costs
The Company expenses advertising costs as incurred. Total advertising expense, included in operating expenses in the consolidated statements of income, was $0.1 million, $0.1 million and $0.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively.
Income Taxes
Income tax expense includes U.S. and international income taxes, plus the provision for U.S. taxes on undistributed earnings of international subsidiaries not deemed to be permanently invested. Since it is management’s practice and intent to reinvest the earnings in the international operations of our foreign subsidiaries, U.S. federal income taxes have not been provided on the undistributed earnings of any foreign subsidiaries except for GCA Macau. Some items of income and expense are not reported in tax returns and financial statements in the same year. The tax effect of such temporary differences is reported as deferred income taxes.
Foreign Currency Translation
Foreign currency denominated assets and liabilities for those foreign entities for which the local currency is the functional currency are translated into U.S. dollars based on exchange rates prevailing at the end of each year. Revenues and expenses are translated at average exchange rates during the year. The effects of foreign exchange gains and losses arising from these translations are included as a component of other comprehensive income on the consolidated statements of income. Translation adjustments on intercompany balances of a long-term investment nature are recorded as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income on the Company’s consolidated balance sheets.
Use of Estimates
The Company has made estimates and judgments affecting the amounts reported in these financial statements and the accompanying notes. The actual results may differ from these estimates. The significant accounting estimates incorporated into the Company’s consolidated financial statements include:
   
the estimated reserve for warranty expense associated with our check warranty receivables;
 
   
the valuation and recognition of share-based compensation;
   
the valuation allowance on our deferred tax asset; and
   
the estimated cash flows in assessing the recoverability of long-lived assets.

 

68


Table of Contents

Earnings Applicable to Common Stock
Basic earnings per share is calculated by dividing net income by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding for the period. Diluted earnings per share reflect the effect of potential common stock resulting from assumed stock option exercises. The weighted-average number of common shares outstanding used in the computation of basic and diluted earnings per share is as follows at December 31, (amounts in thousands):
                         
    2010     2009     2008  
Weighted average number of common shares outstanding — basic (1)
    65,903       74,232       76,787  
Potential dilution from equity grants (2)(3)
    1,369       1,124       9  
 
                 
 
                       
Weighted average number of common shares outstanding — diluted
    67,272       75,356       76,796  
 
                 
     
(1)  
Included in the calculation of weighted average common shares outstanding — basic are 407 and 614 of unvested shares of restricted common stock of Holdings granted in share-based payment transactions for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively, that are participating securities because such shares have voting rights as well as the right to participate in dividend distributions made by the Company to its common shareholders.
 
(2)  
The potential dilution excludes the weighted average effect of stock options to acquire 1,034, 7,786 and 7,640, shares of common stock of Holdings for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively, because the application of the treasury stock method, as required, makes them anti-dilutive.
 
(3)  
The potential dilution excludes the weighted average effect of shares of time-based shares of restricted common stock of Holdings of 335, 1,476 and 199,686 shares for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively, as the application of the treasury stock method makes them anti-dilutive.
Stock-Based Compensation
Share-based payment awards result in a cost that is measured at fair value on the award’s grant date. Stock options expected to be exercised currently and in future periods are measured at fair value using the Black-Scholes model with the expense associated with these awards being recognized on the straight-line basis over the awards’ vesting period. Forfeitures are estimated at the time of grant, with such estimate updated periodically and with actual forfeitures recognized currently to the extent they differ from the estimates.
The estimated per share weighted-average fair value of stock options granted during 2010, 2009 and 2008 was $4.24, $1.38 and $3.24, respectively.
We have estimated the fair value of options granted at the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model with the following weighted-average assumptions in the years ended December 31,:
                         
    2010     2009     2008  
Risk-free interest rate
    2.5 %     2.0 %     2.9 %
Expected life of options (in years)
    6.3       6.3       6.3  
Expected volatility
    60.1 %     57.5 %     46.3 %
Expected dividend yield
    0.0 %     0.0 %     0.0 %
The risk-free rate is based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of grant. The expected volatility for options granted in 2010 was based upon our historical volatility. The expected dividend yield is based on the Company’s historical practice of not paying dividends.
Stock-based compensation related to time-based restricted shares is calculated based on the closing market price of the Company’s common stock on the date of grant, reduced by the present value of dividends expected to be paid, if any, on the Company’s common stock prior to vesting of the restricted stock.

 

69


Table of Contents

Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements
In January 2010, The FASB, Financial Accounting Standards Board, issued an update to the Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures topic as reflected in the Codification. This update adds new requirements for disclosures about transfers into and out of Levels 1 and 2 and a higher level of disaggregation for the different types of financial instruments. For the reconciliation of Level 3 fair value measurements, information about purchases, sales, issuances and settlements should be presented separately. This guidance is effective for the Company beginning December 15, 2009 for most disclosures and for periods beginning after December 15, 2010 for the new Level 3 disclosures.
3. ATM FUNDING AGREEMENTS
Bank of America Treasury Services Agreement
On December 19, 2007, GCA entered into the Treasury Services Agreement that allowed for the Company to utilize up to $360 million in funds owned by Bank of America to provide the currency needed for normal operating requirements for the Company’s ATMs. For use of these funds, the Company paid Bank of America a cash usage fee equal to the average daily balance of funds utilized multiplied by the one-month LIBOR rate plus a contractually defined margin.
Wells Fargo Contract Cash Solutions Agreement
On November 12, 2010, the Company executed the Contract Cash Solutions Agreement with Wells Fargo for a pilot period which began on November 18, 2010, and expired on December 13, 2010. Upon expiration of the pilot period of the Contract Cash Solutions Agreement, full transition of vault cash services from Bank of America to Wells Fargo occurred, and on December 17, 2010, the Company terminated the Treasury Services Agreement with Bank of America.
The Contract Cash Solutions Agreement allows for the Company to utilize up to $400 million in funds owned by Wells Fargo to provide the currency needed for normal operating requirements for the Company’s ATMs. For the use of these funds, the Company pays Wells Fargo a cash usage fee on the average daily balance of funds utilized multiplied by a contractually defined cash usage rate.
The Company recognized the fees that it paid to Bank of America and Wells Fargo for cash usage pursuant to the Treasury Services Agreement and Contract Cash Solutions Agreement, respectively, which are reflected as interest expense in our financial statements for the following reasons:
   
the Treasury Services Agreement and Contract Cash Solutions Agreement operate in a fashion similar to a revolving line of credit in that amounts are drawn and repaid on a daily basis;
   
the resource being procured by the Company under the terms of the Treasury Services Agreement and Contract Cash Solutions Agreement are a financial resource and in the absence of such an arrangement, the Company would be required to obtain sufficient alternative financing either on balance sheet or off balance sheet in order to meet its financial obligations;
   
the fees of the Treasury Services Agreement and Contract Cash Solutions Agreement are assessed on the outstanding balances during the applicable period and include a base rate which is tied to LIBOR and a margin; and
   
the fees incurred by the Company under the Treasury Services Agreement and Contract Cash Solutions Agreement are a function of both the prevailing rate of LIBOR as dictated by the capital markets and the average outstanding balance during the applicable period as previously noted. The fees do not vary with revenue or any other underlying driver of revenue such as transaction count or dollars processed as is the case with all costs classified as cost of revenue such as interchange expense and processing fees.

 

70


Table of Contents

Pursuant to the Contract Cash Solutions Agreement, the limit on the maximum allowable currency is $400 million. Wells Fargo has agreed to supply the Company with up to $50 million in excess of this limit for a calendar day up to four times per calendar year and subject to certain additional conditions and limitations.
At December 31, 2010 and 2009, the outstanding balance of ATM cash utilized by GCA from Wells Fargo and Bank of America was $368.4 million and $428.3 million, respectively. For the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, the cash usage fees incurred by the Company were $1.8 million, $2.1 million and $9.3 million, respectively. The cash usage fee is included within interest expense on the Company’s consolidated statements of income.
The Company is responsible for any losses of cash in the ATMs under its agreements with Bank of America and Wells Fargo. The Company is self insured related to this risk. For the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009, and 2008, the Company has incurred no material losses related to this self insurance.
Site-Funded ATMs
The Company operates ATMs at certain customer gaming establishments where the gaming establishment provides the cash required for the ATM operational needs. GCA is required to reimburse the customer for the amount of cash dispensed from these Site-Funded ATMs. The Site-Funded ATM liability is included within settlement liabilities in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets and was $28.6 million and $37.3 million as of December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. The Company operated 1,510 and 1,456 Site-Funded ATMs, as of December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively.
4. PROPERTY, EQUIPMENT AND LEASEHOLD IMPROVEMENTS
Property, equipment and leasehold improvements consist of the following as of December 31, (in thousands):
                         
    Useful Life     2010     2009  
 
                       
ATM equipment
    5     $ 66,200     $ 62,546  
Cash advance equipment
    3       6,528       6,657  
Office, computer and other equipment
    3       6,253       5,305  
Leasehold and building improvements
  lease term     2,747       2,678  
 
                   
 
                       
 
            81,728       77,186  
Less accumulated depreciation
            (65,080 )     (57,767 )
 
                   
 
                       
Total
          $ 16,648     $ 19,419  
 
                   
5. BENEFIT PLANS
Defined Contribution Plan
The Company has a retirement savings plan (the “401(k) Plan”) under Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code covering its employees. The 401(k) Plan allows employees to defer up to the lesser of the Internal Revenue Code prescribed maximum amount or 100% of their income on a pre-tax basis through contributions to the plan. As a benefit to employees, the Company matches a percentage of these employee contributions. Expenses related to the matching portion of the contributions to the 401(k) plan were $0.5 million, $0.5 million and $0.5 million for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively.
Equity Incentive Awards
In January 2005, the Company adopted the 2005 Stock Incentive Plan (the “2005 Plan”) to attract and retain the best available personnel, to provide additional incentives to employees, directors and consultants and thus to promote the success of the Company’s business. The 2005 Plan is administered by the Board of Directors but may be administered by our Compensation Committee. The administrator of the 2005 Plan has the authority to select individuals who are to receive options or other equity incentive awards under the 2005 Plan and to specify the terms and conditions of grants of options or other equity incentive awards, the vesting provisions, the term and the exercise price.

 

71


Table of Contents

Generally, stock options and restricted stock granted under the 2005 Plan (other than those granted to non-employee directors) will vest at a rate of 25% of the shares underlying the option after one year and the remaining shares vest in equal portions over the following 36 months, such that all shares are vested after four years. Unless otherwise provided by the administrator, an option granted under the 2005 Plan generally expires ten years from the date of grant. Stock options are issued at the closing market price on the date of grant.
As of December 31, 2010, the Company had reserved 16,248,120 shares of common stock for the grant of stock options and other equity incentive awards under the 2005 Plan. On the first business day of each fiscal year beginning with the fiscal year commencing on January 1, 2006, annual increases will be added to the 2005 Plan equal to the lesser of: 3,800,000 shares, 3% of all outstanding shares of our common stock immediately prior to such increase, or a lesser amount determined by our Board of Directors.
A summary of award activity under the Company’s 2005 Plan as of December 31, 2010 and changes during the three years then ended are as follows:
                                 
    Weighted Average                     Equity Awards  
    Exercise Price     Stock Options     Restricted Stock     Available for  
    (Per Share)     Granted     Granted     Grant  
 
                               
Balance outstanding — December 31, 2007
  $ 13.21       4,283,156       396,784       3,173,799  
 
                               
Additional authorized shares
    N/A                   2,493,570  
Granted
  $ 6.66       4,531,500       5,500       (4,537,000 )
Exercised
  $ 16.34             (185,950 )      
Forfeited or canceled
  $ 13.16       (1,819,164 )     (26,083 )     1,845,247  
 
                         
 
                               
Balance outstanding — December 31, 2008
  $ 8.93       6,995,492       190,251       2,975,616  
 
                         
 
                               
Additional authorized shares
    N/A                   2,488,819  
Granted
  $ 2.47       2,981,500       1,047,875       (4,029,375 )
Exercised
  $ 6.75       (432,116 )     (142,170 )      
Forfeited or canceled
  $ 6.52       (683,043 )     (54,200 )     737,243  
 
                         
 
                               
Balance outstanding — December 31, 2009
  $ 6.98       8,861,833       1,041,756       2,172,303  
 
                         
 
                               
Additional authorized shares
    N/A                   2,500,334  
Granted
  $ 7.24       1,790,690             (1,790,690 )
Exercised
  $ 4.69       (1,200,402 )     (461,552 )      
Forfeited or canceled
  $ 5.50       (696,011 )     (99,154 )     795,165  
 
                         
 
                               
Balance outstanding — December 31, 2010
  $ 7.50       8,756,110       481,050       3,677,112  
 
                         
In addition to the 2005 Plan, the Company granted our former Chief Financial Officer an option to acquire 722,215 shares of common stock as part of his employment agreement in 2004 (the “Hagerty Plan”). This option had an exercise price of $8.05 per share and would expire 10 years from the date of grant. Under the terms of the Hagerty Plan, 25% of the shares subject to the Hagerty Plan vested on July 12, 2005 and 1/48 of the shares subject to the Hagerty Plan vested on the 12th day of each month thereafter. Upon termination of Mr. Hagerty’s employment with the Company in July 2007, all of the shares subject to the Hagerty Plan immediately vested. During the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006, Mr. Hagerty exercised his option to acquire 27,000 and 100,000 shares of common stock. At December 31, 2007, Mr. Hagerty had the option to acquire 595,215 shares of common stock. This option expired in January 2008.

 

72


Table of Contents

In February 2008, under the 2005 plan, our Board of Directors approved the grant of options to issue 4.1 million shares of common stock to existing employees, newly hired employees and certain non-employee members of the Company’s Board of Directors. These shares vest over a four-year period. The estimated total fair value of the awards at the date of grant was $12.2 million. In February 2009, our Board of Directors approved the grant of options to issue 2.8 million shares of common stock to existing employees, newly hired employees and certain non-employee members of the Company’s Board of Directors. These shares vest over a four-year period. The estimated total fair value of the awards at the date of grant was $4.1 million. In February 2010, our Board of Directors approved the grant of options to issue 1.4 million shares of common stock to existing employees, newly hired employees and certain non-employee members of the Company’s Board of Directors. These shares vest over a four-year period. The estimated total fair value of the awards at the date of the grant was $6.4 million.
Stock Options
Stock options granted typically vest at a rate of 25% of the shares underlying the option after one year and the remaining shares vest in equal portions over the following 36 months, such that all shares are vested after four years and allow the option holder to purchase stock over specified periods of time, generally ten years, from the date of grant, at a fixed price equal to the market value on date of grant.
The following tables summarize additional information regarding the options that have been granted under the 2005 Plan and the option grant to our former Chief Financial Officer upon commencement of his employment in 2004:
                                 
            Weighted Avg.     Weighted        
    Number of     Exercise Price     Average Life     Aggregate  
    Common Shares     (Per Share)     Remaining     Intrinsic Value  
                            (in thousands)  
 
                               
Balance outstanding — December 31, 2008
    6,833,325     $ 8.90     8.5 years   $  
 
                             
 
                               
Granted
    2,981,500                        
Exercised
    (432,116 )                      
Cancelled or forfeited
    (520,876 )                      
 
                             
 
                               
Balance outstanding — December 31, 2009
    8,861,833     $ 6.98     8.0 years   $ 15,763  
 
                             
 
                               
Granted
    1,790,690                        
Exercised
    (1,200,402 )                      
Cancelled or forfeited
    (696,011 )                      
 
                             
 
                               
Balance outstanding — December 31, 2010
    8,756,110     $ 7.50     7.3 years   $ 2,336  
 
                             
 
                               
Balance exercisable — December 31, 2010
    4,683,145     $ 9.02     6.5 years   $ 818  
 
                             
 
                               
Balance expected to be exercised
    4,355,062     $ 8.93     6.5 years   $ 769  
 
                             

 

73


Table of Contents

                                         
    Options Outstanding     Options Exercisable  
            Weighted                
            Average     Weighted             Weighted  
Range of           Remaining     Average             Average  
Exercise   Number     Contract     Exercise     Number     Exercise  
Prices   Outstanding     Life     Prices     Exercisable     Price  
$0.00 – $5.99
    2,354,678     8.3 years   $ 2.70       831,386     $ 2.93  
$6.00 – $8.99
    3,937,434     7.9 years   $ 7.17       1,604,430     $ 6.81  
$9.00 – $12.99
    1,000,000     6.8 years   $ 9.99       791,666     $ 9.99  
$13.00 – $13.99
    1,012,331     4.1 years   $ 13.98       1,012,330     $ 13.98  
$14.00 – $14.99
    160,000     5.4 years   $ 14.22       151,666     $ 14.20  
$15.00 – $15.99
    151,667     5.5 years   $ 15.22       151,667     $ 15.22  
$16.00 – $18.99
    140,000     5.7 years   $ 16.77       140,000     $ 16.77  
 
                                   
 
                                       
 
    8,756,110                       4,683,145          
 
                                   
The weighted-average grant-date fair value per share of the options granted during the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008 was $4.24, $1.38 and $3.24, respectively.
During the year ended December 31, 2010, we recorded $6.3 million in non-cash compensation expense related to options granted that are expected to vest. As of December 31, 2010, there was $10.8 million in unrecognized compensation expense related to options expected to vest. That cost is expected to be recognized on a straight-line basis over a weighted average period of 1.2 years.
During the year ended December 31, 2009, we received $2.9 million in cash from the exercise of 432,116 options. During the year ended December 31, 2009, we recorded $6.1 million in non-cash compensation expense related to options granted that are expected to vest.
During the year ended December 31, 2008, no options were exercised. During the year ended December 31, 2008, we recorded $7.1 million in non-cash compensation expense related to options granted that are expected to vest.
Restricted Stock
The Company began issuing restricted stock to employees in the first quarter of 2006. The vesting provisions are similar to those applicable to stock options. Because these restricted shares are issued primarily to employees of the Company, many of the shares issued will be withheld by the Company to satisfy the statutory withholding requirements applicable to the restricted stock grants. Therefore, as these awards vest the actual number of shares outstanding as a result of the restricted stock awards is reduced. These shares will vest over a period of four years. Prior to vesting, the restricted stock has rights to the dividends declared and voting rights, therefore they are considered issued and outstanding.

 

74


Table of Contents

A summary of non-vested share awards for the Company’s time-based restricted shares as of December 31, 2010 and changes during the two years then ended are as follows:
                         
            Weighted        
    Shares     Average Grant     Aggregate Fair  
    Outstanding     Date Fair Value     Value  
                    (in thousands)  
 
                       
Balance — December 31, 2008
    190,251     $ 15.68     $ 2,983  
 
                       
Granted
    1,047,875       2.20     $ 2,305  
Vested
    (142,170 )     12.14     $ (1,726 )
Forfeited
    (54,200 )     5.69     $ (308 )
 
                     
 
                       
Balance — December 31, 2009
    1,041,756     $ 3.12     $ 3,254  
 
                     
 
                       
Granted
              $  
Vested
    (461,552 )     3.88     $ (1,793 )
Forfeited
    (99,154 )     2.72     $ (269 )
 
                     
 
                       
Balance — December 31, 2010
    481,050     $ 2.55     $ 1,227  
 
                     
During the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, we recorded $1.6 million, $2.4 million and $1.9 million in non-cash compensation expense, respectively, related to the restricted stock granted that is expected to vest. As of December 31, 2010, there was $1.3 million in unrecognized compensation expense related to time-based restricted shares expected to vest. That cost is expected to be recognized on a straight-line basis over a weighted average period of 1.1 years.
6. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
Lease Obligations
The Company leases office facilities and operating equipment under cancelable and non-cancelable agreements. Total rent expense was approximately $0.9 million, $0.6 million, $0.6 million, for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively.
At December 31, 2010, the minimum aggregate rental commitment under all non-cancelable operating leases for the years then ending was (in thousands):
         
2011
  $ 809  
2012
    634  
2013
    437  
2014
    407  
2015
    180  
Thereafter
    255  
 
     
 
       
Total
  $ 2,722  
 
     
Litigation Settlement Awards
VISA Check/MasterMoney Antitrust Litigation. The VISA Check/MasterMoney Antitrust Litigation began in October 1996 with the filing of lawsuits by certain retailers and retail trade associations against VISA U.S.A. Inc. (“VISA”) and MasterCard International (“MasterCard”).

 

75


Table of Contents

In the action against VISA and MasterCard, plaintiffs claimed, among other things, that VISA and MasterCard, individually, and in conspiracy with each other and with their member banks, have violated the federal antitrust laws by forcing merchants who accept VISA and/or MasterCard-branded credit cards for payment also to accept VISA and/or MasterCard-branded debit cards for payment (the “Honor All Cards Policy”), and by conspiring and attempting to monopolize a market for general purpose point of sale debit cards. The plaintiffs claimed that the defendants’ actions caused merchants to pay excessive fees on VISA and MasterCard signature debit and credit transactions and on on-line PIN debit transactions, and have injured competition, merchants and consumers.
On June 4, 2003, the plaintiffs entered into separate settlement agreements with VISA and MasterCard. Under terms of the settlements, VISA and MasterCard agreed to eliminate their “Honor All Cards Policy”, to lower debit card fees for an interim period by one-third and to refund over $3 billion to merchants who accepted their cards from October 1992 through June 2003. As the Company accepted VISA and MasterCard branded debit cards during this covered period (i.e. October 25, 1992 through June 21, 2003), we were members of the covered class and entitled to settlement under the agreement.
In December 2007, the Company’s claim award was affirmed by the court. We engaged a third party to assist us in the preparation of the claim and collection of any award due to us in this action. For this service we agreed to a collection fee that would be deducted from any amounts received. The Company received $0.4 million, $2.8 million and $0.4 million, which it recognized as a reduction to operating expenses in the accompanying consolidated statements of income for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively. As of December 31, 2010, the Company does not expect any additional payments against this claim.
Karim Maskatiya and Robert Cucinotta were members of the Company’s Board of Directors through the dates of their respective resignations of May 7, 2008 and May 20, 2008. On January 5, 2009, the Company commenced an action in the State of Nevada District Court, Clark County, against USA Payments and USA Payment Systems (together “USAP”), companies owned or controlled by Messrs. Maskatiya and Cucinotta in connection with various disputes relating to the Amended and Restated Agreement for Electronic Processing, pursuant to which USAP provided the Company with transaction processing services. In October 2009, USAP paid the Company $1.8 million pursuant to an executed settlement agreement and agreed to the settlement of all claims and matters between the parties.
Litigation Claims and Assessments
On March 22, 2010, an action was commenced by Sightline Payments, LLC in the United States District Court, District of Nevada, against Holdings and GCA. The complaint alleges antitrust violations of Sections 1 and 2 of the Sherman Act and Section 7 of the Clayton Act. The plaintiff seeks damages in the amount of $300 million and that such damages be trebled. On August 9, 2010, the District Court issued an Order and Judgment granting the Company’s motion to dismiss this action. On August 13, 2010, Sightline Payments, LLC filed a Notice of Appeal of the Order and Judgment granting the Company’s Motion to Dismiss and this appeal remains pending. The Company maintains insurance that will provide for reimbursement of certain of the expenses associated with this action. At this stage of the litigation, the Company is unable to make an evaluation of whether the likelihood of an unfavorable outcome is either probable or remote or the amount or range of potential loss; however, the Company believes it has meritorious defenses and will vigorously defend this action. On April 16, 2010, the Company commenced an action in the District Court of Nevada, Clark County, against the three current principals of Sightline Payments, LLC, all of whom are former executives of the Company. The Company alleges misappropriation of trade secrets, breach of contract, breach of duty of good faith and fair dealing and seeks damages and declaratory and injunctive relief. The Company has received a temporary restraining order barring the defendants in this action from making any continued disclosure of the Company’s proprietary and confidential information.
On July 7, 2010, an action was commenced by Automated Systems America, Inc. in the United States District Court, Central District of California, against Holdings, GCA and certain current employees of GCA. The complaint seeks a declaratory judgment of invalidity, unenforceability and non-infringement of certain patents owned by the Company and alleges antitrust violations of Section 2 of the Sherman Act, unfair competition violations under the Lanham Act and tortuous interference and defamation per se. The plaintiff seeks damages in excess of $2 million, punitive damages, and a trebling of damages associated with the allegations under Section 2 of the Sherman Act. On March 3, 2011, the Company filed a motion to dismiss this action. The Company maintains insurance that may provide for reimbursement of some of the expenses associated with this action. At this stage of the litigation, the Company is unable to make an evaluation of whether the likelihood of an unfavorable outcome is either probable or remote or the amount or range of potential loss; however, the Company believes it has meritorious defenses and will vigorously defend this action.

 

76


Table of Contents

Commitments
TSYS Acquiring Solutions, Inc. (“TSYS”) Processing Commitments. The Company obtains transaction processing services for Electronic Payment Processing from TSYS. Under terms of this agreement, GCA is obligated to pay TSYS monthly processing and hosting fees during the term of this Agreement which expires in June 2013.
7. BORROWINGS
Senior Secured Credit Facility
On November 1, 2006, GCA and Holdings entered into the Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement with certain lenders, Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent and Wachovia Bank, N.A., as Syndication Agent.
The Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement significantly amended and restated the terms of GCA’s existing senior secured credit facilities to provide for a $100.0 million term loan facility and a $100.0 million five-year revolving credit facility, with a $25.0 million letter of credit sublimit and a $5.0 million swingline loan sublimit. The Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement also contained an increase option permitting GCA to arrange with existing lenders and/or new lenders to provide up to an aggregate of $150.0 million in additional term loan or revolving credit commitments.
Borrowings under the Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement bore interest at LIBOR plus an applicable margin, which is based on the Company’s Senior Leverage Ratio (as defined under the Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement). At December 31, 2010 and 2009, the applicable margin was 112.5 and 87.5 basis points, respectively, and the effective rate of interest was 1.39% and 1.11%, respectively. Principal, together with accrued and unpaid interest, was due on the maturity date, November 1, 2011. GCA had the ability to prepay the loans and terminate the commitments at any time, without premium or penalty, subject to certain qualifications set forth in the agreement. Furthermore, the Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement contained mandatory prepayment provisions which, under certain circumstances, obligate GCA to apply portions of its Excess Cash Flow (as defined under the Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement) to prepayment of the senior secured credit facilities.
As of December 31, 2010, the scheduled quarterly amortization payments on the term loan portion of the Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement were $250,000 through September 30, 2010. In December 2010, the Company repaid $15.3 million of the term loan thereby reducing the balance on this financial instrument to $81.0 million with the remaining balance of the term loan and any outstanding amounts under the revolving credit loans due to be repaid on November 1, 2011.
Pursuant to the Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, the senior secured credit facility was secured by substantially all of the assets of GCA and GCA’s wholly-owned domestic subsidiaries other than Arriva, and was guaranteed by the Company and all of GCA’s wholly-owned domestic subsidiaries other than Arriva.
The Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement contained customary affirmative and negative covenants, financial covenants, representations and warranties and events of defaults, which are subject to important exceptions and qualifications, as set forth in the Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement. Additionally, there was a covenant related to maximum allowable capital expenditures. The Company believes it was in compliance with all of its debt covenants that were applicable as of December 31, 2010.
As of December 31, 2010 and 2009, the Company had $81.0 million and $97.0 million, respectively, in borrowings under the term loan and $0 under the revolving portion. As of December 31, 2010 and 2009, the Company had $2.8 million and $4.1 million, respectively, in letters of credit issued and outstanding. The letters of credits issued and outstanding reduce amounts available under the revolving portion of the Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement.
On March 1, 2011, the Company refinanced all of its indebtedness under the New Senior Credit Facility (See Note 12— Subsequent Events.)

 

77


Table of Contents

Senior Subordinated Notes
On March 10, 2004, GCA completed a private placement offering of $235 million 8.75% Senior Subordinated Notes due March 15, 2012 (the “Notes Offering”). On October 14, 2004, we completed an exchange offer of the notes for registered notes of like tenor and effect. The Notes Offering resulted in proceeds to the Company of $228.3 million net of issuance costs and offering expenses. Interest on the notes accrues based upon a 360-day year comprised of twelve 30-day months and is payable semiannually on March 15th and September 15th. Proceeds of the Notes Offering were utilized to finance in part the redemption of ownership interests in us by First Data Corp and pay related fees and expenses.
All of the Company’s existing and future domestic wholly owned subsidiaries are guarantors of the notes on a senior subordinated basis. Under terms of the indenture, up to 35% of these notes may have been redeemed before March 15, 2007, at a price of 108.75% of face, out of the net proceeds from an equity offering. In October 2005, the Company redeemed $82.25 million of these notes plus $7.2 million of redemption premium, with the proceeds of its initial public offering (“IPO”) of equity securities. The Company may redeem all or a portion of the notes at redemption prices of 104.375% on or after March 15, 2008, 102.188% on or after March 15, 2009 or 100.000% on or after March 15, 2010.
As of December 31, 2010 and 2009, the Company had $127.8 million and $152.8 million in borrowings outstanding under the Notes Offering. At December 31, 2010, we believe that we were in compliance with all of our covenants under the Notes Offering.
On March 1, 2011, the Company defeased our obligations under the Senior Subordinated Notes (See Note 12— Subsequent Events.)
Minimum Aggregate Repayment Schedule
At December 31, 2010, the minimum aggregate repayment (excluding excess cash flow payments) for all borrowings for the years then ending was (in thousands):
         
2011
  $ 81,000  
2012
    127,750  
2013
     
2014
     
2015
     
Thereafter
     
 
     
 
       
Total
  $ 208,750  
 
     
8. CAPITAL STOCK
In September 2005, the Company completed an initial public offering of 16,064,157 shares of common stock at $14.00 per share. Existing stockholders sold 7,064,157 of these shares and the remaining 9,000,000 shares were sold by the Company. In October 2005, the underwriters exercised their option to purchase an additional 1,053,568 shares of stock from the Company and 1,165,656 shares of stock from the existing stockholders. The net proceeds to the Company from this combined equity offering were $130.9 million after deducting underwriting discounts. On October 31, 2005, the Company used $90.3 million of the net proceeds to repay $82.25 million of senior subordinated notes and to pay a redemption premium and accrued interest on the repaid notes. Also on October 31, 2005, the Company used $20.0 million of the IPO proceeds to repay $20.0 million of the term loan portion of the Company’s then existing credit facility.

 

78


Table of Contents

Preferred Stock. The Company’s amended and restated certificate of incorporation allows our Board of Directors, without further action by stockholders, to issue up to 50,000,000 shares of preferred stock in one or more series and to fix the designations, powers, preferences, privileges and relative participating, optional, or special rights as well as the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of the preferred stock, including dividend rights, conversion rights, voting rights, terms of redemption and liquidation preferences. As of December 31, 2010, we had no shares of preferred stock outstanding.
Common Stock. Subject to the preferences that may apply to shares of preferred stock that may be outstanding at the time, the holders of outstanding shares of common stock are entitled to receive dividends out of assets legally available at the times and in the amounts as our Board of Directors may from time to time determine. All dividends are non-cumulative. In the event of the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company, the holders of common stock are entitled to share ratably in all assets remaining after the payment of liabilities, subject to the prior distribution rights of preferred stock, if any, then outstanding. Each stockholder is entitled to one vote for each share of common stock held on all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders. Cumulative voting for the election of directors is not provided for. The common stock is not entitled to preemptive rights and is not subject to conversion or redemption. There are no sinking fund provisions applicable to the common stock. Each outstanding share of common stock is fully paid and non-assessable. As of December 31, 2010, we had 85,006,446 shares of common stock issued and outstanding.
Common Stock Repurchase Program. On February 23, 2010, the Company’s Board of Directors authorized the repurchase pursuant to Rule 10b-18 under the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, of up to an additional $25.0 million worth of the Company’s outstanding common stock, subject to the compliance with such contractual limitations on such repurchases under the Company’s financing agreements in effect from time to time, including but not limited to those relating to the Company’s senior secured indebtedness and senior subordinated notes. For the year ended December 31, 2010, The Company repurchased 2.0 million of its shares of common stock pursuant to this repurchase authorization for an aggregate purchase price of $7.7 million.
On April 8, 2010, the Company repurchased in a privately negotiated transaction 3,105,590 shares of its outstanding common stock from various entities affiliated with Summit Partners, L.P. for an aggregate purchase price of $25.0 million at a purchase price of $8.05 per share of common stock. Charles J. Fitzgerald is a managing partner of Summit Partners, L.P. and until his term expired on April 29, 2010, was a member of the Company’s Board of Directors. The Company funded this repurchase with cash on hand. This repurchase was made pursuant to a new authorization by the Board of Directors of the Company in March 2010, separate from the $25.0 million share repurchase program previously made on February 23, 2010.
Treasury Stock. In addition to open market purchases of common stock authorized under the Common Stock Repurchase Program, employees may direct the Company to withhold vested shares of restricted stock to satisfy the minimum statutory withholding requirements applicable to their restricted stock vesting. For the year ended December 31, 2010, the Company repurchased or withheld from restricted stock awards 116,750 shares of common stock at an aggregate purchase price of $0.8 million to satisfy the minimum applicable tax withholding obligations incident to the vesting of such restricted stock awards.

 

79


Table of Contents

The following table provides the treasury stock activity occurring in 2010 (number of shares and cost in thousands):
                         
    Total Number of     Average Price per     Cost of Shares  
    Shares Purchased     Share Purchased     Purchased  
    or Withheld     or Withheld     or Withheld  
Balance, December 31, 2009
    15,404     $ 7.24     $ 111,564  
 
                       
Shares purchased
    5,106       6.40       32,675  
 
                       
Shares withheld from restricted stock vesting
    117       6.84       799  
 
                 
 
                       
Balance, December 31, 2010
    20,627     $ 7.03     $ 145,038  
 
                 
9. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
Karim Maskatiya and Robert Cucinotta were members of our Board of Directors through the dates of their respective resignations of May 7, 2008 and May 20, 2008. The Company made payments for software development costs and system maintenance to Infonox on the Web (“Infonox”) pursuant to agreements with Infonox. At the time the Company entered into these agreements, Infonox was controlled by Karim Masakatiya and Robert Cucinotta, who were also then members of our Board of Directors, and during a portion of the period presented, Infonox was controlled by family members of Mr. Maskatiya. These family members of Mr. Maskatiya owned a majority of the ownership interests and controlled the Board of Directors of Infonox until the closing of the sale of Infonox to Total System Services, Inc. on November 4, 2008.
In June 2009, the Company repurchased 5,785,602 shares from Robert Cucinotta, which is believed to be all of the shares previously held by Mr. Cucinotta. In June 2009, Karim Maskatiya disposed of a number of shares in open market transactions, which is believed to be all of the shares previously held by Mr. Maskatiya.
Prior to obtaining processing services from TSYS, the Company obtained processing services, pursuant to the Amended and Restated Agreement for Electronic Payment Processing from USA Payments and USA Payment Systems (together “USAP”), a company controlled by Messrs. Maskatiya and Cucinotta. On January 5, 2009, the Company commenced an action in the State of Nevada District Court, Clark County against USAP in connection with various disputes relating to the Amended and Restated Agreement for Electronic Payment Processing. In October 2009, USAP paid the Company $1.8 million pursuant to an executed settlement agreement and agreed to the settlement of all claims and matters between the parties.
On April 8, 2010, the Company repurchased in a privately negotiated transaction 3,105,590 shares of its outstanding common stock from various entities affiliated with Summit Partners, L.P. for an aggregate purchase price of $25.0 million at a purchase price of $8.05 per share of common stock. Charles J. Fitzgerald is a managing partner of Summit Partners, L.P. and until his term expired on April 29, 2010, was a member of the Company’s Board of Directors. The Company funded this repurchase with cash on hand. This repurchase was made pursuant to a new authorization by the Board of Directors of the Company in March 2010, separate from the $25.0 million share repurchase program previously made on February 23, 2010.
Messrs. Maskatiya and Cucinotta previously controlled and may still control or own all or a portion, directly or indirectly, MCA Processing LLC, an assembler and distributor of redemption devices. From time to time in the past, GCA had procured those devices from MCA Processing, LLC, for usage by or sale to its customers.
Michael Rumbolz, who serves as a member of our Board of Directors, also serves as a member of the board of directors of Herbst Gaming, LLC (“Herbst”). The Company provides various cash access products and services to Herbst. Mr. Rumbolz receives both cash and equity compensation from Herbst in consideration for serving on the board of directors of Herbst, however, none of this consideration is tied in any manner to the Company’s performance or obligations under its cash access agreements with Herbst. In addition, Mr. Rumbolz was not involved in the negotiation of the Company’s cash access agreements with Herbst.

 

80


Table of Contents

The following table represents the transactions with related parties for the years ended December 31, (amounts in thousands):
                         
Description of Transaction   2010     2009     2008  
 
                       
Summit Partners, L.P.
                       
 
                       
Repurchase of 3,105,590 shares of common stock pursuant to the authorization by the Board of Directors in March 2010
  $ 25,000     $     $  
 
                       
Infonox on the Web:
                       
 
                       
Software development costs and maintenance expense
                3,536  
 
                       
USA Payments & USA Payments Systems:
                       
 
                       
Transaction processing charges included in cost of revenues (exclusive of depreciation and amortization) and operating expenses
          3,140       3,171  
 
                       
Pass through billing related to gateway fees, telecom and other items included in cost of revenues (exclusive of depreciation and amortization) and operating expenses
          728       1,185  
 
                       
Sublease income earned for leasing out corporate office space for backup servers
                (20 )
 
                       
MCA Processing LLC:
                       
 
                       
Equipment purchases
                710  
The following table details the amounts receivable from or (liabilities to) these related parties that are recorded as part of other receivables, net, accounts payable or accrued expenses in the consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, (amounts in thousands):
                         
Description of Transaction   2010     2009     2008  
 
                       
M&C International and related companies
  $     $     $ (1 )
 
                 
 
                       
Total included within receivables, other
  $     $     $ (1 )
 
                 
 
                       
USA Payment Systems
  $     $     $ (212 )
Infonox on the Web
                (447 )
 
                 
 
                       
Total included within accounts payable and accrued expenses
  $     $     $ (659 )
 
                 
10. INCOME TAXES
In July 2006, the FASB issued guidance which clarifies the accounting and disclosure for uncertainty in tax positions, as defined. This guidance provides that a tax benefit from an uncertain tax position may be recognized when it is more likely than not that the position will be sustained upon examination, including resolutions of any related appeals or litigation processes, based on the technical merits. Income tax positions must meet a more-likely-than-not recognition threshold at the effective date to be recognized upon the adoption of this guidance and in subsequent periods. This interpretation also provides guidance on measurement, derecognition, classification, interest and penalties, accounting in interim periods, disclosure and transition. The Company was subject to the provisions of the pronouncement as of January 1, 2007, and has analyzed filing positions in all of the federal and state jurisdictions where it is required to file income tax returns, as well as all open tax years in these jurisdictions. The Company believes that its income tax filing positions and deductions will be sustained on audit and does not anticipate any adjustments that will result in a material change to its financial position.

 

81


Table of Contents

We may from time to time be assessed interest or penalties by tax jurisdictions, although any such assessments historically have been minimal and immaterial to our financial results. The Company’s policy for recording interest and penalties associated with audits and unrecognized tax benefits is to record such items as a component of income tax expenses.
The income tax provision (benefit) attributable to continuing operations and discontinued operations for the years ended December 31, is as follows (amounts in thousands):
                         
    2010     2009     2008  
 
                       
Continuing Operations
  $ 18,751     $ 20,556     $ 23,349  
Discontinued Operations
          25       (2,214 )
 
                 
 
  $ 18,751     $ 20,581     $ 21,135  
 
                 
The following table presents the domestic and foreign components of pretax income and recorded income tax expense attributable to continuing operations for the years ended December 31, (amounts are in thousands):
                         
    2010     2009     2008  
Components of pretax income:
                       
Domestic
  $ 35,838     $ 53,717     $ 49,043  
Foreign
    463       377       1,715  
 
                 
 
                       
Consolidated
  $ 36,301     $ 54,094     $ 50,758  
 
                 
 
                       
Provision (benefit) for income taxes:
                       
Domestic
  $ 17,680     $ 20,616     $ 22,978  
Foreign
    1,040       (29 )     420  
 
                 
 
                       
Consolidated
  $ 18,720     $ 20,587     $ 23,398  
 
                       
Income tax provision (benefit) from minority ownership loss
    31       (31 )     (49 )
 
                 
Provision for income taxes, as reported
  $ 18,751     $ 20,556     $ 23,349  
 
                 
The Company’s income tax provision attributable to income from continuing operations before income taxes consists of the following components as of December 31, (amounts in thousands):
                         
    2010     2009     2008  
 
                       
Current
  $ 1,283     $ 1,001     $ 437  
Deferred
    17,468       19,555       22,912  
 
                 
 
                       
Total provision for income taxes
  $ 18,751     $ 20,556     $ 23,349  
 
                 

 

82


Table of Contents

The reconciliation between the Company’s effective tax rate on income from continuing operations and the statutory tax rate for the years ended December 31, is as follows:
                         
    2010     2009     2008  
Effect of:
                       
Federal statutory rate
    35.0 %     35.0 %     35.0 %
Foreign provision
    (0.1 )     (0.3 )     (0.4 )
State/Province income tax
    1.7       2.6       1.3  
Non-deductible compensation cost
    2.4       1.9       10.5  
Change in valuation allowance
    (4.1 )     1.0       (0.7 )
Foreign dividends and IRC Sec. 956 inclusions, net of foreign tax deduction
    14.7              
Non-deductible expenses and other items
    2.1       0.1       0.3  
Adjustment to carrying value
          (2.3 )      
 
                 
 
                       
Effective tax rate
    51.7 %     38.0 %     46.0 %
 
                 
The following table outlines the principal components of deferred tax items at December 31, (amounts in thousands):
                         
    2010     2009     2008  
Deferred tax assets related to:
                       
Property, equipment and leasehold improvements
  $ 235     $ 614     $ 49  
Accounts receivable allowances
    6,675       7,421       5,786  
Foreign tax credits
          4,297       4,297  
Net operating losses
    16,576       11,370       2,492  
Stock options FAS 123(R) expense
    4,768       3,912       2,374  
Intangibles
    102,598       121,710       142,394  
Accrued and prepaid expenses
    300       586        
Other
    734       472       315  
Valuation allowance
          (1,475 )     (949 )
 
                 
 
                       
Total deferred income tax assets
    131,886       148,907       156,758  
 
                 
 
                       
Deferred tax liabilities related to:
                       
Accrued and prepaid expenses
                87  
Other
    339       143       157  
 
                 
 
                       
Total deferred income tax liabilities
    339       143       244  
 
                 
 
                       
Deferred income taxes, net
  $ 131,547     $ 148,764     $ 156,514  
 
                 
During 2010 GCA, Inc. received a one-time dividend of $3.5 million from GCA Canada. The Company also intends to repatriate $1.4 million from Global Cash Access Switzerland A.G. (“GCA Switzerland”) in 2011. For all of our investments in foreign subsidiaries, except for GCA (Macau), S.A. (“GCA Macau”) and the aforementioned one-time repatriation events, deferred taxes have not been provided on unrepatriated foreign earnings. Unrepatriated earnings as of December 31, 2010, are approximately $3.6 million. These earnings are considered permanently reinvested, as it is management’s intention to reinvest foreign earnings in foreign operations. The Company projects that it will have sufficient cash flow in the U.S. and does not need to repatriate these foreign earnings to finance U.S. operations.
As a result of certain realization requirements under the FASB guidance on share-based payments (revised 2004), the table of deferred tax assets and liabilities shown above does not include certain deferred tax assets at December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008 that arose directly from tax deductions related to equity compensation in excess of compensation recognized for financial reporting. Equity will be increased by $1.6 million if and when such deferred tax assets are ultimately realized. The Company uses the FASB guidance on income taxes ordering for purposes of determining when excess tax benefits have been realized.

 

83


Table of Contents

As of December 31, 2010, the Company had a deferred tax asset recorded on the balance sheet of approximately $4.3 million related to foreign tax credits. Foreign tax credits can be carried forward to offset future U.S. taxable income subject to certain limitations for a period of 10 years. Approximately $0.6 million, $1.2 million, $1.0 million, $0.9 million and $0.7 million will expire in 2013, 2014, 2015, 2016 and 2017, respectively based on the years the foreign taxes were paid. As of December 31, 2010, the Company had a valuation allowance related to the foreign tax credit deferred tax asset of $1.5 million for the expected expiration of a portion of the foreign tax credit carryforwards, due to the uncertainty of future foreign source taxable income. In making such determination, we considered all available positive and negative evidence, including future reversals of existing taxable temporary differences, projected future taxable income, projected future foreign source income, tax planning strategies and recent financial operations. These assumptions required significant judgment about the forecasts of future taxable and foreign source income. As of December 31, 2010, the Company re-evaluated the future ability to realize the foreign tax credit deferred tax asset based on future taxable and foreign source income. Based on this analysis, the Company believes there is insufficient evidence that the Company will utilize the foreign tax credit deferred tax asset. Accordingly, the Company is electing to deduct foreign taxes and is reversing the $4.3 million deferred tax asset and associated $1.5 million valuation allowance. This change in position relating to foreign tax credits increases the current tax provision by approximately $1.7 million.
As of December 31, 2010, the Company also has foreign tax credits available of approximately $2.6 million related to the Canadian and Swiss repatriations. Due to the uncertainty of future foreign source and taxable income, the Company is also electing to deduct these foreign taxes.
As of December 31, 2010, the Company has approximately $49.9 million accumulated federal net operating losses, inclusive of the increase in net operating loss attributable to deducting foreign taxes. The net operating losses can be carried forward and applied to offset taxable income for 20 years and will expire starting in 2022.
As of December 31, 2010, we had a net deferred income tax asset of $131.5 million. We recognized a deferred tax asset upon our conversion from a limited liability company to a corporation on May 14, 2004. Prior to that time, all tax attributes flowed through to the members of the limited liability company. The principal component of the deferred tax asset is a difference between our assets for financial accounting and tax purposes. This difference results from a significant balance of acquired goodwill of approximately $687 million that was generated as part of the conversion to a corporation plus approximately $98 million in pre-existing goodwill carried over from periods prior to the conversion. Both of these assets are recorded for tax purposes but not for financial accounting purposes. They are amortized over 15 years for tax purposes, using the Company’s current earnings, this results in annual pretax income being approximately $52.3 million lower for tax purposes than for financial accounting purposes. At an estimated blended domestic effective tax rate of 36.4%, this results in tax payments being a maximum of approximately $19.0 million less than the provision for income taxes shown on the income statement for financial accounting purposes. Given the Company’s current estimates, this is an expected aggregate of $158.6 million in cash savings over the remaining life of the portion of our deferred tax asset related to the conversion. These deferred tax assets may be subject to certain limitations. We believe that it is more likely than not that we will be able to utilize our deferred tax asset. However, the utilization of this tax asset is subject to many factors beyond our control including our earnings, a change of control of the Company and future estimations of earnings.
As of December 31, 2009, the Company has provided a liability for $0.4 million of unrecognized tax benefits related to depreciation and restricted stock options associated with the initial accounting for the CSI acquisition. The recognition of this amount would not impact the Company’s effective tax rate, if recognized. As we have legacy CSI net operating loss (“NOL”) carry forwards that are required to be applied against any taxable income, the liability associated with these uncertain tax positions has been offset against the NOL carry forwards. We have not accrued any interest or penalties related to the unrecognized tax benefits. The Company anticipates that the total amount of its unrecognized tax benefits will be reduced by $0.2 million during the next twelve months.
The Company is subject to taxation in the U.S. and various states and foreign jurisdictions. As of December 31, 2010, the Company’s tax years for 2007 through 2010 are subject to examination by the tax authorities. The company is currently under examination by the states of California for 2007 and 2008, and New York for 2007 through 2009. With few exceptions, as of December 31, 2010, the Company is no longer subject to U.S. federal, state, local or foreign examination by tax authorities for years before 2007. Tax year 2006 was open as of December 31, 2009.

 

84


Table of Contents

11. SEGMENT INFORMATION
Operating segments are components of an enterprise about which separate financial information is available that is evaluated regularly by the chief operating decision maker, or decision-making group, in deciding how to allocate resources and in assessing performance. The Company’s chief operating decision-making group consists of the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer. The operating segments are reviewed separately because each represents products that can be, and often are, sold separately to our customers.
The Company operates in three distinct business segments: (1) cash advance, (2) ATM and (3) check services. These segments are monitored separately by management for performance against its internal forecast and are consistent with the Company’s internal management reporting.
Other lines of business, none of which exceed the established materiality for segment reporting, include Arriva, credit reporting services, Western Union, Casino Marketing Services, Global Recovery Services and IFT, among others.
The Company’s internal management reporting does not allocate overhead or depreciation and amortization expenses to the respective business segments. For the segment information presented below, these amounts have been allocated to the respective segments based upon relation to the business segment (where identifiable) or on respective revenue contribution.
The Company’s business is predominantly domestic, with no specific regional concentrations and no significant assets in foreign locations.
Major customers — For the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, the combined revenues from all segments for our largest customer, Harrah’s Operating Company, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates was approximately $79.6 million, $92.8 million and $107.9 million, respectively, representing 13.3%, 14.1% and 16.1%, respectively, of the Company’s total consolidated revenues. In July 2010, Harrah’s announced its intention not to renew its agreements with us for the provision of cash access services with the Company, which expired in November 2010. Our five largest customers accounted for approximately 34.6%, 34.4% and 34.2% of our total revenue in 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively. No other single customer accounted for more than 10% of our total revenue in 2010, 2009 and 2008.
The accounting policies of the operating segments are generally the same as those described in the summary of significant accounting policies.

 

85


Table of Contents

The tables below present the results of operations and total assets by operating segment as of, and for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008 (amounts in thousands):
                                                 
    Cash             Check                    
    Advance     ATM     Services     Other     Corporate     Total  
December 31, 2010:
                                               
 
                                               
Revenues
  $ 244,139     $ 314,627     $ 28,357     $ 18,467     $     $ 605,590  
Operating income
    49,130       41,782       15,595       11,922       (65,798 )     52,631  
 
                                               
December 31, 2009:
                                               
 
                                               
Revenues
  $ 289,314     $ 325,953     $ 38,525     $ 13,928     $     $ 667,720  
Operating income
    63,323       43,854       21,564       11,406       (68,093 )     72,054  
 
                                               
December 31, 2008:
                                               
 
                                               
Revenues
  $ 326,476     $ 289,122     $ 42,366     $ 13,644     $     $ 671,608  
Operating income
    74,684       45,550       18,594       11,078       (71,260 )     78,646  
                 
    December 31,     December 31,  
Total Assets   2010     2009  
 
               
Cash advance
  $ 138,631     $ 134,439  
ATM
    52,424       89,100  
Check services
    33,816       47,136  
Other
    38,003       35,575  
Corporate
    195,520       195,517  
 
           
 
               
Total assets
  $ 458,394     $ 501,767  
 
           
12. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS
Debt Refinancing
On March 1, 2011, GCA, together with its sole stockholder, Holdings entered into a Credit Agreement (“the Credit Agreement”) with certain lenders, Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas., as Administrative Agent and Wells Fargo Securities, LLC., as Syndication Agent. The New Senior Credit Facility established under the Credit Agreement provides for a $210.0 million term loan facility and a $35.0 million revolving credit facility. The revolving credit facility includes provisions for the issuance of up to $10.0 million of letters of credit and up to $5.0 million in swingline loans. The Credit Agreement also contains an increase option permitting GCA to arrange with existing lenders and/or new lenders for them to provide up to an aggregate of $50.0 million in additional term loan commitments. All $210 million of available borrowings under the term loan facility were borrowed concurrent with the establishment of the New Senior Credit Facility. Once repaid, no amounts under the term loan facility may be reborrowed. In addition, $4 million of available borrowings under the revolving credit facility were borrowed concurrent with the establishment of the New Senior Credit Facility. Once repaid, amounts under the revolving credit facility may be reborrowed.
The term loan requires principal repayments of one quarter of 1% of the aggregate initial principal amount of the term loans, or $525,000 per quarter as well as annual mandatory prepayment provisions based on an excess cash flow sweep equal to a fixed percentage of excess cash flow (as defined in the Credit Agreement). The remaining principal is due on the maturity date, March 1, 2016. GCA may prepay the loans and terminate the commitments at any time after the first year, without premium or penalty, subject to certain qualifications set forth in the Credit Agreement. Furthermore, the Credit Agreement contains mandatory prepayment provisions which, under certain circumstances, such as asset or equity sales, obligate GCA to apply defined portions of its cash flow to prepayment of the New Senior Credit Facility.

 

86


Table of Contents

Borrowings under the New Senior Credit Facility bear interest at either (x) a specified base rate plus a 4.50% margin, or (y) LIBOR plus a 5.5% margin. The base rate minimum is 2.50% and the LIBOR minimum is 1.50%. Interest in respect of base rate loans is payable quarterly in arrears and interest in respect of LIBOR loans is payable in arrears at the end of the applicable interest period and every three months in the case of interest periods in excess of three months. Interest is also payable at the time of repayment of any loans and at maturity.
The New Senior Credit Facility is unconditionally guaranteed by the Holdings and each direct and indirect domestic subsidiary of GCA. All amounts owing under the New Senior Credit Facility are secured by a first priority perfected security interest in all stock (but only 65% of the stock of foreign subsidiaries), other equity interests and promissory notes owned by GCA and a first priority perfected security interest in all other tangible and intangible assets owned by GCA and the guarantors.
The Credit Agreement contains customary affirmative and negative covenants, financial covenants, representations and warranties and events of defaults.
The significant financial covenants are:
Interest Coverage Ratio (as defined in the Credit Agreement)
         
Fiscal Quarter Ended   Ratio  
March 31, 2011 - June 30 2011
    2.50:1.00  
September 30, 2011 - December 31, 2011
    2.75:1.00  
March 31, 2012 - December 31, 2012
    3.00:1.00  
March 31, 2013 - December 31, 2013
    3.25:1.00  
March 31, 2014 - December 31, 2014
    3.50:1.00  
Thereafter
    3.75:1.00  
Total Leverage Ratio (as defined in the Credit Agreement)
         
Anytime in Period Ended   Ratio  
March 31, 2011 - December 30, 2011
    4.25:1.00  
December 31, 2011 - March 30, 2012
    4.00:1.00  
March 31, 2012 - September 30, 2012
    3.75:1.00  
September 30, 2012 - March 30, 2015
    3.25:1.00  
Thereafter
    2.75:1.00  
Excess Cash Flow Sweep (1)
         
If Total Leverage:   Sweep percentage  
is greater than 2.50:1.00
    50 %
is less than 2.50:1.00 but greater than 1.50:1.00
    25 %
is less than 1.50:1.00
    0 %
(1)  
GCA is required to pay a percentage of Excess Cash Flow, as defined in the Credit Agreement, which is based upon the Total Leverage Ratio, as defined in the Credit Agreement.
Sponsorship Agreement
On February 11, 2011, GCA entered into a Sponsorship Agreement with American State Bank. Pursuant to the Sponsorship Agreement, American State Bank will sponsor GCA into the credit card associations and various credit and debit networks to process ATM, credit card and debit card transactions on behalf of GCA in the United States on a non-exclusive basis. In addition, GCA has agreed to pay American State Bank a per transaction fee based upon the number of transactions processed by GCA and that are covered under the Sponsorship Agreement together with various incidental card association and credit and debit network registration fees and expenses. The initial term of the Sponsorship Agreement is for a period of five years and will automatically renew for additional one year periods unless either party gives the other party notice of its intent not to renew the Sponsorship Agreement at least 180 days prior to the expiration of the then current term of the Sponsorship Agreement. GCA is in the process of transitioning sponsorship services to American State Bank from Bank of America, the Company’s current sponsor bank.

 

87


Table of Contents

13. QUARTERLY RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (UNAUDITED)
                                         
    First     Second     Third     Fourth        
    Quarter     Quarter     Quarter     Quarter     Year  
    (amounts in thousands, except earnings per share)  
2010
                                       
Revenue
  $ 158,512     $ 157,150     $ 152,121     $ 137,807     $ 605,590  
Operating income
    15,523       13,729       13,323       10,055       52,630  
Income from continuing operations, net of tax
    6,945       5,945       4,919       (259 )     17,550  
Net income (loss), attributable to GCA, Holdings, Inc.
    6,950       5,884       4,919       (259 )     17,494  
 
                                       
Basic earnings per share:
                                       
Continuing operations
  $ 0.10     $ 0.09     $ 0.08     $     $ 0.27  
Net income
  $ 0.10     $ 0.09     $ 0.08     $     $ 0.27  
Diluted earnings per share:
                                       
Continuing operations
  $ 0.10     $ 0.09     $ 0.07     $     $ 0.26  
Net income (loss) attributable to GCA Holdings, Inc.
  $ 0.10     $ 0.09     $ 0.07     $     $ 0.26  
 
                                       
2009
                                       
Revenue
  $ 181,674     $ 172,971     $ 164,319     $ 148,756     $ 667,720  
Operating income
    19,271       19,289       17,469       16,025       72,054  
Income from continuing operations, net of tax
    9,062       9,127       8,103       7,246       33,538  
Net income, attributable to GCA, Holdings, Inc.
    9,108       9,158       8,115       7,257       33,638  
 
                                       
Basic earnings per share:
                                       
Continuing operations
  $ 0.12     $ 0.12     $ 0.11     $ 0.10     $ 0.45  
Net income
  $ 0.12     $ 0.12     $ 0.11     $ 0.10     $ 0.45  
Diluted earnings per share:
                                       
Continuing operations
  $ 0.12     $ 0.12     $ 0.11     $ 0.10     $ 0.45  
Net income (loss), attributable to GCA, Holdings, Inc.
  $ 0.12     $ 0.12     $ 0.11     $ 0.10     $ 0.45  
 
                                       
2010
                                       
Basic shares
    68,268       65,836       65,384       64,002       65,903  
Diluted shares
    70,513       67,926       66,240       64,002       67,272  
 
                                       
2009
                                       
Basic shares
    77,368       76,934       72,182       69,801       74,232  
Diluted shares
    77,368       79,020       73,845       71,353       75,356  

 

88


Table of Contents

14. GUARANTOR INFORMATION
In March 2004, GCA issued $235 million in aggregate principal amount of 8¾% senior subordinated notes due 2012 (the “Notes”). There were $127.8 million and $152.8 million in Notes outstanding at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. The Notes are guaranteed by all of the GCA’s existing domestic wholly-owned subsidiaries. In addition, effective upon the closing of the Company’s initial public offering of common stock, Holdings guaranteed, on a subordinated basis, GCA’s obligations under these Notes. These guarantees are full, unconditional, joint and several. Global Cash Access (Canada), Inc. (“GCA Canada”), Global Cash Access (BVI), Inc. (“GCA BVI”), GCA Switzerland, Global Cash Access (HK), LTD (“GCA HK”), and GCA Macau; all wholly owned non-domestic subsidiaries, and IFT, a consolidated joint venture, do not guarantee the Notes. On March 1, 2011, in connection with the establishment of the New Senior Credit Facility, GCA irrevocably deposited into trust with the Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, the trustee under the indenture, an aggregate of $133,711,666 in cash to pay and discharge the entire indebtedness on the Senior Subordinated Notes on March 27, 2011.
The following consolidating schedules present separate unaudited financial statement information on a combined basis for the parent only, the issuer, as well as the Company’s guarantor subsidiaries and non-guarantor subsidiaries and affiliate, as of and for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009.

 

89


Table of Contents

GLOBAL CASH ACCESS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING SCHEDULE — BALANCE SHEET INFORMATION
DECEMBER 31, 2010
(amounts in thousands)
                                                 
                    Combined     Combined Non-     Elimination        
    Parent     Issuer     Guarantors     Guarantors     Entries *     Consolidated  
ASSETS
                                               
 
   
Cash and cash equivalents
  $     $ 51,236     $ 801     $ 8,599     $     $ 60,636  
Restricted cash and cash equivalents
          455                         455  
Settlement receivables
          39,510             1,378       (30,514 )     10,374  
Other receivables, net
    52,027       145,930       96,198       28,012       (306,956 )     15,211  
Inventory
                3,845                   3,845  
Prepaid and other assets
          7,575       391       234             8,200  
Investment in subsidiaries
    143,478       123,875                   (267,353 )      
Property, equipment and leasehold improvements, net
          15,444       877       327             16,648  
Other intangibles, net
          26,152       29       187             26,368  
Goodwill, net
          128,063       56,218       829             185,110  
Deferred income taxes, net
          119,768       11,670       109             131,547  
 
                                   
 
                                               
TOTAL
  $ 195,505     $ 658,008     $ 170,029     $ 39,675     $ (604,823 )   $ 458,394  
 
                                   
 
                                               
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
                                               
 
                                               
LIABILITIES:
                                               
Settlement liabilities
  $     $ 87,487     $     $ 2,768     $ (30,514 )   $ 59,741  
Accounts payable
          26,072       315       2,175             28,562  
Accrued expenses
    52,027       192,221       65,870       14,701       (306,956 )     17,863  
Borrowings
          208,750                         208,750  
 
                                   
 
                                               
Total liabilities
    52,027       514,530       66,185       19,644       (337,470 )     314,916  
 
                                   
 
                                               
COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
                                               
 
                                               
TOTAL STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
                                               
Total stockholders’ equity attributable to GCA, Inc.
    143,478       143,478       103,844       20,031       (267,353 )     143,478  
 
                                   
 
                                               
MINORITY INTEREST
                                   
 
                                               
Total stockholders’ equity
    143,478       143,478       103,844       20,031       (267,353 )     143,478  
 
                                   
 
                                               
TOTAL
  $ 195,505     $ 658,008     $ 170,029     $ 39,675     $ (604,823 )   $ 458,394  
 
                                   
*  
Eliminations include intercompany investments and management fees

 

90


Table of Contents

GLOBAL CASH ACCESS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING SCHEDULE — BALANCE SHEET INFORMATION
DECEMBER 31, 2009
(amounts in thousands)
                                                 
                    Combined     Combined Non-     Elimination        
    Parent     Issuer     Guarantors     Guarantors     Entries *     Consolidated  
ASSETS
                                               
 
                                               
Cash and cash equivalents
  $     $ 74,272     $ 301     $ 10,195     $     $ 84,768  
Restricted cash and cash equivalents
          369                         369  
Settlement receivables
          40,872             1,593       (31,464 )     11,001  
Other receivables, net
    12       18,174       91,557       1,456       (86,676 )     24,523  
Prepaid and other assets
          9,458       762       195             10,415  
Investment in subsidiaries
    145,409       110,037                   (255,446 )      
Property, equipment and leasehold improvements, net
          18,528       427       464             19,419  
Other intangibles, net
          27,592       56       506             28,154  
Goodwill, net
          128,064       45,500       790             174,354  
Deferred income taxes, net
          137,073       11,617       74             148,764  
 
                                   
 
                                               
TOTAL
  $ 145,421     $ 564,439     $ 150,220     $ 15,273     $ (373,586 )   $ 501,767  
 
                                   
 
                                               
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
                                               
 
                                               
LIABILITIES:
                                               
Settlement liabilities
  $     $ 89,610     $ 8     $ 3,159     $ (31,464 )   $ 61,313  
Accounts payable
          28,182       162       138             28,482  
Accrued expenses
    12       51,488       47,422       4,567       (86,676 )     16,813  
Borrowings
          249,750                         249,750  
 
                                   
 
                                               
Total liabilities
    12       419,030       47,592       7,864       (118,140 )     356,358  
 
                                   
 
                                               
COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
                                               
 
                                               
TOTAL STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
                                               
Total stockholders’ equity attributable to GCA, Inc.
    145,497       145,497       102,628       7,409       (255,534 )     145,497  
 
                                   
 
                                               
MINORITY INTEREST
    (88 )     (88 )                 88       (88 )
 
                                               
Total stockholders’ equity
    145,409       145,409       102,628       7,409       (255,446 )     145,409  
 
                                   
 
                                               
TOTAL
  $ 145,421     $ 564,439     $ 150,220     $ 15,273     $ (373,586 )   $ 501,767  
 
                                   
*  
Eliminations include intercompany investments and management fees

 

91


Table of Contents

GLOBAL CASH ACCESS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING SCHEDULE — STATEMENT OF INCOME INFORMATION
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2010
(amounts in thousands)
                                                 
                    Combined     Combined Non-              
    Parent     Issuer     Guarantors     Guarantors     Eliminations *     Consolidated  
REVENUES:
                                               
Cash advance
  $     $ 236,739     $     $ 7,400     $     $ 244,139  
ATM
          314,477             150             314,627  
Check services
          13,251       15,106                   28,357  
Central Credit and other revenues
    17,494       17,330       15,999             (32,356 )     18,467  
 
                                   
 
                                               
Total revenues
    17,494       581,797       31,105       7,550       (32,356 )     605,590  
 
                                               
Cost of revenues (exclusive of depreciation and amortization)
          (448,575 )     (9,491 )     (4,979 )           (463,045 )
Operating expenses
          (65,689 )     (7,205 )     (1,467 )     641       (73,720 )
Amortization and depreciation
          (15,409 )     (437 )     (349 )           (16,195 )
 
                                   
 
                                               
OPERATING INCOME (LOSS)
    17,494       52,124       13,972       755       (31,715 )     52,630  
 
                                   
 
                                               
INTEREST INCOME (EXPENSE), NET
                                               
 
                                               
Total interest income (expense), net
          (16,368 )           39             (16,329 )
 
                                   
 
                                               
INCOME (LOSS) FROM CONTINUING OPERATIONS BEFORE INCOME TAX (PROVISION) BENEFIT
    17,494       35,756       13,972       794       (31,715 )     36,301  
INCOME TAX (PROVISION) BENEFIT
          (18,207 )     (209 )     (335 )           (18,751 )
 
                                   
 
                                               
INCOME (LOSS) FROM CONTINUING OPERATIONS, NET OF TAX
    17,494       17,549       13,763       459       (31,715 )     17,550  
LOSS FROM DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS, NET OF TAX
                                   
 
                                   
 
                                               
NET INCOME (LOSS)
    17,494       17,549       13,763       459       (31,715 )     17,550  
 
                                   
Plus net income (loss) attributable to minority interest
          (56 )                       (56 )
 
                                   
 
                                               
Net income (loss) attributable to GCA, Inc.
  $ 17,494     $ 17,493     $ 13,763     $ 459     $ (31,715 )   $ 17,494  
 
                                   
*  
Eliminations include earnings on subsidiaries and management fees

 

92


Table of Contents

GLOBAL CASH ACCESS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING SCHEDULE — STATEMENT OF INCOME INFORMATION
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2009
(amounts in thousands)
                                                 
                    Combined     Combined Non-              
    Parent     Issuer     Guarantors     Guarantors     Eliminations *     Consolidated  
REVENUES:
                                               
Cash advance
  $     $ 279,958     $ 10     $ 9,346     $     $ 289,314  
ATM
          325,342       (48 )     659             325,953  
Check services
          16,459       22,066                   38,525  
Central Credit and other revenues
    33,638       23,587       8,775       1       (52,073 )     13,928  
 
                                   
 
                                               
Total revenues
    33,638       645,346       30,803       10,006       (52,073 )     667,720  
 
                                               
Cost of revenues (exclusive of depreciation and amortization)
          (485,542 )     (9,274 )     (6,994 )           (501,810 )
Operating expenses
          (71,218 )     (3,261 )     (2,170 )     644       (76,005 )
Amortization and depreciation
          (16,290 )     (1,096 )     (465 )           (17,851 )
 
                                   
 
                                               
OPERATING INCOME (LOSS)
    33,638       72,296       17,172       377       (51,429 )     72,054  
 
                                   
 
                                               
INTEREST INCOME (EXPENSE), NET
                                               
Total interest income (expense), net
          (17,995 )     (1 )     36             (17,960 )
 
                                   
 
                                               
INCOME (LOSS) FROM CONTINUING OPERATIONS BEFORE INCOME TAX (PROVISION) BENEFIT
    33,638       54,301       17,171       413       (51,429 )     54,094  
INCOME TAX (PROVISION) BENEFIT
          (20,650 )     173       (79 )           (20,556 )
 
                                   
 
                                               
INCOME (LOSS) FROM CONTINUING OPERATIONS, NET OF TAX
    33,638       33,651       17,344       334       (51,429 )     33,538  
LOSS FROM DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS, NET OF TAX
                44                   44  
 
                                   
 
                                               
NET INCOME (LOSS)
    33,638       33,651       17,388       334       (51,429 )     33,582  
 
                                   
Plus net loss attributable to minority interest
          56                         56  
 
                                   
 
                                               
Net income (loss) attributable to GCA, Inc.
  $ 33,638     $ 33,707     $ 17,388     $ 334     $ (51,429 )   $ 33,638  
 
                                   
*  
Eliminations include earnings on subsidiaries and management fees

 

93


Table of Contents

GLOBAL CASH ACCESS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING SCHEDULE — STATEMENT OF INCOME INFORMATION
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2008
(amounts in thousands)
                                                 
    Parent     Issuer     Guarantors     Guarantors     Eliminations *     Consolidated  
REVENUES:
                                               
Cash advance
  $     $ 311,091     $ 3,249     $ 12,136     $     $ 326,476  
ATM
          283,820       4,121       1,181             289,122  
Check services
          16,447       25,919                   42,366  
Central Credit and other revenues
    25,644       1,243       9,356       14       (22,613 )     13,644  
 
                                   
 
                                               
Total revenues
    25,644       612,601       42,645       13,331       (22,613 )     671,608  
 
                                               
Cost of revenues (exclusive of depreciation and amortization)
          (448,750 )     (35,005 )     (9,219 )           (492,974 )
Operating expenses
          (75,898 )     (6,162 )     (2,717 )     815       (83,962 )
Amortization
          (13,701 )     (1,873 )     (452 )           (16,026 )
 
                                   
 
                                               
OPERATING INCOME (LOSS)
    25,644       74,252       (395 )     943       (21,798 )     78,646  
 
                                   
 
                                               
INTEREST INCOME (EXPENSE), NET
                                               
Total interest income (expense), net
          (27,933 )     (91 )     136             (27,888 )
 
                                   
 
                                               
INCOME (LOSS) FROM CONTINUING OPERATIONS BEFORE INCOME TAX PROVISION (BENEFIT)
    25,644       46,319       (486 )     1,079       (21,798 )     50,758  
INCOME TAX PROVISION (BENEFIT)
    (2,088 )     (22,849 )           (496 )     2,084       (23,349 )
 
                                   
 
                                               
INCOME (LOSS) FROM CONTINUING OPERATIONS, NET OF TAX
    23,556       23,470       (486 )     583       (19,714 )     27,409  
LOSS FROM DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS, NET OF TAX
                (3,939 )                 (3,939 )
 
                                   
 
                                               
NET INCOME (LOSS)
    23,556       23,470       (4,425 )     583       (19,714 )     23,470  
 
                                   
Plus net loss attributable to minority interest
          86                         86  
 
                                   
 
                                               
Net income (loss) attributable to GCA, Inc.
  $ 23,556     $ 23,556     $ (4,425 )   $ 583     $ (19,714 )   $ 23,556  
 
                                   
*  
Eliminations include earnings on subsidiaries and management fees

 

94


Table of Contents

GLOBAL CASH ACCESS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING SCHEDULE — STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2010
(amounts in thousands)
                                                 
                    Combined     Combined Non-              
    Parent     Issuer     Guarantors     Guarantors     Eliminations *     Consolidated  
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
                                               
Net income (loss)
  $ 17,494     $ 17,218     $ 13,762     $ 791     $ (31,715 )   $ 17,550  
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to cash provided by (used in) operating activities:
                                               
Amortization of financing costs
          973                         973  
Amortization of intangibles
          6,678       29       165             6,872  
Depreciation
          8,749       408       166             9,323  
Loss (gain) on disposal of assets
          393             (759 )           (366 )
Provision for bad debts
                5,908                   5,908  
Equity income
    (17,494 )     (14,221 )                 31,715        
Stock-based compensation
          7,935                         7,935  
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
                                               
Deferred income taxes
          17,366       206       (67 )           17,505  
Settlement receivables
          (29,155 )           301       30,514       1,660  
Other receivables, net
          54,802       45,048       (4,262 )     (92,831 )     2,757  
Inventory
                814                   814  
Prepaid and other assets
          1,562       24       (19 )           1,567  
Settlement liabilities
          28,386             (527 )     (30,514 )     (2,655 )
Accounts payable
          (2,110 )     (634 )     2,029             (715 )
Accrued expenses
    (12 )     (38,059 )     (48,718 )     (99 )     86,658       (230 )
 
                                   
 
                                               
Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities
    (12 )     60,517       16,847       (2,281 )     (6,173 )     68,898  
 
                                   
 
                                               
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
                                               
Western Money acquisition, net of cash
                (15,354 )                 (15,354 )
IFT Dissolution
                                   
Purchase of property, equipment leasehold improvements and other intangibles
          (8,784 )     (293 )     26             (9,051 )
Changes in restricted cash and cash equivalents
          (87 )                       (87 )
Investments in subsidiaries
    19,922             (556 )           (19,366 )      
 
                                   
 
                                               
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities
    19,922       (8,871 )     (16,203 )     26       (19,366 )     (24,492 )
 
                                   
(Continued)

 

95


Table of Contents

GLOBAL CASH ACCESS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED SCHEDULE — STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2010
(amounts in thousands)
                                                 
                    Combined     Combined Non-              
    Parent     Issuer     Guarantors     Guarantors     Eliminations *     Consolidated  
 
                                               
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
                                               
Borrowings under credit facility
  $     $     $     $     $     $  
Repayments under credit facility
          (16,000 )                       (16,000 )
Repayments of senior subordinated debt
          (25,000 )                       (25,000 )
Proceeds from exercises of stock options
    5,629                               5,629  
Purchase of treasury stock
    (33,474 )                             (33,474 )
Capital contributions
    7,935       (33,474 )                 25,539        
 
                                   
 
                                               
Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities
    (19,910 )     (74,474 )                 25,539       (68,845 )
 
                                   
 
                                               
NET EFFECT OF EXCHANGE RATE CHANGES ON CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS
          (291 )           598             307  
 
                                   
 
                                               
NET INCREASE IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS
          (23,119 )     644       (1,657 )           (24,132 )
 
                                               
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS—Beginning of period
          74,416       157       10,195             84,768  
 
                                   
 
                                               
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS—End of period
  $     $ 51,297     $ 801     $ 8,538     $     $ 60,636  
 
                                   
*  
Eliminations include intercompany investments and management fees

 

96


Table of Contents

GLOBAL CASH ACCESS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING SCHEDULE — STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2009
(amounts in thousands)
                                                 
                    Combined     Combined Non-              
    Parent     Issuer     Guarantors     Guarantors     Eliminations *     Consolidated  
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
                                               
Net income (loss)
  $ 33,550     $ 44,476     $ 17,457     $ 334     $ (62,235 )   $ 33,582  
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to cash provided by (used in) operating activities:
                                               
Amortization of financing costs
          973                         973  
Amortization of intangibles
          7,336       688       172             8,196  
Depreciation
          9,012       434       294             9,740  
Loss (gain) on disposal of assets
          165       (26 )                 139  
Provision for bad debts
                7,955                   7,955  
Deferred income taxes
          19,621       51       (94 )           19,578  
Equity income
    (33,550 )     (28,685 )                 62,235        
Stock-based compensation
          8,454                         8,454  
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
                                               
Settlement receivables
          7,777       87       1,356             9,220  
Other receivables, net
          14,033       (19,339 )     (766 )     (5,778 )     (11,850 )
Prepaid and other assets
          (151 )     601       127             577  
Settlement liabilities
          19,485       (322 )     (5,658 )           13,505  
Accounts payable
          (6,350 )     (1,107 )     (71 )           (7,528 )
Accrued expenses
    12       30,650       (32,927 )     (434 )     1,121       (1,578 )
 
                                   
 
                                               
Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities
    12       126,796       (26,448 )     (4,740 )     (4,657 )     90,963  
 
                                   
 
                                               
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
                                               
Cash Systems, Inc. acquisition, net of cash
                (38 )                 (38 )
Purchase of property, equipment leasehold improvements and other intangibles
          (17,584 )     10,818       (450 )           (7,216 )
Changes in restricted cash and cash equivalents
          19                         19  
Investments in subsidiaries
    49,959             (1,731 )           (48,228 )      
 
                                   
 
                                               
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities
    49,959       (17,565 )     9,049       (450 )     (48,228 )     (7,235 )
 
                                   
(Continued)

 

97


Table of Contents

GLOBAL CASH ACCESS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED SCHEDULE — STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2009
(amounts in thousands)
                                                 
                    Combined     Combined Non-              
    Parent     Issuer     Guarantors     Guarantors     Eliminations *     Consolidated  
 
                                               
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
                                               
Borrowings under credit facility
  $     $     $     $     $     $  
Repayments under credit facility
          (16,000 )                       (16,000 )
Proceeds from exercises of stock options
    2,913                               2,913  
Purchase of treasury stock
    (61,338 )                             (61,338 )
Capital contributions
    8,454       (61,339 )                 52,885        
 
                                   
 
                                               
Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities
    (49,971 )     (77,339 )                 52,885       (74,425 )
 
                                   
 
                                               
NET EFFECT OF EXCHANGE RATE CHANGES ON CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS
          (2,597 )           914             (1,683 )
 
                                   
 
                                               
NET INCREASE IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS
          29,295       (17,399 )     (4,276 )           7,620  
 
                                               
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS—Beginning of period
          45,122       17,555       14,471             77,148  
 
                                   
 
                                               
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS—End of period
  $     $ 74,417     $ 156     $ 10,195     $     $ 84,768  
 
                                   
*  
Eliminations include intercompany investments and management fees.

 

98


Table of Contents

GLOBAL CASH ACCESS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING SCHEDULE — STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2008
(amounts in thousands)
                                                 
                    Combined     Combined Non-              
    Parent     Issuer     Guarantors     Guarantors     Eliminations *     Consolidated  
 
                                               
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
                                               
Net income (loss)
  $ 23,470     $ 23,470     $ (4,422 )   $ 770     $ (19,818 )   $ 23,470  
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to cash provided by (used in) operating activities:
                                               
Amortization of financing costs
          973                         973  
Amortization of intangibles
          5,263       1,372       167             6,802  
Depreciation
          8,440       693       285             9,418  
Loss on disposal of assets
                                   
Provision for bad debts
                17,565                   17,565  
Deferred income taxes
          20,677                         20,677  
Equity income
    (23,470 )     3,652                   19,818        
Stock-based compensation
          9,050                         9,050  
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
                                               
Settlement receivables
          10,164       4,456       1,854             16,474  
Other receivables, net
    929       (16,364 )     (31,672 )     12,501       38,838       4,232  
Prepaid and other assets
          (2,193 )     987       (194 )           (1,400 )
Settlement liabilities
          (20,413 )     (10,956 )     720             (30,649 )
Accounts payable
          10,988       (2,435 )     (160 )           8,393  
Accrued expenses
    (929 )     (39,143 )     63,998       1,231       (38,838 )     (13,681 )
 
                                   
 
                                               
Net cash provided by operating activities
          14,564       39,586       17,174             71,324  
 
                                   
 
                                               
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
                                               
Certegy Gaming Services, Inc. acquisition, net of cash
          (20,783 )                       (20,783 )
Cash Systems, Inc. acquisition, net of cash
                (30,098 )                 (30,098 )
Purchase of property, equipment and leasehold improvements and other intangibles
          (8,746 )     (76 )     3             (8,819 )
Changes in restricted cash and cash equivalents
          (8 )     1,000                   992  
Investments in subsidiaries
    9,487       11,310                   (20,797 )      
 
                                   
 
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities
    9,487       (18,227 )     (29,174 )     3       (20,797 )     (58,708 )
 
                                   
*  
Eliminations include intercompany investments and management fees
(Continued)

 

99


Table of Contents

GLOBAL CASH ACCESS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED SCHEDULE — STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2008
(amounts in thousands)
                                                 
                    Combined     Combined Non-              
    Parent     Issuer     Guarantors     Guarantors     Eliminations *     Consolidated  
 
                                               
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
                                               
 
                                               
Borrowings under credit facility
  $     $ 121,000     $     $     $     $ 121,000  
Repayments under credit facility
          (118,730 )                       (118,730 )
Purchase of treasury stock
    (9,487 )                             (9,487 )
Capital contributions
          (9,486 )     (11,311 )           20,797        
 
                                   
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities
    (9,487 )     (7,216 )     (11,311 )           20,797       (7,217 )
 
                                   
 
                                               
NET EFFECT OF EXCHANGE RATE CHANGES ON CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS
          1,586             (900 )           686  
 
                                   
 
                                               
NET INCREASE IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS
          (9,293 )     (899 )     16,277             6,085  
 
                                               
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS—Beginning of period
          54,411       5,411       11,241             71,063  
 
                                   
 
                                               
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS—End of period
  $     $ 45,118     $ 4,512     $ 27,518     $     $ 77,148  
 
                                   
*  
Eliminations include earnings on subsidiaries and management fees

 

100


Table of Contents

ITEM 9.  
CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE
None.
ITEM 9A.  
CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES
Attached as exhibits to this Annual Report on Form 10-K are certifications of our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, which are required pursuant to Rule 13a-14 of the Exchange Act. This “Controls and Procedures” section of this Annual Report on Form 10-K includes information concerning management’s assessment of our internal control over financial reporting and the controls evaluation referenced in the certifications. The report of Deloitte & Touche, LLP, our independent registered public accounting firm, is also included below. Deloitte & Touche LLP’s report addresses their audit of our internal control over financial reporting. This section of the Annual Report on Form 10-K should be read in conjunction with the certifications and the report of Deloitte & Touche, LLP for a more complete understanding of the matters presented.
Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures
We maintain disclosure controls and procedures that are designed to provide reasonable assurance that information required to be disclosed in our reports under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 is recorded, processed, summarized, and reported within the time period specified in the Securities and Exchange Commission’s rules and forms and that such information is accumulated and communicated to our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, as appropriate, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.
As required by Rule 13a-15(b) promulgated under the Exchange Act, our management, with the participation of our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, evaluated the design and operating effectiveness as of December 31, 2010 of our disclosure controls and procedures, as defined in Rule 13a-15(e) promulgated under the Exchange Act. Based on this evaluation our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures were effective as of December 31, 2010.
Management’s Report of Internal Control over Financial Reporting
Management conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting based on the framework in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Based on this evaluation, management concluded that the Company’s internal control over financial reporting was effective as of December 31, 2010. Deloitte & Touche LLP has audited our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2010 as stated in their attestation report which is included herein.
Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting during the Quarter Ended December 31, 2010
No change in our internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Exchange Act) occurred during the fourth quarter ended December 31, 2010 that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

 

101


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of
Global Cash Access, Inc.
Las Vegas, NV
We have audited the internal control over financial reporting of Global Cash Access Holdings, Inc. and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2010, based on the criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management’s Report of Internal Control Over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.
We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.
A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed by, or under the supervision of, the company’s principal executive and principal financial officers, or persons performing similar functions, and effected by the company’s board of directors, management, and other personnel to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.
Because of the inherent limitations of internal control over financial reporting, including the possibility of collusion or improper management override of controls, material misstatements due to error or fraud may not be prevented or detected on a timely basis. Also, projections of any evaluation of the effectiveness of the internal control over financial reporting to future periods are subject to the risk that the controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
In our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2010, based on the criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.
We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated financial statements as of and for the year ended December 31, 2010 of the Company and our report dated March 14, 2011 expressed an unqualified opinion on those financial statements.
/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP
Las Vegas, NV
March 14, 2011

 

102


Table of Contents

ITEM 9B.  
OTHER INFORMATION
None.
PART III
ITEM 10.  
DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
Information regarding our directors, executive officers and corporate governance required by this Item is incorporated by reference to the section entitled “Proposal One — Election of Class III Directors” in the Company’s Definitive Proxy Statement in connection with the 2011 Annual Meeting of Stockholders (the “Proxy Statement”), which will be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission within 120 days after the fiscal year ended December 31, 2010. Information required by Item 405 of Regulation S-K is incorporated by reference to the section entitled “Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance” in the Proxy Statement. Information required by 10A-3(d) of the Exchange Act is incorporated by reference to the section entitled “Board and Corporate Governance Matters” in the Proxy Statement.
We have adopted a Code of Business Conduct and Ethics that is designed to qualify as a “code of ethics” within the meaning of Section 406 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and the rules promulgated there under. The Code of Business Conduct and Ethics is available on our website at www.gcainc.com . To the extent required by law, any amendments to, or waivers from, any provision of the Code of Conduct will be promptly disclosed to the public. To the extent permitted by such legal requirements, we intend to make such public disclosure by posting the relevant material on our website in accordance with SEC rules.
In May 2010, our Chief Executive Officer certified to the New York Stock Exchange that he was not aware of any violation by us of the New York Stock Exchange Corporate Governance listing standards as of that date.
We have filed, as an exhibit to this Annual Report on Form 10-K, the certifications required by Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and the rules promulgated there under regarding the quality of our public disclosure.
ITEM 11.  
EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
Information required by this Item is incorporated by reference to the section entitled “Executive Compensation,” “Directors’ Compensation” and “Report of Compensation Committee” in the Proxy Statement.
ITEM 12.  
SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS
Information regarding security ownership of certain beneficial owners and management is incorporated by reference to the section entitled “Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management” in the Proxy Statement.

 

103


Table of Contents

ITEM 13.  
CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE
Information required by this Item is incorporated by reference to the section entitled “Transactions with Related Persons” in the Proxy Statement.
ITEM 14.  
PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES
Information required by this item is incorporated by reference to the section entitled “Audit and Non-Audit Fees” in the Proxy Statement.

 

104


Table of Contents

PART IV
ITEM 15.  
EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES [to be updated]
(a)  
The following documents are filed as part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K:
  1.  
Financial Statements
         
 
Report of Deloitte & Touche LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
     
 
 
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2010 and 2009
     
 
 
Consolidated Statements of Income and Comprehensive Income for the three years ended December 31, 2010
     
 
 
Consolidated Statement of Stockholders’ Equity for the three years ended December 31, 2010
     
 
 
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the three years ended December 31, 2010
     
 
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
     
  2.  
Financial Statement Schedules
 
     
All schedules have been omitted as they are either not required or not applicable or the required information is included in the consolidated financial statements or notes thereto.
 
  3.  
See Item 15(b)
(b)  
Exhibits:

 

105


Table of Contents

         
Exhibit    
Number   Exhibit Description
       
 
  2.1 (16)  
Stock Purchase Agreement, by and among Fidelity National Transaction Services, Inc., Certegy Gaming Services, Inc. and Global Cash Access, Inc., dated February 28, 2008.
       
 
  2.2 (17)  
Agreement and Plan of Merger, by and among Cash Systems, Inc., Global Cash Access, Inc., and Card Acquisition Subsidiary, Inc., a wholly owned subsidiary of Global Cash Access, Inc., dated June 13, 2008.
       
 
  3.1 (1)  
Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation.
       
 
  3.2 (4)  
Amended and Restated Bylaws.
       
 
  3.3 (5)  
Certificate of Amendment to Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation.
       
 
  4.2 (1)  
Indenture relating to $235,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 8 3/4% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2012.
       
 
  4.3 (1)  
Form of 8 3/4% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2012.
       
 
  4.4 (1)  
Assumption Agreement, dated as of June 7, 2004, by Global Cash Access, Inc. and the Subsidiary Guarantors named therein.
       
 
  4.5 (1)  
Supplemental Indenture by and among Global Cash Access Holdings, Inc., Global Cash Access, Inc., GCA Access Card, Inc., Central Credit, LLC and The Bank of New York Trust Company, N.A. and form of notation of Guarantee by Global Cash Access Holdings, Inc.
       
 
  4.6 (1)  
Supplemental Indenture by and among Global Cash Access, Inc., GCA Access Card, Inc., Central Credit, LLC and The Bank of New York Trust Company, N.A. and notation of Guarantee by GCA Access Card, Inc.
       
 
  4.7 (14)  
Supplemental Indenture dated as of April 17, 2008, by and among Certegy Gaming Services, Inc., a wholly-owned subsidiary of Global Cash Access, Inc., and successor to Global Cash Access, L.L.C.; Arriva Card, Inc., formerly known as GCA Access Card, Inc.; Central Credit, LLC; Global Cash Access Holdings, Inc., and The Bank of New York Trust Company, N.A., as trustee under the Indenture.
       
 
  10.1 (1)  
Lease Agreement, dated as of March 8, 2000, by and between Global Cash Access, L.L.C. and American Pacific Capital Gateway Bldg D Co., L.L.C.
       
 
  10.4 (1)  
Guaranty, dated as of March 10, 2004, among GCA Holdings, L.L.C., the guarantors from time to time party hereto and Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent.
       
 
  10.5 (1)  
Security Agreement including First and Second Amendments thereto, dated as of March 10, 2004, among the loan parties from time to time party thereto and Bank of America, N.A., as Collateral Agent.
       
 
  10.6 (1)  
Pledge Agreement, dated as of March 10, 2004, among the loan parties from time to time party thereto and Bank of America, N.A., as Collateral Agent.
       
 
  10.7 (1)  
Membership Unit Redemption Agreement, dated as of March 10, 2004, between FDFS Holdings, LLC and GCA Holdings, L.L.C.

 

106


Table of Contents

         
Exhibit    
Number   Exhibit Description
       
 
  10.8 (1)  
Sponsorship Agreement, dated as of November 1999, by and between BA Merchant Services, Inc. and Global Cash Access, L.L.C., as amended by Amendment Number 1 to the Sponsorship Agreement, dated as of September 2000, among BA Merchant Services, Global Cash Access, L.L.C. and First Data Corporation.
       
 
  10.9 (1)  
Sponsorship Indemnification Agreement, dated as of March 10, 2004, by and between Global Cash Access, L.L.C. and First Data Corporation.
       
 
  10.10 (1)  
Amended and Restated Software License Agreement, dated as of March 10, 2004, between Infonox on the Web and Global Cash Access, L.L.C.
       
 
  10.11 (1)  
Professional Services Agreement, dated as of March 10, 2004, between Infonox on the Web and Global Cash Access, L.L.C.
       
 
  10.12 (1)  
Patent License Agreement, dated as of March 10, 2004, between USA Payments, Inc. and Global Cash Access, L.L.C.
       
 
  10.13 (1)  
Amended and Restated Electronic Payment Processing Agreement, dated as of March 10, 2004, between Global Cash Access, L.L.C., USA Payments Inc. and USA Payment Systems, Inc.
       
 
  10.14 (1)  
Letter Agreement Relating to Technology, dated May 13, 2004, among Global Cash Access, L.L.C., USA Payments, Inc., USA Payment Systems, Inc. and Infonox on the Web.
       
 
  10.15 (1)  
Automated Teller Machine Sponsorship Agreement by and between Global Cash Access, L.L.C. and Western Union Bank, dated as of November 12, 2002, and First Amendment to Automated Teller Machine Sponsorship Agreement, dated as of March 10, 2004, between Global Cash Access, L.L.C. and First Financial Bank.
       
 
  10.16 (1)  
Membership Unit Purchase Agreement, dated as of March 10, 2004, by and among Bank of America Corporation, M&C International and GCA Holdings, L.L.C.
       
 
  10.17 (1)  
Amendment to Treasury Services Terms and Conditions Booklet—ATM Cash Services, dated as of March 8, 2004, by and between Global Cash Access, L.L.C. and Bank of America, N.A.
       
 
  10.18 (1)  
Limited Liability Company Agreement of QuikPlay, LLC, dated as of December 6, 2000, between Global Cash Access, L.L.C. and IGT.
       
 
  10.19 (1)  
Registration Agreement, dated as of May 13, 2004, by and among GCA Holdings, L.L.C., the Investors named therein, M&C International and Bank of America Corporation.
       
 
  10.20 (1)  
Stockholders Agreement, dated as of May 13, 2004, by and among GCA Holdings, L.L.C., the Investors named therein, M&C International and Bank of America Corporation.
       
 
  10.21 (1)  
Investor Rights Agreement, dated as of May 13, 2004, by and among GCA Holdings, L.L.C., the Investors named therein and M&C International.
       
 
  *10.22 (1)  
Global Cash Access Holdings, Inc. 2005 Stock Incentive Plan.

 

107


Table of Contents

         
Exhibit    
Number   Exhibit Description
       
 
  *10.23 (1)  
Form of Indemnification Agreement between Global Cash Access Holdings, Inc. and each of its executive officers and directors.
       
 
  10.24 (1)  
Patent Purchase and License Agreement, dated as of March 22, 2005, by and between Global Cash Access, Inc. and USA Payments, Inc.
       
 
  10.25 (1)  
Termination and Consent, dated as of March 16, 2005, by and among Global Cash Access Holdings, Inc. and the other parties thereto.
       
 
  10.26 (1)  
Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of April 13, 2005, by and among Global Cash Access Holdings, Inc., Global Cash Access, Inc., the banks and other financial institutions from time to time party thereto, and Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent, Swingline Lender and L/C Issuer, as amended by Amendment No. 1 thereto.
       
 
  *10.27 (1)  
Employment Agreement, dated as of September 12, 2005, by and between Global Cash Access, Inc. and Kathryn S. Lever.
       
 
  *10.28 (2)  
Amendment No. 1 to Employment Agreement, dated as of March 16, 2006, by and between Global Cash Access, Inc. and Kathryn S. Lever.
       
 
  +10.29 (20)  
Master Service Agreement, dated as of November 27, 2006, by and between Global Cash Access, Inc. and Integrated Payment Systems, Inc.
       
 
  10.30 (3)  
Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of November 1, 2006, by and among Global Cash Access Holdings, Inc., Global Cash Access, Inc., the banks and other financial institutions from time to time party thereto, Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent, and Wachovia Bank, N.A., as Syndication Agent.
       
 
  10.31 (5)  
Second Amendment to Security Agreement, dated as of January 25, 2007, by and among Global Cash Access Holdings, Inc., Global Cash Access, Inc., Central Credit, LLC, and Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent.
       
 
  10.32 (6)  
Amendment No. 1 to Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of June 22, 2007, by and among Global Cash Access Holdings, Inc., Global Cash Access, Inc., and Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent.
       
 
  10.33 (7)  
Amendment No. 2 to Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of August 8, 2007, by and among Global Cash Access Holdings, Inc., Global Cash Access, Inc., and Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent.
       
 
  *10.34 (8)  
Employment Agreement with Scott Betts, dated October 31, 2007.
       
 
  *10.35 (9)  
Notices of Stock Option Award and Stock Option Award Agreements with Scott Betts dated October 31, 2007.
       
 
  10.36 (10)  
Amendment to Treasury Services Terms and Conditions Booklet, dated December 19, 2007, by and between Global Cash Access, Inc. and Bank of America, N.A.

 

108


Table of Contents

         
Exhibit    
Number   Exhibit Description
       
 
  *10.37 (11)  
Employment Agreement with George Gresham dated February 25, 2008.
       
 
  *10.38 (12)  
Notice of Stock Option Award and Stock Option Award Agreement with George Gresham, dated February 25, 2008.
       
 
  10.39 (13)  
Amendment to Treasury Services Terms and Conditions Booklet, dated as of March 13, 2008, by and between Global Cash Access, Inc. and Bank of America, N.A.
       
 
  10.40 (15)  
Addendum to Master Service Agreement, dated March 20, 2008, by and between Integrated Payment Systems Inc. and Global Cash Access, Inc.
       
 
  *10.41 (18)  
Amendment No. 1 to Employment Agreement, by and between the Company and Scott Betts, dated August 11, 2008.
       
 
  *10.42 (19)  
Amendment No. 2 to Employment Agreement, by and between the Company and Kathryn S. Lever dated August 11, 2008.
       
 
  *10.43 (20)  
Amendment No. 2 to Employment Agreement, by and between the Company and Scott Betts dated April 24, 2009.
       
 
  *+10.44 (21)  
Processing Services Agreement, dated as of August 21, 2009, between Global Cash Access, Inc., and TSYS Acquiring Solutions, LLC effective July 1, 2009.
       
 
  *+10.45 (22)  
Amendment to Professional Services Agreement, Amended and Restated Software License Agreement, and Transending Services Agreement, dated as of August 21, 2009, between Global Cash Access, Inc., Infonox on the Web and TSYS Acquiring Solutions, LLC.
       
 
  *10.46 (26)  
Amendment No. 3 to Employment Agreement with Scott Betts dated March 26, 2010.
       
 
  *10.47 (27)  
Agreement with Mary E. Higgins dated September 2, 2010.
       
 
  *10.48 (28)  
Form of Notice of Stock Option Award and Stock Option Award Agreement — Mary E. Higgins effective September 14, 2010.
       
 
  *10.49 (29)  
Form of Notice of Stock Option Award and Stock Option Award Agreement — Michael Rumbolz effective August 30, 2010.
       
 
  +10.50    
Amended and Restated Sponsorship Agreement between Global Cash Access, Inc. and Bank of America, N.A. effective October 1, 2010.
       
 
  +10.51    
First Amendment to Amended and Restated Sponsorship Agreement, dated November 5, 2010 between Global Cash Access, Inc. and Bank of America, N.A.
       
 
  +10.52    
Contract Cash Solutions Agreement, dated November 12, 2010, between Global Cash Access, Inc. and Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.
       
 
  +10.53    
Fee Letter, dated November 12, 2010, between Global Cash Access, Inc. and Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. regarding the Contract Cash Solutions Agreement, dated November 12, 2010.
       
 
  +10.54    
Sponsorship Agreement, dated February 11, 2011, between Global Cash Access, Inc. and American State Bank.

 

109


Table of Contents

         
Exhibit    
Number   Exhibit Description
       
 
  +10.50    
Amended and Restated Sponsorship Agreement between Global Cash Access, Inc. and Bank of America, N.A. effective October 1, 2010.
       
 
  +10.51    
First Amendment to Amended and Restated Sponsorship Agreement, dated November 5, 2010 between Global Cash Access, Inc. and Bank of America, N.A.
       
 
  +10.52    
Contract Cash Solutions Agreement, dated November 12, 2010, between Global Cash Access, Inc. and Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.
       
 
  +10.53    
Fee Letter, dated November 12, 2010, between Global Cash Access, Inc. and Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. regarding the Contract Cash Solutions Agreement, dated November 12, 2010.
       
 
  +10.54    
Sponsorship Agreement, dated February 11, 2011, between Global Cash Access, Inc. and American State Bank.
       
 
  12.1    
Computation of ratio of earnings to fixed charges.
       
 
  21.1    
Subsidiaries of the Registrant.
       
 
  23.1    
Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP.
       
 
  24.1    
Power of Attorney (see page 112).
       
 
  31.1    
Certification of Scott Betts, Chief Executive Officer of Global Cash Access Holdings, Inc. dated March 14, 2011 in accordance with Rules 13a-14(a) and 15d-14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act, as amended, as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
       
 
  31.2    
Certification of Mary E. Higgins, Chief Financial Officer of Global Cash Access Holdings, Inc. dated March 14, 2011 in accordance with Rules 13a-14(a) and 15d-14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act, as amended, as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
       
 
  32.1    
Certification of Scott Betts, Chief Executive Officer of Global Cash Access Holdings, Inc. dated March 14, 2011 in accordance with 18 U.S.C. 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
       
 
  32.2    
Certification of Mary E. Higgins, Chief Financial Officer of Global Cash Access Holdings, Inc. dated March 14, 2011 in accordance with 18 U.S.C. 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

 

110


Table of Contents

     
(1)  
Incorporated by reference to the same numbered exhibit of the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (Registration No. 333-123514) filed September 22, 2005.
 
(2)  
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed March 17, 2006.
 
(3)  
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed November 7, 2006.
 
(4)  
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed December 26, 2007.
 
(5)  
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed January 25, 2007.
 
(6)  
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed January 25,
 
(7)  
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed June 26, 2007.
 
(8)  
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed August 9, 2007.
 
(9)  
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed November 2, 2007.
 
(10)  
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed November 2, 2007.
 
(11)  
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed December 26, 2007.
 
(12)  
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed February 25, 2008.
 
(13)  
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed February 25, 2008.
 
(14)  
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.43 of the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed March 17, 2008.
 
(15)  
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 of the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed May 14, 2008.
 
(16)  
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed March 21, 2008.
 
(17)  
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed April 2, 2008.
 
(18)  
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed June 19, 2008.
 
(19)  
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed August 12, 2008.
 
(20)  
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed August 12, 2008.
 
(21)  
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.36 of the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on March 30, 2007.
 
(22)  
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on April 24, 2009.
 
(23)  
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on April 30, 2009.
 
(24)  
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on August 21, 2009.
 
(25)  
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on August 21, 2009.
 
(26)  
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on March 31, 2010.
 
(27)  
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on September 2, 2010.
 
(28)  
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on September 2, 2010.
 
(29)  
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on September 2, 2010.
 
*  
Management contracts or compensatory plans or arrangements.
 
+  
Confidential treatment was requested with regard to certain portions of this document.
(c) See Item 15(a)(2)

 

111


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this Annual Report on Form 10-K to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.
         
  GLOBAL CASH ACCESS HOLDINGS, INC.
 
 
  By:   /s/ Scott Betts    
    Scott Betts   
    President and Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer)   
 
Dated: March 14, 2011
POWER OF ATTORNEY
KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Scott Betts and Mary E. Higgins, and each of them, his attorneys-in-fact, each with the power of substitution, for him in any and all capacities, to sign any amendments to this Annual Report on Form 10-K and to file the same, with exhibits thereto and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, hereby ratifying and confirming all that each of said attorneys-in-fact, or his substitute or substitutes, may do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this Annual Report on Form 10-K has been signed by the following persons on behalf of the registrant in the capacities and on the date indicated.
         
Signature   Title   Date
 
       
/s/ Scott Betts
  President and Chief Executive Officer   March 14, 2011
 
Scott Betts
   (Principal Executive Officer) and Director    
 
       
/s/ Mary E. Higgins
  Chief Financial Officer   March 14, 2011
 
Mary E. Higgins
   (Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer)    
 
       
/s/ Patrick M. Olson
  Director   March 14, 2011
 
Patrick M. Olson
       
 
       
/s/ C. Michael Rumbolz
  Director   March 14, 2011
 
Michael Rumbolz
       
 
       
/s/ E. Miles Kilburn
  Director   March 14, 2011
 
E. Miles Kilburn
       
 
       
/s/ Geoff Judge
  Director   March 14, 2011
 
Geoff Judge
       
 
       
/s/ Fred C. Enlow
  Director   March 14, 2011
 
Fred C. Enlow
       

 

112


Table of Contents

         
Exhibit    
Number   Exhibit Description
       
 
  +10.50    
Amended and Restated Sponsorship Agreement between Global Cash Access, Inc. and Bank of America, N.A. effective October 1, 2010.
       
 
  +10.51    
First Amendment to Amended and Restated Sponsorship Agreement, dated November 5, 2010 between Global Cash Access, Inc. and Bank of America, N.A.
       
 
  +10.52    
Contract Cash Solutions Agreement, dated November 12, 2010, between Global Cash Access, Inc. and Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.
       
 
  +10.53    
Fee Letter, dated November 12, 2010, between Global Cash Access, Inc. and Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. regarding the Contract Cash Solutions Agreement, dated November 12, 2010.
       
 
  +10.54    
Sponsorship Agreement, dated February 11, 2011, between Global Cash Access, Inc. and American State Bank.
       
 
  12.1    
Computation of ratio of earnings to fixed charges.
       
 
  21.1    
Subsidiaries of the Registrant.
       
 
  23.1    
Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP.
       
 
  24.1    
Power of Attorney (see page 112).
       
 
  31.1    
Certification of Scott Betts, Chief Executive Officer of Global Cash Access Holdings, Inc. dated March 14, 2011 in accordance with Rules 13a-14(a) and 15d-14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act, as amended, as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
       
 
  31.2    
Certification of Mary E. Higgins, Chief Financial Officer of Global Cash Access Holdings, Inc. dated March 14, 2011 in accordance with Rules 13a-14(a) and 15d-14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act, as amended, as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
       
 
  32.1    
Certification of Scott Betts, Chief Executive Officer of Global Cash Access Holdings, Inc. dated March 14, 2011 in accordance with 18 U.S.C. 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
       
 
  32.2    
Certification of Mary E. Higgins, Chief Financial Officer of Global Cash Access Holdings, Inc. dated March 14, 2011 in accordance with 18 U.S.C. 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

 

113

Exhibit 10.50
Execution Version
[***] — Indicates confidential information. Confidential treatment requested.
Portion omitted filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.
AMENDED AND RESTATED SPONSORSHIP AGREEMENT
This Amended and Restated Sponsorship Agreement (“ Agreement ”), is entered into this October 1 st , 2010, by and between Bank of America, N.A. (“ BofA ”) and Global Cash Access, Inc., a Delaware corporation and the successor-in-interest to Global Cash Access, L.L.C. (“ Company ”). Company and BofA are sometimes referred to herein each as a “ Party ” and collectively as the “ Parties ”.
AGREEMENT
WHEREAS, B.A. Merchant Services, Inc. (“ BAMS ”) and Company entered into a Sponsorship Agreement in or about November 1999, as amended (the “ Prior Agreement ”), and BofA is the successor-in-interest to BAMS with respect to the Prior Agreement;
WHEREAS, Company and its Affiliates provide Payment Services to their respective Customers in connection with Network Card Transactions predominantly at gaming establishments;
WHEREAS, in order for Company and its Affiliates to provide such Payment Services and to authorize the Terminals that are used in connection with such Payment Services to be connected to Networks, Company and/or the relevant Terminals must be sponsored by a Network Member;
WHEREAS, pursuant to the terms of the Prior Agreement, BofA or its Affiliate provided Network sponsorship to Company and/or the relevant Terminals;
WHEREAS, the Prior Agreement is scheduled to terminate on September 30, 2010 and the Parties desire to transition the sponsorship services currently provided by BofA or its Affiliate to a new provider that is not affiliated with BofA;
WHEREAS, BofA is willing to provide a limited transition period during which BofA or its Affiliate will continue to provide sponsorship services to Company, its Affiliates and/or the relevant Terminals on the express conditions that include, among other things, that (i) the BINs and ICAs currently used by Company and the related services provided by BofA and its Affiliate are transferred to a new provider during such transition period, and (ii) the Parties agree to amend and restate the Prior Agreement on the terms and conditions set forth herein;
NOW, THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which Company and BofA acknowledge, the Parties agree as follows:
1.  
Definitions.
Affiliate ” means, with respect to either Party, a Person which directly or indirectly Owns or Controls, is Owned or Controlled by, or is under common Ownership or common Control with the Party.
Agreement ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement.
Applicable Law ” means all laws (including common law), codes, statutes, ordinances, rules, regulations, regulatory bulletins or guidance, regulatory examinations or orders, decrees and orders of any Governmental Authority, as may be amended and in effect from time to time.
ATM ” means automated teller machine, an automated cash machine or redemption device that has the functionality to dispense cash in the same manner as an ATM.

 

 


 

BAMS ” has the meaning set forth in the recitals to this Agreement.
BofA ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement.
BofA Indemnitees ” means BofA, each Affiliate of BofA, and each Network Party, and their respective legal representatives, successors, assigns, agents, employees, officers, directors, and shareholders.
Business Day ” means any day on which a national bank located in the state of New York is authorized or required to be open for business.
Card ” means an ATM, debit, prepaid, stored value or similar card, or a credit or charge card, with magnetically encoded stripes, issued by a Network Member that may be used by the holder to perform cash withdrawal, purchase or other financial transactions.
Card Transaction ” means a transaction that is initiated by a Cardholder through the use of a Card at a Terminal, or other transaction types approved by the Parties in writing, including but not limited to cash withdrawals or disbursements, balance inquiries, chargebacks, or transactions involving the sale of a Negotiable Instrument by a Customer in accordance with written procedures approved by BofA in accordance with this Agreement.
Cardholder ” means the Person to whom a Card has been issued and the authorized users of such Card.
Cardholder Data ” means information provided by or about a Cardholder or Card in the course of a Card Transaction or obtained through the use of a Card, including name, address, PIN, CVV number, magnetic stripe data and any other similar information that identifies the Cardholder or any account of the Cardholder.
Certified Processor ” means a Network participant that is authorized by a Network to directly acquire and process payment transactions using a Network’s system.
Claims ” means any losses, claims, suits, damages, liabilities, demands, rights (whether contingent, accrued, inchoate or otherwise), disbursements, including reasonable legal fees and expenses, of whatsoever kind and nature.
Company ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement.
Control ” means the power to direct the management or affairs of a Person.
Confidential Information ” has the meaning set forth in Section 15(a).
CSI ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3(a).
Customer ” means a Person to which Company provides Payment Services and that may have one or more Terminals located on its premises which participate in the Networks and with respect to which BofA provides Sponsorship Services to Company.
Customer Agreement ” means an agreement entered into between a Customer and Company under which Company provides certain Payment Services.
Disclosing Party ” means the Party whose Confidential Information is obtained by the Receiving Party.
Effective Date ” means September 30, 2010.
GCA ” means Company.
GCAH ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7(a).

 

- 2 -


 

Governmental Authority means any government, any state or any political subdivision thereof, and any entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, regulatory or administrative functions of, or pertaining to, government, whether federal, state or local, including without limitation, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, Office of the Comptroller of Currency, the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, and the Office of Thrift Supervision.
Indemnified Party ” has the meaning set forth in Section 13(a)(2).
Independent Sales Organization ” or “ ISO ” means a non-member agent who is registered with any Network by BofA or an Affiliate to deploy Terminals as provided in an agreement between the ISO and BofA or its Affiliate.
Indirect Processor ” means an entity that provides processing services to Customers and who provides an interface, directly or indirectly, between Company and such Customer for the provision of Payment Services.
License ” means any license, permit, or approval of any nature from a Governmental Authority.
Material Adverse Event ” means any event, including but not limited to any change in the financial condition of Company, which is reasonably likely to have a material adverse impact on the ability of Company to comply with its obligations under this Agreement, the Operating Rules or Applicable Law.
MCCs ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5(i)(1).
Network ” means an ATM, electronic funds transfer, electronic benefits transfer, or debit card or credit card network, on Exhibit A hereto, as amended from time to time by the Parties.
Network Marks ” means the trademarks, service marks, names logos or other indicia of origin that have been licensed to BofA by the Networks.
Network Forms ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3(g).
Network Member ” means a member of a Network.
Network Parties ” means Networks, Network Members, and any other Person to which BofA or its Affiliates have any obligation or liability under a Network’s Operating Rules with respect to the Sponsorship Services provided by BofA and its Affiliates or the Card Transactions involving the Company or its Customers.
Negotiable Instrument ” means a document or instrument (whether in written or electronic form) that meets all of the requirements of a negotiable instrument under the Uniform Commercial Code as enacted in each jurisdiction where BofA provides services to Company pursuant to this Agreement, which is used for purposes of completing a “quasi-cash” transaction under the applicable Operating Rules and MCCs that govern such “quasi-cash” transactions.
Non-Terminating Party ” has the meaning set forth in Section 14(b).
Operating Rule ” means any rule, regulation, procedure or bylaw of a Network, or any other document, manual or writing setting forth any standard, requirement or operating guideline relating to a Network or its Network Members.
Own ” and “ Ownership ” mean beneficial ownership of more than ten percent (10%) of the equity of a Person.
Payment Services ” means (i) deployment, operation and/or ownership of Terminals, and/or (ii) acquiring, processing, and/or authorizing Card Transactions, and/or (iii) providing similar or related electronic payment services that requires sponsorship into one or more Networks.

 

- 3 -


 

PCI ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6(a).
Person ” means any individual, sole proprietorship, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company, trust, association, corporation, institution, entity, unincorporated organization or Governmental Authority.
POS ” means point-of-sale.
Prior Agreement ” has the meaning set forth in the recitals to this Agreement.
Processor ” means an Indirect Processor or Certified Processor.
Processor Agreement ” means an agreement between a Network and a Processor under which a Processor is authorized to provide processing services in connection with Card Transactions in the Network.
Provider Agreement ” means any agreement pursuant to which a Service Provider renders services on behalf of Company.
Receiving Party ” means the Party that receives Confidential Information of the Disclosing Party.
Reserve Account ” means a bank account established by BofA to hold the Reserve Amount pursuant to Section 8.
Reserve Amount ” means the amount established by BofA from time-to-time pursuant to Section 8(a) which Company must retain in a letter of credit or Reserve Account as provided in Section 8.
Service Provider ” means a Person that provides, on behalf of Company, any obligations that Company is required to perform under this Agreement.
Sponsorship Services ” means the sponsorship of Company and Terminals in the Networks identified in Exhibit A to this Agreement.
Term ” has the meaning set forth in Section 14(a).
Terminal ” means an ATM or other machine with capability to accept Cards for the purpose of dispensing cash, or engaging in other types of transactions agreed to in writing by the Parties and in compliance with the all applicable Operating Rules.
Terminating Party ” has the meaning set forth in Section 14(b).
2.  
Amended and Restated Agreement; Transition Services .
  (a)  
Effective as of the Effective Date, this Agreement shall amend and restate the Prior Agreement in its entirety, and such amended and restated agreement shall thereafter govern the rights and obligations of the Parties with respect to the matters subject to the Prior Agreement and this Agreement. Without limiting the foregoing, and for avoidance of doubt, the Parties acknowledge and agree that the provisions of Sections 3(b), 4(b), 4(d), 5(c), 8, 12(e), 12(f), 13 and 15 shall apply with respect to acts, omissions or circumstances existing or occurring during the Prior Agreement or this Agreement.

 

- 4 -


 

  (b)  
The Parties acknowledge their mutual intent and agreement to end the on-going relationship between the Parties, and that the Sponsorship Services provided by BofA after the Effective Date are intended as an accommodation to Company for a limited transition period. Company agrees that during the Term of this Agreement, Company will attempt to enter into a relationship with a new provider for the Sponsorship Services previously provided by BofA and to be provided under this Agreement by BofA. Company shall require that any new provider assume the transfer of all BINs / ICAs currently used by Company on terms and conditions reasonably acceptable to BofA, and Company shall cooperate (and cause such new provider to cooperate) with BofA with respect to the transfer of such BINS / ICAs to such new provider. The Parties recognize the importance of Company’s ability to transition to a new provider of sponsorship services by the end of the Term, and shall cooperate in good faith to achieve such transition by the end of the Term. If Company enters into an agreement with a new provider of sponsorship services, the Parties will cooperate in good faith with each other and with the new provider with respect to the transfer of the BINS/ICAs currently used by Company to such new provider, and BofA will provide Company and such new provider with other commercially reasonable transition assistance services that are requested to allow Company to fully transition to such new provider by the end of the Term.
  (c)  
Company acknowledges and agrees that as of the expiration or termination of this Agreement, BofA and its Affiliates shall have absolutely no obligation to provide any Sponsorship Services to Company or with respect to any Customer businesses, whether or not Company has entered into an agreement with a new provider to obtain new sponsorship services, and that Company bears the entire risk of loss and business disruption of Company is unable to obtain such sponsorship services from another provider.
3.  
Sponsorship by BofA.
  (a)  
General . BofA agrees to provide the Sponsorship Services with respect to Company and the operations of its Customers in the United States or any United States territory (as defined by each applicable Network), including Terminals located in the United States, on the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement; provided, however, that (1) BofA may perform such Sponsorship Services, in whole or in part, by causing an Affiliate to perform such Sponsorship Services, (2) BofA shall remain liable to Company for performance of Sponsorship Services by an Affiliate of BofA, and (3) references to performance by BofA of Sponsorship Services in this Agreement shall be deemed to include BofA’s option to cause an Affiliate to provide such Sponsorship Services. BofA acknowledges that Company in some instances provides certain of its Payment Services through its Affiliate Cash Systems, Inc. (“ CSI ”), and that the Sponsorship Services shall extend to CSI; provided that Company shall remain liable for CSI’s compliance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement.
  (b)  
Performance by Customers . Company hereby unconditionally guarantees performance of, and agrees that it is jointly and severally liable with each Customer, for each Customer’s obligations and liabilities under each Customer Agreement, including, without limitation, for any Claims which in any way directly or indirectly relate to, result from or arise out of, any Customer’s violation of, or failure to comply with, the Operating Rules or Applicable Law. For the avoidance of doubt, the Sponsorship Services shall not include providing vault cash to Company or any Customer, and the Parties acknowledge that the provision of vault cash by BofA or its Affiliate to Company and Customers is subject to a separate agreement between BofA or its Affiliate and Company, and that this Agreement shall in no way affect the obligations or the parties to that agreement, including the termination date thereof, unless and to the extent expressly provided herein.
  (c)  
Existing Sponsorships . Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, BofA agrees to continue to provide the Sponsorship Services with respect to each Customer with respect to which BofA was providing such Sponsorship Services on the Effective Date, provided that (1) Company provides BofA with information mutually agreed between the Parties from time to time to evaluate such Customer, and (2) each such Customer has entered into a written Customer Agreement in form and substance acceptable to BofA. Notwithstanding the foregoing, BofA may cease providing Sponsorship Services with respect to an existing Customer to the extent that BofA determines in its reasonable judgment, that (A) such action is required by a Network, the Operating Rules or Applicable Law, or (B) continuing to provide such Sponsorship Services would present a significant financial or reputational risk to BofA.

 

- 5 -


 

  (d)  
Requests for New Sponsorships . As a condition of BofA providing Sponsorship Services with respect to any new Customer on or after the Effective Date, except as otherwise agreed between the Parties, Company will (1) provide BofA with information mutually agreed between the Parties from time to time to evaluate such Customer, and (2) ensure that each such Customer enters into a written Customer Agreement in form and substance acceptable to BofA. Notwithstanding the foregoing, BofA has sole and absolute discretion to determine whether to provide or cause its Affiliate to provide Sponsorship Services with respect to any new Customer; provided that, to the extent reasonably practicable, BofA will attempt to (A) discuss with Company its decision not to provide Sponsorship Services to a specific Customer in advance and (B) work in good faith with Company to determine if there are any remedial measures that can be implemented to address the underlying basis for BofA’s intent to deny Sponsorship Services.
  (e)  
Underwriting Standards . BofA reserves the right, at all times, to establish the underwriting standards and eligibility criteria for Customers with respect to which it will provide Sponsorship Services. BofA may refuse to provide Sponsorship Services with respect to the operations of any Customer or at any Customer location that BofA determines in its sole and absolute discretion does not meet BofA’s underwriting standards or eligibility criteria; provided that, to the extent reasonably practicable, BofA will attempt to (1) discuss with Company its decision not to provide Sponsorship Services to a specific Customer and (2) work in good faith with Company to determine if there are any remedial measures that can be implemented to address the underlying basis for BofA’s intent to deny Sponsorship Services. If BofA makes such a determination with respect to an existing Customer, BofA and its Affiliates shall have no liability with respect to any failure by Company to perform its obligations under any Customer Agreement with such Customer, and Company expressly assumes all such risk.
  (f)  
Customer Agreements . All Customer Agreements shall be in form and substance reasonably acceptable to BofA, and shall meet any requirements set forth in the applicable Operating Rules and Applicable Law, including any substantive provisions required by the applicable Operating Rules, and shall obligate the Customer to abide by the Operating Rules and Applicable Law. Customer Agreements may contain such other terms and conditions as may be mutually agreed between any Customer and Company, provided that such additional terms and conditions do not conflict with any provisions of this Agreement, the Operating Rules or Applicable Law. Notwithstanding the foregoing, BofA may require modifications to the Customer Agreement of an existing Customer as of the Effective Date to the extent that BofA determines, in its reasonable judgment, that (1) such modifications are required by a Network, the Operating Rules or Applicable Law, or (2) such modifications are required to avoid a significant financial or reputational risk to BofA.
  (g)  
Network Registration and Requirements . BofA will complete and maintain records with respect to all registration forms, applications and/or other documents (“ Network Forms ”) that are required by the Networks from time to time in connection with this Agreement and/or the Sponsorship Services provided by BofA to Company and/or with respect to Customers. Company will be solely responsible for all Network fees and charges associated with such registration or application. Company will be solely responsible for timely preparing and providing to BofA any reports or certifications required under any Operating Rules for filing with the Networks in connection with the Sponsorship Services (including, without limitation, the sponsorship of Customers and/or their Terminals) and the provision of Payment Services for which Sponsorship Services are provided, including, without limitation, reports relating to transaction activity, fee billing, adjustments and enhanced network management reports, and such other reports as are specified in Exhibit B , which reports will be distributed by Company in the formats and using communications circuits and files designated by the Networks. BofA shall review and file such reports or certifications with the Network promptly after receipt from Company. Company shall promptly provide such other reports, in hard copy or in “view access,” as BofA may require from time-to-time. Without limiting the foregoing, Company acknowledges and agrees that, for purposes of this Agreement, it is responsible for any and all obligations related to the Payment Services arising under the Operating Rules (including connection to each of the Networks) and for Customers’ compliance with the Operating Rules.

 

- 6 -


 

  (h)  
Terminal Ownership .
  (1)  
No later than the Effective Date, Company shall provide BofA with a list of all current Terminals that are owned, established, operated or maintained by a Person other than Company. Company shall comply with, and shall cause each Customer to comply with, all applicable Operating Rules and any Applicable Law that requires Company or Customer to obtain a License or otherwise regulates or restricts the ability of Company or a Customer to own, establish, operate or maintain a Terminal. If any applicable Operating Rules or Applicable Law requires that a Customer or any Person which owns or operates a Terminal at a Customer location enter into an agreement with BofA or its Affiliate, Company shall ensure that, prior to BofA’s provision of any Sponsorship Services with respect to such Terminal, such Person enters into such an agreement that is in compliance with such Operating Rules or Applicable Law and acceptable in form and substance to BofA in BofA’s reasonable discretion. Notwithstanding the foregoing, BofA may cease providing Sponsorship Services with respect to a Terminal, or require modifications to any agreement of an owner or operator of a Terminal, to the extent that BofA determines in its reasonable judgment that such action (A) is required by a Network, the Operating Rules or Applicable Law, or (B) is required to avoid a significant financial or reputational risk to BofA.
  (2)  
With respect to new Terminals that become owned, established, operated or maintained by a Person other than Company after the Effective Date, Company shall obtain BofA’s prior consent to obtain Sponsorship Services, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed; provided, however, that such Terminals otherwise meet all of the requirements of Section 3(h)(1).
4.  
Certain Other Obligations of BofA.
  (a)  
Network Membership . Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, BofA will use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain and maintain the categories of membership or licenses in the Networks required to provide Sponsorship Services pursuant to this Agreement and shall use reasonable efforts to notify Company as soon as practicable if it is no longer able to maintain such memberships or licenses.
  (b)  
Regulatory Compliance . Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement, BofA shall have no obligation to undertake to perform or continue to perform any function or service relating to the Sponsorship Services or this Agreement with respect to any Customer or Terminal in the event that: (1) such performance would contravene any Applicable Law or Operating Rule, or any directive from a Governmental Authority or a Network; or (2) BofA reasonably suspects fraud or suspicious activity in connection with such Customer or Terminal.
  (c)  
Dissemination of Operating Rules and Updates . To the extent permitted by the applicable Network, Operating Rules or Applicable Law, BofA shall undertake good faith efforts to provide Company with copies of applicable Operating Rules and/or amendments thereto that BofA reasonably determines may be of interest or relevance to Company.

 

- 7 -


 

  (d)  
Other Limitations . Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement, BofA will be responsible only for performing the services expressly provided for in this Agreement and BofA undertakes no duties other than those expressly provided herein. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, BofA will not be responsible for: (1) the acts or omissions of Company, any Processor or any Customer or any of their respective representatives, employees or agents or any other Person, including, without limitation, any Network Party, and no such person or entity will be deemed BofA’s agent for any purpose whatsoever; or (2) breach of its duties hereunder, to the extent such breach was caused by legal constraint, interruption in transmission or communication facilities, equipment failure, war, terrorist act, riot, fire, flood, earthquake or other natural disaster, strike, emergency or other circumstance beyond BofA’s control.
5.  
Certain Obligations of Company.
  (a)  
Terminal Operation . As between BofA and Company, Company will be solely responsible for (1) the cost, installation, operation, maintenance and repair of each Terminal including, but not limited to, electrical and communications connections in compliance with the equipment manufacturer specifications and the applicable graphic standards and technical specifications established by Networks from time to time; (2) the cost and provision of all signage to comply with requirements of any Network or Regulatory Authority, including disclosures approved by BofA agreed between the Parties from time to time, which includes the resigning of all Terminals for a change in Sponsorship Services. Company shall ensure that all Terminals meet all lighting, security and accessibility requirements.
  (b)  
Terminal Reports . Company shall: (1) complete a Customer Agreement and associated due diligence prior to activating any Terminal as required by the Network(s) and agreed between the Parties from time to time; (2) provide quarterly reports to BofA which for each Customer with respect to which BofA provides Sponsorship Services includes a listing of all Networks that Company is acquiring Transactions for such Customer; and (3) providing all processing services and settlement for each Terminal sponsored under or in connection with this Agreement; and (4) provide written notice to BofA of each new Terminal location on a daily basis and will properly register and continue to register each Terminal as may be required by each of the Networks and/or Applicable Law. BofA may identify additional data files or reports to be generated by Company and delivered to BofA on an ad hoc or periodic basis. Nothing in this Agreement shall limit BofA’s ability to communicate with any Customer to the extent that BofA reasonably determines that such communication is necessary to comply with a Network, Operating Rules or Applicable Law, or to avoid significant financial or reputational risk to BofA.
  (c)  
Compliance . Company will comply, and will ensure that each Customer complies, with the Operating Rules and all Applicable Laws related to the Terminals, the performance of Company’s obligations hereunder and the obligations of each Customer under a Customer Agreement. Company acknowledges and agrees that (1) only a Network has authority to interpret its Operating Rules, and (2) BofA shall not make any representation or warranty, and Company shall not rely on BofA or its Affiliates in any way, including any oral or written statement, regarding the requirements imposed by the Operating Rules or Applicable Law on Company or Company’s Customers or operations. BofA. BofA and Company shall negotiate in good faith to amend this Agreement to the extent an amendment is necessary to comply with any Operating Rules or Applicable Law.
  (d)  
Use of BofA’s Name and GCA’s Name . Company agrees that it will not, and will ensure that each Processor does not, use the name, marks or logos of BofA or any of its Affiliates (the “ Bank Marks ”) for any reason, or use or refer to BofA or its Affiliate (orally or in writing) in any advertisements, sales, presentations or marketing materials without the express prior written consent of BofA, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. Company may accurately describe its relationship with BofA in response to questions and in its dealings with Customers. BofA agrees that it will not, and will ensure that it and its Affiliates do not, use the name, marks or logos of GCA or any of its Affiliates (the “ GCA Marks ”) for any reason, or use or refer to GCA or its Affiliate (orally or in writing) in any advertisements, sales, presentations or marketing materials without the express prior written consent of GCA, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld.

 

- 8 -


 

  (e)  
Processor Agreement . Prior to the sponsorship into any Network by BofA or an Affiliate with respect to a Customer or a Terminal or the provision by Company of any Payment Services for which the BofA provides Sponsorship Services under this Agreement (1)Company will have become a Certified Processor or have obtained a Certified Processor for such Network acceptable to BofA; and (2)such Certified Processor shall have entered into a Processor Agreement with such Network as required by the applicable Network’s Operating Rules. Company shall ensure that such Certified Processor shall comply with the terms thereof and otherwise maintain itself in good standing with the Network. The Parties acknowledge and agree that TSYS Acquiring Solutions, L.L.C. is acting as a Certified Processor of Company.
  (f)  
Indirect Processors . Company shall obtain BofA’s prior written consent, which BofA may grant or deny in its sole discretion, before using any Indirect Processor to provide processing services on Company’s behalf. Notwithstanding that BofA consents to Company’s use of an Indirect Processor, Company will cause such Indirect Processor to comply with the applicable Network’s Operating Rules (including, but not limited to, any requirement to enter into an agreement with the applicable Network(s)) and all Applicable Law, and otherwise maintain itself in good standing with the Network.
  (g)  
Access to Processor Systems . To the extent that Company uses any Processor in connection with Card Transactions, Company shall use commercially reasonable efforts to cause such Processor to provide BofA with “view access” to such Processor’s systems to enable BofA to access and view information concerning transactions processed by such Processor on behalf of Company.
  (h)  
Service Providers . Company agrees that it shall cause any Service Provider or provider of vault cash services to promptly furnish BofA with any relevant information requested by BofA relating to BofA’s Sponsorship Services, the Networks, or the Terminals or Customers with respect to which BofA provides Sponsorship Services hereunder and to otherwise use commercially reasonable efforts to cooperate with BofA in connection therewith. Company will timely pay all obligations that have not been otherwise disputed in good faith by Company to any Person as they become due, whether arising under the Operating Rules or otherwise, in connection with the Payment Services or the Sponsorship Services.
  (i)  
Card Transactions .
  (1)  
Company shall ensure that Card Transactions are limited to (A) cash withdrawals or disbursements or balance inquiries at Terminals, (B) the issuance of Negotiable Instruments in a manner that conforms to the Operating Rules and Applicable Law, and (C) transactions involving the merchant category codes (“ MCCs ”) specified in Exhibit C .
  (2)  
Except to the extent approved by BofA in writing, in no event shall Company (A) allow, or permit any Customer to allow, a Cardholder to use a Card for any Internet transaction or electronic commerce transaction, other than a transaction in which a Cardholder uses a Card at a Terminal located at a Customer location open to the public, (B) allow, or permit any Customer to allow, a Cardholder to use a Card for any type of Card Transaction that BofA or its Affiliates have not expressly approved in writing as of the Effective Date, or (C) develop, introduce or announce any new product or service that involves the use of Cards without the prior written approval of BofA or its Affiliates.

 

- 9 -


 

  (j)  
Negotiable Instruments . Company shall ensure that each Negotiable Instrument that is issued in a Card Transaction complies with all Applicable Law and all applicable Operating Rules, including Network requirements relating to proper transaction identifiers to enable Company and the Network(s) to properly charge interchange fees due from each location. Any attempt on the part of a Customer or Company to receive improper or inappropriate fees may result in (1) full repayment of all fees collected with respect to such Negotiable Instrument, and (2) immediate termination of this Agreement or the provision of Sponsorship Services with respect to such Customer.
  (k)  
Implementation of First Annapolis Recommendations . Company acknowledges that the consulting firm First Annapolis performed a review of Company’s practices and procedures and made certain recommendations, which are summarized in Exhibit D . Company shall implement the remediation steps set forth in the column entitled “GCA Comments” in the table set forth in Exhibit D . Company hereby (1)represents and warrants to BofA that it has fully and independently evaluated the merits of each such recommendation and determined that taking the remediation steps set forth in the column entitled “GCA Comments’ in the table set forth in Exhibit D is in the Company’s best interests, and (2)acknowledges and agrees that BofA makes no representation or warranty with respect to the merits of such recommendations, and shall have no liability to Company or any other Person as a result of Company following such recommendations.
6.  
Security; Disaster Recovery.
  (a)  
Security Procedures . Company agrees to establish and maintain, and to ensure that each Customer establishes and maintains, operations, policies and procedures in place for the protection of Cardholder Data and comply with the Payment Card Industry (“ PCI ”) Data Security Standard, and meet the objectives of the Interagency Guidelines Establishing Standards for Safeguarding Customer Information; provided, however, that Company shall be required to cause a Customer to comply with the foregoing only to the extent that such Customer is subject to such requirements under the Operating Rules or Applicable Law. Company further agrees to monitor and ensure that it and its Customers: (1) have, maintain, and use at all times, proper controls as specified in the Operating Rules for secure storage and transmission of, and limited access to, and shall render unreadable prior to discarding, all records containing Cardholder Data, Card imprints and Cardholder signatures; (2) do not retain or store magnetic stripe or PIN data after a transaction has been authorized; and (3) if Company or a Customer stores any electronically captured Cardholder signature, that Company or a Customer can reproduce such signature upon the request of BofA.
  (b)  
Network PIN Security . Key management and PIN security systems will at all times be in compliance with each Network of which BofA or its Affiliate is a member. Company will, at its sole expense complete within the required time frame or upon BofA’s demand, but at least annually, a PIN security review required by each Network (including, but not limited to, the Visa PIN review and the ANSI//X9 TR-39-2009 TG-3 review) and provide BofA a copy of each such review upon completion.
  (c)  
Background Checks; Employee Responsibility . Company shall establish, implement and maintain reasonable policies and procedures with respect to the conduct of background checks on (1) each of its officers and directors, and (2) each of its employees and sales representatives engaged in providing the Payment Services. Company understands and acknowledges that Company is solely responsible for the actions and representations of all of its sales representatives and other employees.
  (d)  
Security Breach . Company agrees that if it becomes aware or suspects that there has been a breach of security that may result in unauthorized disclosure of Cardholder Data or any other proprietary information relating to Card Transactions or Cards, including with respect to any information obtained from a Terminal or in connection with processing Card Transactions, Company shall notify BofA in writing of such situation promptly, but in no event later than twenty —four (24) hours after such a situation occurs. Company agrees to use commercially reasonable efforts to cooperate with BofA and take corrective action to respond to the situation.

 

- 10 -


 

  (e)  
Disaster Recovery . Company agrees to maintain reasonable disaster recovery plans designed to allow Company to recover and perform the basic obligations under this Agreement in the event of a disaster or other failure of Company’s operations and systems. Company agrees to perform reasonable tests of such disaster recovery plans on a regular basis. At the request of BofA, Company shall provide BofA with a summary of the results of any such test performed by Company.
7.  
Financial Statements and Audits.
  (a)  
Financial Statements . Company agrees to provide BofA with the consolidated financial statements of Global Cash Access Holdings, Inc. (“ GCAH ”), which may include quarterly or audited annual financial statements, within thirty (30) days of request by BofA. Such financial statements shall be certified in writing by a duly authorized officer or principal owner of GCAH as to the accuracy of the data contained therein and the preparation of such statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and Company shall provide an unqualified opinion of an independent certified accountant retained by Company or GCAH with respect to such financial statements. Company also shall provide such other information concerning Company’s business and compliance with this Agreement as BofA may reasonably request, including, but not limited to, information describing the differences between the financial condition of Company and GCAH. Company and the undersigned official of Company authorize BofA to obtain financial and credit information relating to Company and the undersigned official of Company from credit bureaus and other Persons.
  (b)  
BofA Audits . During the Term, and for a period of two (2) years thereafter, BofA and its Affiliates (or their respective contractors) may conduct procedural audits of Company as reasonably necessary to confirm compliance with this Agreement, the Operating Rules and Applicable Law, including a review of Company’s facilities, books and records related to this Agreement upon reasonable advance written notice by BofA. Company will promptly supply auditors with reasonable access to Company’s facilities and requested information. Company will provide BofA with a copy of any audits performed by a Network, Governmental Authority or other Person, to the extent (1) such Network, Governmental Authority or other Person does not prohibit the provision of such audits to BofA and (2) that such audit relates to this Agreement, the Sponsorship Services, or any Operating Rules or Applicable Law relating to this Agreement or the Sponsorship Services. If Company is examined by a Governmental Authority pursuant to the federal Bank Service Corporation Act, Company will notify BofA when any report of examination is available, and will provide such report to BofA unless prohibited by Applicable Law or the applicable Governmental Authority from doing so. Company agrees to request permission from each Governmental Authority to provide such reports to BofA.
  (c)  
Regulatory Audits . Company acknowledges that it will be subject to regulation or examination by Governmental Authorities (including the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency) and the Networks by virtue of this Agreement and the arrangements contemplated hereby. Company shall, promptly upon request, submit and furnish to BofA any reports (including transaction reports) or other data requested by BofA (1)in order to comply with applicable regulatory or supervisory requirements; (2)to respond to requests by regulatory or supervisory authorities; or (3)as otherwise requested by BofA to demonstrate that Company is in compliance with its obligations hereunder.

 

- 11 -


 

  (d)  
Notice to BofA . Company will provide BofA with written notice, together with all supporting documentation, within two (2) days whenever: (1) Company or, to Company’s knowledge, a Customer, receives notice from a Network or a Governmental Authority relating to this Agreement, the Sponsorship Services, any Terminal, ATM or Card with respect to which BofA provides Sponsorship Services, the modification or revocation of any License, or the compliance of Company or any Customer with the Operating Rules or Applicable Law; (2) any suit, litigation or other proceeding is brought against Company or, to Company’s knowledge, its Customers, which alleges any violation of any Operating Rules or Applicable Law; (3) Company reasonably believes that any event of default has occurred or that any other representations or warranty made by Company in this Agreement has ceased to be true and complete in all material respects; (4) any Material Adverse Event occurs; (5) Company’s relationship with any Customer has been discontinued, whether at Company’s request or at such Customer’s request, provided that any such notice shall identify the portion of Company’s revenues represented by such Customer; or (6) Company learns of any criminal investigation of Company or its Customers, or of their respective officers or directors.
8.  
Letter of Credit; Reserve Account.
  (a)  
Reserve Amount . (1) Beginning no later than five (5) Business Days after the date of this Agreement, and until BofA releases Company from the obligation pursuant to Section 8(d), Company shall maintain a letter of credit and/or a balance in a Reserve Account in an amount equal to the Reserve Amount, as established by BofA in accordance with this Agreement. The initial Reserve Amount shall be two million, five-hundred thousand dollars ($2,500,000). In the event that Company experiences any security breach of the type described in Section 6(d), BofA may increase the Reserve Amount in its reasonable discretion by providing written notice to Company.
  (b)  
Letter of Credit . The letter of credit required from Company under this Section 8 shall be irrevocable, and issued by a depository institution acceptable to BofA and in a form and content satisfactory to BofA, both in BofA’s sole and absolute discretion. BofA shall be entitled to make multiple draws on such letter to obtain funds in satisfaction of Company’s obligations to BofA under this Agreement (including, but not limited to, paying any fees or penalties imposed by Networks on BofA or its Affiliates with respect to Card Transactions involving Company’s Customers) without prior demand or notice. The letter of credit shall have a term that extends no more than nine (9) months beyond the end of the Term of this Agreement.
  (c)  
Reserve Account . The Reserve Account in which all or a portion of the Reserve Amount shall be maintained will be a deposit account with an Affiliate of BofA or other depository institution acceptable to BofA in its sole discretion. Company’s funds held in the Reserve Account may be commingled with other BofA customer funds without involvement of an independent escrow agent. To secure Company’s obligations under this Agreement (including, but not limited to, paying any fees or penalties imposed by Networks on BofA or its Affiliates with respect to Card Transactions involving Company’s Customers), Company irrevocably grants BofA and its Affiliates a first priority lien and security interest in any funds in the Reserve Account and all proceeds of such funds. Company agrees to execute and deliver to BofA, upon request, any instruments and documents necessary to perfect its first priority lien and security interest in and to such funds. If Company fails to perform such obligations under this Agreement, BofA shall have the right, in its sole discretion, to exercise its lien and security interests in the monies in the Reserve Account, without prior demand or notice to Company.
  (d)  
Release of Credit Support . After expiration or termination of this Agreement for any reason, BofA shall promptly, but in no event later than nine (9) months following such expiration or termination, return to Company any funds held in the Reserve Account or surrender the letter of credit to Company upon BofA’s determination in its sole and absolute discretion that Company has performed all of its obligations under this Agreement and there is no material risk of liability of Company under this Agreement, including for any indemnity, chargebacks or Network fines or assessments or other contingent obligation.

 

- 12 -


 

9.  
Use of Network Marks .
Company shall use Network Marks, and shall ensure that each Customer uses Network Marks, only to the extent permitted by each applicable Network and in accordance with all applicable Operating Rules.
10.  
Fees and Expenses.
  (a)  
Network Fees and Charges . Company will pay (or immediately upon demand, reimburse BofA and its Affiliates) for any and all applicable fees and charges which may be imposed from time to time by Networks on BofA or its Affiliates, Company, any Customer, or any Processor used by Company, which in any way relate to this Agreement, the Customers, the Sponsorship Services or relevant payment transactions, including, without limitation, (1) all applicable Network fees relating to registration and licensing of independent sales organizations and merchant service providers, (2) all fees associated with the sponsorship by BofA and its Affiliates of Company or Terminals or the provision Sponsorship Services with respect to any Customer and (3) all fees associated with the provision of Payment Services by Company. For the avoidance of doubt, as of the Effective Date neither BofA nor its Affiliates shall be obligated to provide any assessment credit to Company.
  (b)  
Network Settlement . All settlement, funding and adjustments for all payment transactions generated by Company or its Customers for a particular Network will be handled by a Certified Processor in accordance with the applicable Operating Rules. BofA or its Affiliate will instruct Networks to settle all payment transactions in a manner consistent with the provisions of this Agreement; provided, however, that Company will use best efforts change or alter its method of settlement in a manner designated by BofA if BofA and its Affiliates reasonably determine that such changes or alterations are necessary or appropriate to reduce or manage risk of settlement failure.
  (c)  
Expenses . Company will reimburse BofA and its Affiliates upon demand for (1) all reasonable costs and expenses, including all out-of-pocket costs (including attorneys’ fees) paid or incurred by BofA or its Affiliates in connection with the preparation, negotiation, execution, delivery and review of this Agreement and any enforcement, amendment or modification thereof; and (2) all reasonable costs and expenses incurred as a result of changes in Company’s business and operations, including without limitation Company’s use of a new Processors or Service Providers or the transfer of the Sponsorship Services and/or BINs and ICAs to a new service provider upon termination of this Agreement.
11.  
Representations and Warranties by Company . Company represents and warrants to BofA as of the date of this Agreement, and on each day on which a Card Transaction occurs, that:
  (a)  
Good Standing . Company is a corporation organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware, and has its principal office in Las Vegas, Nevada. Company is duly licensed or qualified to do business and is in good standing in all jurisdictions in which the nature of the activities conducted or proposed to be conducted by it, or the character of the assets owned or leased by it, makes such licensing or qualification necessary to perform its obligations required hereunder, except where the failure to be so licensed or qualified would not have a material adverse effect on its ability to fulfill its obligations under this Agreement. Company shall provide BofA with copies of all such licenses, from time to time, promptly upon demand.
  (b)  
Capacity; Authority; Validity . Company has all necessary corporate power and authority to enter into this Agreement and to perform all of the obligations to be performed by it under this Agreement. This Agreement has been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action and has been duly executed and delivered by Company, and upon execution by the Parties, shall constitute the valid and binding obligation of Company, enforceable against Company in accordance with its terms, subject to applicable bankruptcy laws and general principles of equity.

 

- 13 -


 

  (c)  
Conflicts; Defaults . Neither the execution and delivery of this Agreement by Company, nor the consummation of the transactions contemplated herein by Company, shall (1) conflict with, result in the breach of, constitute a default under or accelerate, terminate, modify or cancel or require any notice or consent under any agreement, contract, lease, license, instrument or other arrangement to which Company is a party or by which it is bound or to which any of its assets is subject, except for such violations, conflicts, breaches, defaults, accelerations, terminations or modifications that would not have a material adverse effect on its ability to fulfill its obligations under this Agreement; (2) violate the certificate of incorporation, bylaws, or any other equivalent organizational document of Company; or (3) require any consent or approval under any judgment, order, writ, decree, permit or license to which Company is a party or by which it is bound. Except as disclosed in writing to BofA, Company is not subject to any agreement (A) requiring fundamental changes in the operation of the Program; or (B) with any Governmental Authority that would prevent the consummation of the transactions contemplated by, or its ongoing performance of, the Agreement.
  (d)  
No Consents, Etc . No consent of any Person (including any stockholder or creditor of Company) and no consent, license, permit, approval, authorization or exemption by notice of, report to or registration, filing or declaration with, any Governmental Authority is required in connection with the execution or delivery of this Agreement by Company, the validity of this Agreement with respect to Company, the enforceability of this Agreement against Company, the consummation by Company of the transactions contemplated hereby or the performance by Company of its obligations hereunder.
  (e)  
No Defaults . Company is not in default with respect to any material contract, agreement, lease or other instrument, including with respect to debt or securitization arrangements, except for defaults which would not result in a material adverse affect on its ability to perform its obligations hereunder.
  (f)  
Card Information . Company will not (1) disclose, sell, purchase, provide or exchange Card account number information, Card Transaction Data or any other Confidential Information of BofA or any Affiliate of BofA to any Affiliate of Company or other Person, or (2) use any such information or data, for any purpose other than performance of its obligations under this Agreement, including for marketing purposes, in violation of any Operating Rules or Applicable Law.
  (g)  
Performance . Company’s performance of this Agreement will not violate any Applicable Law or any material agreement to which Company may now or hereafter be bound.
  (h)  
Compliance with Law . Company will comply with the terms of this Agreement, the Operating Rules, and with Applicable Law as related to the performance by Company of its obligations hereunder.
  (i)  
Insurance . Company has and agrees to maintain policies of worker’s compensation, employee’s liability, and general liability insurance with such limits as required by law. Promptly upon the written request of BofA, Company will furnish BofA with the written certificate(s) from its insurers or their agents, addressed to Company as certificate holder, indicating the existence of Company’s insurance coverage, the amount and nature of such coverage, the expiration date or dates of each policy, and a thirty (30) day written notice of cancellation. In the alternative, Company may be a self-insurer upon meeting those requirements of the applicable regulatory authorities for any or all of the areas set forth above for which Company customarily self-insures. Company will provide proof of such self-insurance upon BofA’s request.
  (j)  
Pending Litigation and Claims. Except as disclosed in writing to BofA, neither Company nor any of its officers or directors are a party to any pending litigation brought by a Customer, Network or Network Member alleging a violation of any Operating Rules, or have ever been fined or penalized by any Network or Network Member.

 

- 14 -


 

  (k)  
Accuracy of Information . All information provided to BofA and its Affiliates with respect to existing Customers and prospective Customers shall be true and correct in all material respects.
  (l)  
No Reliance . Company acknowledges and agrees that BofA and its Affiliates have not made, and Company is not relying on, any representation or warranty, express or implied, with respect to the subject matter hereof, except as expressly set forth in this Agreement.
12.  
Representations and Warranties of BofA . BofA represents and warrants to Company that:
  (a)  
Good Standing . BofA is a national banking association organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the United States, and has its principal office in Charlotte, N.C. BofA is duly licensed or qualified to do business and is in good standing in all jurisdictions in which the nature of the activities conducted or proposed to be conducted by it, or the character of the assets owned or leased by it, makes such licensing or qualification necessary to perform its obligations required hereunder, except where the failure to be so licensed or qualified would not have a material adverse effect on its ability to fulfill its obligations under this Agreement.
  (b)  
Capacity; Authority; Validity . BofA has all necessary corporate power and authority to enter into this Agreement and to perform all of the obligations to be performed by it under this Agreement. This Agreement has been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action and has been duly executed and delivered by BofA, and upon execution by the Parties, shall constitute the valid and binding obligation of BofA, enforceable against Company in accordance with its terms, subject to applicable bankruptcy laws and general principles of equity.
  (c)  
Conflicts; Defaults . Neither the execution and delivery of this Agreement by BofA, nor the consummation of the transactions contemplated herein by BofA, shall (1) conflict with, result in the breach of, constitute a default under or accelerate, terminate, modify or cancel or require any notice or consent under any agreement, contract, lease, license, instrument or other arrangement to which BofA is a party or by which it is bound or to which any of its assets is subject, except for such violations, conflicts, breaches, defaults, accelerations, terminations or modifications that would not have a material adverse effect on its ability to fulfill its obligations under this Agreement; (2) violate the certificate of incorporation, bylaws, or any other equivalent organizational document of BofA; or (3) require any consent or approval under any judgment, order, writ, decree, permit or license to which BofA is a party or by which it is bound.
  (d)  
Standard of Performance . BofA shall perform all services hereunder consistent with the standards of performance utilized by BofA in performing such services for its other similarly situated customers. However, BofA does not represent or warrant that its services will be uninterrupted or error free nor will it be liable for damages resulting therefrom. BofA will not be liable for loss of data in transit between BofA or its Affiliates and Company, or a Customer, or between BofA or its Affiliates or Company and the authorizing or settling institutions.
  (e)  
No Reliance . BofA acknowledges and agrees that Company has not made, and BofA is not relying on, any representation or warranty, express or implied, with respect to the subject matter hereof, except as expressly set forth in this Agreement.
  (f)  
THE WARRANTIES SET FORTH IN THIS SECTION 12 CONSTITUTE THE ONLY WARRANTIES BY BOFA OR ITS AFFILIATES TO COMPANY AND ARE IN LIEU OF ANY OTHER WARRANTIES WRITTEN OR ORAL, STATUTORY, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.

 

- 15 -


 

13.  
Indemnification and Liability Limitation.
  (a)  
Indemnification .
  (1)  
Company agrees to indemnify, defend and hold harmless each BofA Indemnitee from and against any and all Claims, imposed on, incurred by or asserted against any BofA Indemnitee which in any way directly or indirectly relate to, result from or arise out of: (A) any breach of any representation, warranty or covenant of Company contained in this Agreement; (B) any act or omission of Company, any Customer, any Processor, any Indirect Processor, any Service Provider or any other Person arising out of or relating to the Sponsorship Services, the Payment Services, the Customer Agreements, and/or the Provider Agreements; (C) violation of, or failure to comply with, Applicable Law, the Operating Rules, the Customer Agreements, the Provider Agreements or any agreement in connection with which Payment Services are provided or received by (i) Company, (ii) any Customer, (iii) any Processor or any Service Provider or (D) any Claim of any Person directly or indirectly relating to, resulting from or arising out of this Agreement, BofA’s sponsorship of any Customer or Terminal, the provision of Payment Services by Company, any Processor or any Service Provider or BofA’s termination of this Agreement or refusal to extend the Term hereof (including, without limitation, any Claim for indemnification by any Network Party), except to the extent that any such Claim arises from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of BofA or its Affiliates.
  (2)  
If any Claim is asserted against any BofA Indemnitee (an “ Indemnified Party ”) by any person who is not a Party to this Agreement in respect of which the Indemnified Party may be entitled to indemnification under the provisions of this Section 13, the Indemnifying Party shall have the right, by notifying the Indemnified Party within ten (10) calendar days of its receipt of the notice of the Claim, to assume the entire control of the defense, including, at the Indemnifying Party’s expense, employment of counsel. The Indemnified Party may participate in such defense at the Indemnified Party’s expense and with counsel of the Indemnified Party’s choice. In any third party claim, suit or proceeding the defense of which the Indemnifying Party shall have assumed, the Indemnified Party will not consent to the entry of any judgment or enter into any settlement with respect to the matter without the consent of the Indemnifying Party and the Indemnifying Party will not consent to the entry of any judgment or enter into any settlement affecting the Indemnified Party to the extent that the judgment or settlement involves more than the payment of money without the written consent of the Indemnified Party.
  (b)  
Limitation of Liability . EXCEPT WITH RESPECT TO CLAIMS RELATING TO BOFA’S GROSS NEGLIGENCE OR WILLFUL MISCONDUCT, BOFA’S CUMULATIVE AGGREGATE LIABILITY FOR ANY CLAIMS ARISING OUT OF OR RELATED TO THE PRIOR AGREEMENT OR THIS AGREEMENT WILL BE LIMITED TO TEN THOUSAND DOLLARS ($10,000) DURING THE TERM.
  (c)  
Exclusion Of Damages . IN NO EVENT WILL EITHER PARTY OR ITS AFFILIATES BE LIABLE UNDER ANY THEORY OF TORT, CONTRACT (WHETHER RELATING TO THE PRIOR AGREEMENT OR THIS AGREEMENT), STRICT LIABILITY, OR OTHER LEGAL OR EQUITABLE THEORY FOR ANY LOST PROFITS, EXEMPLARY, PUNITIVE, SPECIAL INCIDENTAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES, EACH OF WHICH IS HEREBY EXCLUDED BY AGREEMENT OF THE PARTIES REGARDLESS OF WHETHER OR NOT EITHER PARTY OR ITS AFFILIATE HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.

 

- 16 -


 

14.  
Term and Termination
  (a)  
Term .
  (1)  
This Agreement shall become effective on the Effective Date and shall continue in full force and effect until November 12, 2010 (the “ Term ”). This Agreement shall automatically terminate upon the end the Term, without notice or other action by a Party, and shall not be renewed or otherwise extended beyond the end of the Term except pursuant to a writing signed by both Parties in their sole and absolute discretion.
  (2)  
If, prior to the end of the Term, Company has entered into an agreement with a new provider of sponsorship services as required under Section 2(b) and such new provider has agreed to assume liability with respect to the BINs / ICAs on terms acceptable to BofA, but despite the Parties’ and such new provider’s good faith efforts, the transfer of the BINs / ICAs to such new Provider cannot reasonably be completed before the end of the Term, BofA will engage in good faith negotiations with Company regarding the terms and conditions under which BofA might agree to an extension of the term of this Agreement for a limited period in order to complete such transfer, provided that (A) the terms of any such extension may include revisions to any of the provisions of this Agreement, including, but not limited to, an increase in the Reserve Amount, and (B) any extension must be in writing and signed by both Parties.
  (b)  
Termination Rights .
  (1)  
Either Party (the “ Terminating Party ”) may terminate this Agreement immediately if the other Party (the “ Non-Terminating Party ”) materially breaches this Agreement and fails to remedy such breach within ten (10) days (or 5 business days in the event of a payment default) after receipt of written notice from the Terminating Party thereof specifying the nature of such failure.
  (2)  
Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 14(b)(1), BofA may terminate or suspend this Agreement, or cease providing Sponsorship Services with respect to a Customer, by providing written notice to Company in the event that: (A) a Network or Governmental Authority directs BofA or an Affiliate to terminate this Agreement in whole or with respect to a Customer; (B) BofA reasonably determines that such termination or suspension is required to prevent significant financial or reputational risk to BofA; or (C) a Material Adverse Event occurs.
  (3)  
Company may terminate this Agreement without cause and without penalty by providing BofA with ten (10) days’ advance notice of termination, provided that (A) Company has entered into a relationship with a new provider for the Sponsorship Services previously provided by BofA and its Affiliates; (B) such new provider agrees to assume the transfer of all BINs / ICAs currently used by Company on terms and conditions acceptable to BofA; and (C) Company cooperates (and causes such new provider to cooperate) with BofA and its Affiliates with respect to the transfer of such BINS / ICAs to such provider. In the event the transfer of such BINS / ICAs to the new provider is completed prior to the end of such ten (10) day period, this Agreement shall terminate on the date that the BINS / ICAs are transferred to such new provider.

 

- 17 -


 

15.  
Confidentiality.
  (a)  
Confidential Information . Except as required by law or as expressly permitted under this Agreement, the Parties shall keep confidential and shall not disclose, and shall cause their employers, independent contractors and agents to keep confidential and not to disclose, to any third party any Confidential Information obtained from a Party to this Agreement. For purposes of this Agreement, “ Confidential Information ” shall mean any of the following:
  (1)  
Information that is provided by or on behalf of any Party to another Party or its agents in connection with this Agreement;
  (2)  
Information not of a public nature concerning the business or properties of any Party, including the terms and conditions of this Agreement (as well as proposed terms and conditions of any amendments, renewals, or extensions of this Agreement), sales volumes, test results, trade secrets, business and financial information, source codes, business methods, procedures, know-how and other information (including intellectual property) of every kind that relates to the business of any Party; and
  (3)  
Information about a Party or its affiliates, or its respective businesses or employees, that is otherwise obtained by a Party in connection with this Agreement, in each case including: (A) information concerning marketing plans, marketing philosophies, objectives and financial results; (B) information regarding business systems, methods, processes, financing data, programs and products; (C) information unrelated to the Agreement obtained by a Party in connection with this Agreement, including by accessing or being present at the business location of a Party; (D) proprietary technical information, including source codes; and (E) competitive advantages and disadvantages, customer names and addresses, technological development, sales volume(s), business relationships and methods of transacting business, customers and dealers, operational and data processing capabilities, systems software and hardware and the documentation thereof or other information of the business or affairs of each of the Parties and their respective affiliates which a Party reasonably considers confidential or proprietary and any other information relating to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, including any copies, excerpts, summaries, analyses or notes of the foregoing.
  (b)  
Exclusions . Confidential Information shall not include information (1) obtained from information already in the possession of the Receiving Party (other than in connection with the structuring, negotiation and execution of this Agreement and the other related documents and the transactions contemplated herein) and is not otherwise subject to an agreement as to confidentiality; (2) that becomes generally available in the public domain other than as a result of an unauthorized disclosure by a Party; (3) that is lawfully received on a non-confidential basis from a third party authorized to disclose such information without restriction and without breach of this Agreement; (4) that is contained in, or is capable of being discovered through examination of publicly available records or products; and (5) that is developed by a Party without the use of any proprietary, non-public information provide by a Party under this Agreement.
  (c)  
Maintenance of Confidentiality . If a Receiving Party receives Confidential Information of the Disclosing Party, the Receiving Party shall do the following with respect to such Confidential Information: (1) keep Confidential Information of the Disclosing Party secure and confidential; (2) treat all Confidential Information of the Disclosing Party with the same degree of care as it accords it own Confidential Information, but in no event less than a reasonable degree of card: and (3) implement and maintain commercially reasonable physical, electronic, administrative and procedural security measures, including commercially reasonable authentication, access controls, virus protection and intrusion detection practices and procedures.
  (d)  
Permitted Uses . Except as specifically set forth herein, each Receiving Party shall not use or disclose Confidential Information of the Disclosing Party except: (1) to perform its obligations or enforce its rights with respect to this Agreement; (2) as expressly permitted by this Agreement; (3) with the prior written consent of the Disclosing Party; or (4) pursuant to a summons, order or other judicial or governmental process issued by a Governmental Authority, or in connection with any regulatory report, audit, inquiry or other request for information from such a Governmental Authority, or as required by Applicable Law. Notwithstanding the foregoing, BofA and its Affiliates may provide Confidential Information to the Networks as necessary to provide the Sponsorship Services or comply with the Operating Rules.

 

- 18 -


 

  (e)  
Limited Access . Each Receiving Party shall: (1) limit access to the Disclosing Party’s Confidential Information to those employees, authorized agents, vendors, consultants, service providers and contractors who have a reasonable need to access such Confidential Information in connection with this Agreement; and (2) be bound by obligations with respect to each such Person substantially similar to those set forth in this Section 15.
  (f)  
Requests for Disclosure . In the event that a Receiving Party receives a request of the type described in Section 15(d) to disclose any Confidential Information, such Receiving Party shall: (1) notify the Disclosing Party thereof promptly after receipt of such request; (2) consult with the Disclosing Party on the advisability of taking steps to resist or vary such request; and (3) if disclosure is required or deemed advisable, cooperate with the Disclosing Party in any attempt that it may make to obtain a protective order or other reliable assurance that confidential treatment will be accorded to the Confidential Information.
  (g)  
Public Filings . Each Party shall obtain the other Party’s consent, not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed, if such Party believes that it is required to file this Agreement as an exhibit to one or more of its SEC filings.
  (h)  
Compliance with Applicable Law . Notwithstanding anything else contained in this Agreement, no Party shall be obligated to take any action that such Party believes in good faith would violate, or is reasonably likely to cause it to violate, any Applicable Law.
16.  
Miscellaneous.
  (a)  
Governing Law . This Agreement will be governed by, interpreted and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York, regardless of the laws that might otherwise govern under applicable principles of conflicts of laws thereof.
  (b)  
Jurisdiction; Venue . The Parties irrevocably consent to the exclusive personal jurisdiction and exclusive venue of the federal and state courts in New York, New York for any court action or proceeding relating to the Prior Agreement, this Agreement, or the relationships contemplated thereby. THE PARTIES HEREBY EXPRESSLY WAIVE ANY RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY OF ANY CLAIM, DEMAND, ACTION OR CAUSE OF ACTION RELATING TO THE PRIOR AGREEMENT, THIS AGREEMENT OR THE RELATIONSHIPS CONTEMPLATED THEREBY.
  (c)  
Amendments; Waivers . This Agreement may be amended only by a writing signed by all of the Parties. Course of dealing, implication or failure or a delay in exercising any Party’s rights and remedies hereunder will not effect any amendment or modification of this Agreement or the waiver of any such rights.
  (d)  
Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in multiple counterparts, each of which will constitute an original hereof, and all of which taken together will constitute one and the same agreement.
  (e)  
Entire Agreement . This Agreement contains the entire agreement of the Parties and supersede any prior or contemporaneous written or oral agreements between the Parties with respect to the subject matter hereof. In the event that this Agreement, or any portion hereof, conflicts with a Network’s Operating Rules, the applicable Operating Rules or relevant provision thereof will govern. There are no representations, warranties, agreements, arrangements, or understandings, oral or written between the Parties relating to the subject matter of this Agreement which are not fully expressed herein, or in the Operating Rules.

 

- 19 -


 

  (f)  
Notices . All notices permitted or required by this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given (1) upon personal delivery (whether by messenger, overnight delivery, telegram, or otherwise), (2) upon facsimile transmission (receipt of which is orally confirmed by the recipient) or upon transmission by tested telex, or (3) three (3) business days after deposit, postage prepaid, in the United States mail, if sent by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, and addressed:
     
in the case of notice to BofA, to:
  Bank of America, N.A.
 
  Attention: Paul Mooney
 
  MA5-100-08-12
 
  100 Federal Street 
 
  Boston, Massachusetts
 
  (617) 434-4289 (Fax) 
 
   
and in the case of notice to Company, to:
  Global Cash Access, Inc.
 
  Attention: General Counsel
 
  3525 E. Post Road, Suite 125 
 
  Las Vegas, Nevada 89120
 
  (702) 262-5039 (Fax) 
or in accordance with such other address information as the Party to receive notice may provide in writing to the other Party in accordance with the above notice provisions. Any notice given by any other method will be deemed to have been duly given upon receipt thereof.
  (g)  
Assignment . A Party shall not assign this Agreement or any of its rights hereunder without the prior written consent of the other Party; provided, however , that BofA may, without the prior written consent of Company, assign this Agreement or otherwise transfer any of its rights and obligations hereunder to any of its Affiliates, any successor-in-interest of BofA, or any entity which acquires a majority of BofA’s assets or operations. For avoidance of doubt, a change of control or ownership of a Party shall constitute an assignment of this Agreement. Subject to the foregoing, this Agreement shall be binding on the parties hereto and their respective successors and permitted assigns.
  (h)  
No Third-Party Beneficiaries . This Agreement will be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Parties and their respective legal representatives, successors and assigns. This Agreement is not for the benefit of any other person, and no other person will have any rights against Company or BofA hereunder.
  (i)  
Construction . Section headings in this Agreement are included for convenience only and shall not affect the meaning or interpretation of any provision of this Agreement. References in this Agreement to any Section are to such Section of this Agreement. Unless the context of this Agreement clearly requires otherwise, references to the plural include the singular, references to the singular include the plural, and the term “including” or “includes” is not limiting. The schedules, exhibits and attachments referred to herein shall be construed with and as an integral part of this Agreement to the same effect as if it were set forth verbatim herein.
  (j)  
Waiver . None of the provisions of this Agreement will be deemed to have been waived by any act or acquiescence on the part of either Party, their agents, or employees and may be waived only by instruments in writing signed by the authorized officer of the respective Party. No waiver of any provision or of the same provision on any occasion will operate as a waiver on another occasion.

 

- 20 -


 

  (k)  
Severability . If any clause, sentence or other provision or portion of this Agreement will for any reason become illegal, null or void, or be held by any court of competent jurisdiction to be illegal, null or void, the remaining portions of this Agreement will remain in full force and effect.
  (l)  
Further Assurances . The Parties from time to time after execution of this Agreement, without further consideration, will execute and deliver, as appropriate, such documents and take such actions as may be reasonably necessary or proper to carry out and consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have caused this Agreement to be executed as of the date first above written by their duly authorized officers.
                             
BANK OF AMERICA, N.A.       GLOBAL CASH ACCESS, INC.    
 
                           
By:   /s/ Paul Mooney       By:   /s/ Scott Betts    
                     
 
  Name:   Paul Mooney           Name:   Scott Betts    
 
  Title:   SVP           Title:   President and CEO    

 

- 21 -


 

Exhibit A
Networks With Respect to Sponsorship
Visa
MasterCard
STAR
Pulse, provided that Company has entered into a new agreement with Pulse to maintain its registration
Any other Networks mutually agreed upon by the Parties in writing.

 

- 1 -


 

Exhibit B
Reports
New Accounts Required Information for All New Merchants-requires bank consent prior to boarding
   
Copy of executed agreement
   
“Doing Business As” (DBA) name
   
Merchant legal name
   
Merchant outlet location, including street address, city, state and nine-digit ZIP code
   
Federal “Taxpayer Identification Number,” and identification of the number as either a “Federal Employer Identification Number (FEIN)” or “Social Security Number (SSN)
   
Incorporation status (e.g., corporation, partnership, sole proprietor, non-profit, or other)
   
Gaming Licensing
   
Telebet (non face to face) requires legal opinion merchant, legal opinion GCA, Effective controls by 3 rd party
   
Full first and last name, including middle initial, if merchant is a sole proprietor
   
MCC and, if applicable, any secondary MCCs
   
PCI DSS compliance
   
MATCH-clear
   
Physical site inspection
Transaction Monitoring
  1.  
Add location for ATM and/or POS location
  2.  
Ability to view the following data on a daily basis by client:
 
Gross sales volume
 
 
Average transaction amount
 
 
Number of transaction receipts
 
 
Number of chargebacks
 
 
Number of credits
Exception Reporting and Controls-daily
Exception activity reporting that includes daily reports to detect high-risk activity:
   
Authorizations — indicate controls established at the individual merchant and/or MCC level and subsequent reporting of exceptions
   
Key entered — High rates of key entered transactions
   
Deposits — Large out-of-pattern deposits and large individual transactions suspended and reviewed
   
Same card # — Multiple sales with the same card number is reviewed
   
Average transaction size — Large changes in the average transaction size.
   
New/inactive merchants — Deposit activity for new/inactive merchants.
   
Reduction in sales volume.
   
Increasing or excessive draft retrieval request rates.
   
Increasing or excessive chargeback rates by merchant location.
   
Address changes
   
DDA changes

 

- 1 -


 

Monthly Reporting
   
Key Management Reports 2009 — include at minimum # and $ transactions by card type, losses, chargeback, fraud, data compromise, chargeback by merchant location ID
   
Exception reports — fraud/suspicious activity, settlement failure, interchange monitoring/rejects, ATM outage, chargeback programs, significant fraud event or theft of a device
   
Organization charts indicating material organization changes — Executive Level
   
Location reporting/datafile — provide monthly list of all current open and closed MIDS (last 12 months) — provide MID # and Corp name, DBA name, address, MCC, transaction $ and # by location, returns/credits $ & # by location, CB $&# by location, fraud by location $  and # (CB reason code for fraud), date open, date closed, DBA name, SIC MCC(s), Visa POS Condition code, Visa Processing code, MasterCard TCC
   
Merchants placed on MATCH
   
TC 50
   
MasterCard Data Integrity
   
Changes to surcharging — validation in compliance with network rules and state rules
   
Customer PCI compliance — monthly report PCI compliance status of customers
   
Any material changes to responsible gaming policy procedures and controls
Quarterly
  1.  
PCI — Quarterly Scan — Annual ROC, Visa PIN & ANSI TR-39/TG3
 
  2.  
Visa volume reporting
 
  3.  
Visa PLUS reporting
 
  4.  
MasterCard [***] & [***] location reporting
 
  5.  
List of all third party vendors that have possession of CH data or perform ATM related services, encrypted or non encrypted include full description of function performed by third party
 
  6.  
List by ATM location, who owns device, who loads cash, performs maintenance receipt paper etc, performs hardware software maintenance and PIN encryption

 

- 2 -


 

Exhibit C
Permissible Merchant Category Codes
MCC [***], [***], [***], [***], [***] and [***] will require prior approval by BofA and registration with the applicable Network(s) before boarding of a Customer

 

- 1 -


 

Exhibit D
First Annapolis Review and Recommendations

 

- 1 -

Exhibit 10.51
Execution Version
[***] — Indicates confidential information. Confidential treatment requested.
Portion omitted filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.
FIRST AMENDMENT TO
AMENDED AND RESTATED SPONSORSHIP AGREEMENT
This First Amendment (“ First Amendment ”) to the Amended and Restated Sponsorship Agreement (“ Agreement ”), is entered into this November 5, 2010, by and between Bank of America, N.A. (“ BofA ”) and Global Cash Access, Inc., a Delaware corporation and the successor-in-interest to Global Cash Access, L.L.C. (“ Company ”). Company and BofA are sometimes referred to herein each as a “ Party ” and collectively as the “ Parties ”.
AGREEMENT
WHEREAS, On October 1, 2010, BofA and Company entered into the Agreement; and
WHEREAS, BofA and Company desire to amend the Agreement as set forth in this First Amendment;
NOW, THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which Company and BofA acknowledge, the Parties agree as follows:
1.  
Definitions. Except as otherwise stated herein, all terms used in this First Amendment shall have the meanings set forth in the Agreement. In addition, the following terms shall have the following meanings when used herein:
BofA ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement.
Company ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement.
First Amendment ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement.
First Amendment Effective Date ” means November 5, 2010.
GCA ” means Company.
Party ” and “ Parties ” have the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement.
Sponsorship Fee ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6(a) of this First Amendment.
Term ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7(c) of this First Amendment.
2.  
Relationship Between First Amendment and Agreement .
  (a)  
Effective as of the First Amendment Effective Date, this First Amendment amends the Agreement as set forth herein. In the event of any conflict between the First Amendment and the Agreement, the First Amendment shall govern.
  (b)  
All references in the Agreement or this First Amendment to the “Agreement” shall be deemed to refer to the Agreement as amended by this First Amendment.
  (c)  
Except as expressly amended by this First Amendment, all terms of the Agreement shall remain unchanged.

 

 


 

3.  
Transfer of BINS and ICAs .
Notwithstanding anything in the Agreement, upon the transfer of a BIN or ICA from BofA to a new provider of Sponsorship Services, Company shall discontinue referring to BofA with respect to such BIN or ICA and any transactions relating to or occurring under such BIN or ICA, and shall notify all affected Customers of the transfer of the BIN or ICA from BofA to the new provider of Sponsorship Services.
4.  
Reports .
Exhibit B to the Agreement is modified by adding, under the heading “New Accounts,” the following new report: OFAC.
5.  
Reserve Amount.
Notwithstanding anything in the Agreement, BofA may increase the Reserve Amount in its discretion by providing written notice to Company in the event that (1) Company experiences any security breach of the type described in Section 6(d) of the Agreement; (2) BofA reasonably suspects fraud; (3) a Material Adverse Event occurs; or (4) BofA determines an increase is necessary because of anticipated liability for chargebacks, fines, assessments or other amounts owing, or to become due and owing, to a Network Party with respect to any BIN / ICA with respect to which BofA provides Sponsorship Services, or any transactions thereon.
6.  
Sponsorship Fees.
  (a)  
Beginning as of the First Amendment Effective Date, Company shall pay BofA a fee (the “ Sponsorship Fee ”) equal to [***] basis points of the dollar volume of credit and signature debit transactions processed through the BINs and ICAs currently used by Company, which are the subject of the Sponsorship Services. BofA shall invoice Company for Sponsorship Fees on a monthly basis, and Company shall pay each invoice within fifteen (15) days.
  (b)  
The Sponsorship Fees is in addition to any other fees, fines, assessments and expenses that may be imposed by a Network, for which Company is responsible under the Agreement, notwithstanding that such fees, fines, assessments or expenses may be imposed on BofA or other third-party service providers rather than directly imposed on Company.
7.  
Term and Termination
  (a)  
Basis of Extension . Company hereby represents to BofA that: (1) at the time the Parties entered into the Agreement, Company had reached tentative agreement with MetaBank to replace BofA as the provider of BIN / ICA sponsorship services; (2) at the time the Parties entered into the Agreement, Company reasonably believed that such replacement could be completed by the date the Agreement is scheduled to expire; (3) uncertainty has arisen over whether MetaBank will enter into such agreement to provide BIN / ICA sponsorship services, in part because MetaBank may need to obtain regulatory approval to enter into such agreement with Company and Company does not know whether such approval will be provided to MetaBank; and (4) Company believes that Company will be able to (A) complete its tentative agreement with MetaBank, or enter into an agreement with another provider of BIN / ICA sponsorship services, and (B) cause such new provider to enter into an assignment and assumption agreement relating to BofA’s BINs and ICAs sponsored for Company, no later than April 1, 2011, and on that basis has requested BofA to extend the Term of the Agreement until such date.

 

- 2 -


 

  (b)  
Conditions of Extension . Company acknowledges and agrees that (1) BofA is agreeing to the extension to the Term of the Agreement under this Section 7 on the basis that, among other things, the representations of Company to BofA under Section 7(a) are true and correct in all respects; (2) Company will use its best efforts to enter into a new agreement with another provider of BIN / ICA sponsorship services, and to cause such new provider to enter into an assignment and assumption agreement with BofA in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A , no later than April 1, 2011; and (3) BofA shall have not obligation to provide any additional or other extension of the Term of the Agreement beyond April 1, 2011, and Company assumes all risks and liabilities if, for any reason whatsoever, Company is not able to enter into such an agreement or cause such new provider to enter into such agreement with BofA and BofA ceases to provide Sponsorship Services under the Agreement after the extension provided pursuant to this Amendment.
  (c)  
Term . Section 14(a)(1) of the Agreement is amended by replacing such Section in its entirety with the following:
“This Agreement shall become effective on the Effective Date and shall continue in full force and effect until April 1, 2011 (the “ Term ”). This Agreement shall automatically terminate upon the end the Term, without notice or other action by a Party, and shall not be renewed or otherwise extended beyond the end of the Term except pursuant to a writing signed by both Parties in their sole and absolute discretion.”
  (d)  
Additional BofA Termination Rights . In addition to any other termination rights under the Agreement, and notwithstanding any other provision of the Agreement, BofA may terminate or suspend this Agreement, or cease providing Sponsorship Services with respect to a Customer:
  (1)  
by providing written notice to Company in the event that: (A) Company fails to maintain compliance with the PCI Data Security Standards; (B) Company fails to maintain compliance with applicable Network personal identification number security requirements; (C) Company engages in any fraudulent activity; (D) Company engages in any activity which presents a security or financial risk to BofA or any of its Affiliates or would, in BofA’s reasonable belief, have an adverse impact on the reputation of BofA or any of its Affiliates; or (E) Company submits Card Transactions on behalf of any Customer that is not licensed to operate as a gaming establishment or otherwise approved in writing by BofA; or
  (2)  
by providing written notice to Company in the event that any Company License that is material to Company’s performance of its obligations under this Agreement is revoked, and (A) Company has failed to initiate a cure of such revocation within the greater of three (3) business days or any period provided by such Governmental Authority, if any; or (B) such Governmental Authority confirms or upholds its decision to revoke such License after Company has attempted to cure such revocation; or (C) such License is required in order for Company to operate the business of providing Payment Services in compliance with Applicable Law and this Agreement, and Company is not permitted under Applicable Law to operate such business under such License during the period in which Company is seeking to cure such revocation.

 

- 3 -


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have caused this First Amendment to be executed as of the date first above written by their duly authorized officers.
                             
BANK OF AMERICA, N.A.       GLOBAL CASH ACCESS, INC.    
 
                           
By:   /s/ Paul Mooney       By:   /s/ Scott Betts    
                     
 
  Name:   Paul Mooney           Name:   Scott Betts    
 
  Title:   S.V.P.           Title:   President and CEO    

 

- 4 -


 

EXHIBIT A
Form of
ASSIGNMENT AND ASSUMPTION AGREEMENT
This Assignment and Assumption Agreement (“ Agreement ”) is effective as of  _____ , 20_____  (the “ Effective Date ”) by and between Bank of America, N.A. (“ Assignor ”), and  _____  (“ Assignee ”). Assignor and Assignee are sometimes referred to in this Agreement individually as a “ Party ” and collectively as the “ Parties ”.
WHEREAS, Assignor and Global Cash Access Inc. (“ Company ”) are parties to an Amended and Restated Sponsorship Agreement entered into effective as of September 30, 2010 (the “ Sponsorship Agreement ”) pursuant to which Assignor provides certain sponsorship and other services to Company and certain affiliates of Company;
WHEREAS, the sponsorship services provided by Assignor under the Sponsorship Agreement include sponsoring the BINs and ICAs described on Schedule 1 to this Agreement (individually a “ Sponsored BIN/ICA ” and collectively the “ Sponsored BINs/ICAs ”); and
WHEREAS, Assignor desires to assign all of Assignor’s rights and obligations with respect to the Sponsored BINs/ICAs to Assignee, on the terms and conditions stated herein; and
WHEREAS, Assignee desires to assume all of Assignor’s rights and obligations with respect to the Sponsored BINs/ICAs, on the terms and conditions stated herein;
NOW, THEREFORE, for the promises made herein and for other good and valuable consideration the receipt and sufficiency of which are acknowledged, the Parties agree as follows:
1.  
Assignor hereby assigns and transfers to Assignee, and Assignee hereby accepts and assumes from Assignor, all of Assignor’s right, title and interest with respect to the Sponsored BINs/ICAs in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement. The transfer of a Sponsored BIN/ICA from Assignor to Assignee shall become effective as of the date on which such BIN or ICA is transferred from Assignor to Assignee on the records of MasterCard Worldwide Incorporated or Visa USA, Inc. (the “Card Organization”), or such other date as the Parties may agree upon in writing (the “Conversion Date”). Each Party shall cooperate with the other Party and engage in good faith efforts to obtain the consent of the applicable Card Organization to assignment and assumption of the Sponsored BINs/ICAs and to accomplish such assignment and assumption.
2.  
The Parties expressly acknowledge and agree that, as between Assignor and Assignee: (a) Assignor shall have all rights and obligations with respect to transactions occurring under a Sponsored BIN/ICA before the Conversion Date, and Assignee shall have no such rights or obligations with respect to such transactions; and (b) Assignee shall have all rights and obligations with respect to transactions relating to or occurring under a Sponsored BIN/ICA on or after the Conversion Date, and Assignor shall have no such rights or obligations with respect to such transactions. The allocation of rights and obligations under this Section 2 shall apply with respect to a transaction occurring under a Sponsored BIN/ICA on the basis of when such transaction is processed under such Sponsored BIN/ICA, regardless of whether or not such transaction relates to an earlier transaction under the Sponsored BIN/ICA. Assignor and Assignee agree to promptly reimburse each other to accomplish the foregoing allocation of rights and obligations upon presentation of appropriate documentation if such allocation is not carried out through settlement with the Card Associations.

 

- 5 -


 

3.  
Each Party hereby represents and warrants to the other Party that this Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by such Party pursuant to its corporate powers and constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligation of Assignor enforceable in accordance with its terms, except as such enforcement may be limited by insolvency, equitable considerations or similar matters. Assignee represents and warrants to Assignor that Assignee is a member in good standing of each of the Card Organizations and meets all operational and financial requirements of such Card Organizations to accept the assignment of the Sponsored BINS/ICAs and to provide sponsorship services to Company with respect to such Sponsored BINS/ICAs.
4.  
Assignor hereby indemnifies, saves, defends and holds Assignee harmless from and against any and all liability, loss, damage, claim, suit, action, cost or expense (including judicial and administrative proceedings, settlements, court costs and reasonable fees and expenses of attorneys and consultants) (“Losses”) arising out of or directly or indirectly relating to: (a) the breach by Assignor of any of Assignor’s covenants, representations, warranties or agreements contained herein; (b) any act or omission of Assignor prior to the Conversion Date with respect to any Sponsored BINs/ICAs; or (c) any fine, assessment or penalty imposed prior to the Conversion by a Card Association with respect to any Sponsored BINs/ICAs; provided that Assignor shall not be obligated to indemnify Assignee for the gross negligence or willful misconduct or Assignee.
5.  
Assignee hereby indemnifies, saves, defends and holds Assignor harmless from and against any and all Losses arising out of or directly or indirectly relating to: (a) the breach by Assignee of any of Assignee’s representations, warranties, covenants or agreements contained herein; (b) any act or omission of the Assignee on and after the Conversion Date with respect to any Sponsored BINs/ICAs; or (c) any fine, assessment or penalty imposed on or after the Conversion Date by a Card Association with respect to any Sponsored BINs/ICAs; provided that Assignee shall not be obligated to indemnify Assignor for the gross negligence or willful misconduct or Assignor.
6.  
Each Party shall give such further assurances to the other Party as are reasonable, and shall execute, acknowledge and deliver such documents, instruments and take such further actions as are reasonable, to carry out the transactions contemplated by this Agreement in accordance with the terms hereof.
7.  
There are no third-party beneficiaries of this Agreement, including Company, and this Agreement does not create any rights in any other person.
8.  
No Party shall be responsible to the other Party (via indemnification or otherwise) for any consequential, punitive, special or similar damages.
9.  
This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York.
10.  
This Agreement may not be amended, modified or waived except in a writing executed by the authorized officers of the Parties.
11.  
This Agreement contains the entire agreement of the Parties and supersede any prior or contemporaneous written or oral agreements between the Parties with respect to the subject matter hereof.
12.  
This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be an original, but all of which shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

- 6 -


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have executed and delivered this Agreement as of the day and year written above.
             
    BANK OF AMERICA, N.A.    
 
           
 
  Signature:          
 
   
 
   
 
    Print Name:        
 
     
 
   
 
    Title:      
 
     
 
   
 
           
 
  [Assignee]        
 
           
 
  Signature:          
 
   
 
   
 
    Print Name:        
 
     
 
   
 
    Title:      
 
     
 
   
Company hereby acknowledges and agrees that the assignment and assumption of the Sponsored BINs/ICAs under this Agreement shall not modify, limit or restrict Company’s obligations to Assignor under the Sponsorship Agreement, including with respect to chargebacks, assessments, fines, and other amounts that may be owing to Assignor. For the avoidance of doubt, Assignor may seek full reimbursement from the reserve account established by, or the letter of credit maintained by, Company under the Sponsorship Agreement for those amounts owed to Assignor under the Sponsorship Agreement.
             
    Global Cash Access, Inc.    
 
           
 
  Signature:          
 
   
 
   
 
    Print Name:        
 
     
 
   
 
    Title:      
 
     
 
   

 

- 7 -


 

Schedule 1
to
Assignment and Assumption Agreement
List of Sponsored BINs/ICAs
ICA [***]
ICA [***]
BIN [***]
BIN [***]

 

1

Exhibit 10.52
EXECUTION VERSION
[***] — Indicates confidential information. Confidential treatment requested.
Portion omitted filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.
CONTRACT CASH SOLUTIONS AGREEMENT
DATED AS OF NOVEMBER 12, 2010
BETWEEN
GLOBAL CASH ACCESS, INC.
AND
WELLS FARGO BANK, N. A.

 

 


 

This CONTRACT CASH SOLUTIONS AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) is entered into as of November 12, 2010 (the “Effective Date”), by and between GLOBAL CASH ACCESS, INC. (“GCA” or “Client”), a Delaware corporation, with its principal office located at 3525 E. Post Road, Suite 120, Las Vegas, NV 89120 and WELLS FARGO BANK, N.A. (“ Wells Fargo ”), a national banking association organized and existing under the laws of the United States with an office located at 3800 Howard Hughes Parkway, Suite 400, Las Vegas NV 89169. Client and Wells Fargo may be referred to herein as a “ Party ,” or “ Parties ” when referring to both of them.
Recitals
1. Client, directly or through its affiliates, owns leases, operates, provides cash for or manages a network of automated teller machines and other similar types of devices that can dispense currency (collectively, “ ATMs ” or “ Machines ”).
2. The Machines that are subject to this Agreement (the “ Covered Machines”) are listed in Exhibit A to this Agreement; as such exhibit may be amended from time to time pursuant to the terms of this Agreement.
3. Client may, from time to time, replace existing Machines with other Machines in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.
4. Subject to the terms of this Agreement, Wells Fargo desires (a) to provide the currency needed for the dispensing requirements of all of the Covered Machines (the “ Contract Cash Services ”) in the amounts to be specified by Client from time to time pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, and (b) to perform balancing and processing services (“ Balancing and Processing Services ”) (and collectively, the “ Work ”) for the Covered Machines.
5. Wells Fargo, through its vault network, Federal Reserve Bank vaults, and various third-party providers (each a “ Cash Supplier ”) will cause the Cash to be made available to the Armored Carriers for use in the Covered Machines, and Armored Carriers shall transport and replenish the Cash in the Covered Machines in accordance with this Agreement and the Armored Carrier Letter Agreements.
6. Client has entered into contracts with each of the persons and entities listed on Exhibit B as servicers (together with any successor or assign, individually, a “ Servicer ” and collectively, “ Servicers ”) to perform certain services in connection with the Covered Machines pursuant to separate agreements with Servicers (hereinafter referred to individually as a “ Servicer Agreement ” and collectively as the “ Servicer Agreements ”). In the event Client desires to add a new service provider to provide certain services in connection with one or more Covered Machines (other than dispensing change incidental to the service), Client may add such new service provider as a Servicer to Exhibit B by providing 30 days written notice to Wells Fargo and submitting an amended Exhibit B to Wells Fargo listing the new and current Servicers and an executed Servicer Letter for the new service provider.

 

 


 

7. Client has entered into, and will, with respect to future services, enter into prior to any Servicer providing any services, a letter agreement with each Servicer, in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit C (each, a “ Servicer Letter ”) by which the parties thereto acknowledge or will acknowledge their rights and obligations with respect to the Cash and Receivables (as defined therein) and the procedures for settlement of transactions involving the dispensing of Cash from Covered Machines.
8. Client has entered into contracts with one or more armored carriers (together with any successor or assign, and individually, “ Armored Carrier ” and collectively, “ Armored Carriers ”) for purposes, among other things, of delivering Cash to, and retrieving Cash from, the Covered Machines (collectively, the “ Armored Carrier Contracts ,” and individually, an “ Armored Carrier Contract ”) and has entered into a separate letter agreement in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit D with each Armored Carrier in connection with the Covered Machines among Client, Wells Fargo and Armored Carrier (individually, “ Armored Carrier Letter Agreement ” and collectively the “ Armored Carrier Letter Agreements ”).
9. Client may contract with one or more third-parties (together with any successor or assign, individually, a “ Maintenance Provider ,” and collectively, the “ Maintenance Providers ”) who in connection with its duties to maintain the Covered Machines, may have access to the Cash in the Covered Machines. Each such agreement with a Maintenance Provider shall be referred to individually herein as a “ Maintenance Contract ” and collectively, “ Maintenance Contracts ”. Client has entered into, and will, with respect to future Maintenance Providers, enter into a separate letter agreement with each Maintenance Provider in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit E (individually a “ Maintenance Letter ” and collectively, the “ Maintenance Letters ”).
Agreement
ACCORDINGLY, the Parties to this Agreement agree as follows:
I.  
General .
  A.  
Inconsistencies; Incorporation of Recitals . In the case of inconsistencies between this Agreement and any other agreements between Wells Fargo and Client that deal with the subject matter of this Agreement (including Wells Fargo account agreements), the terms of this Agreement shall prevail. The Recitals set forth above are incorporated herein by reference as part of this Agreement.
  B.  
Effect of non-Business Days on deadlines . If any deadline specified in this Agreement falls upon a non-Business Day, such deadline shall be extended to the next day that is a Business Day.
  C.  
Recovery Plan . The provisions of the current cash retrieval and disaster recovery plans attached hereto as Exhibit F (“ Recovery Plan ”) are incorporated in and supplement the terms of this Agreement. The locations and delivery times of Wells Fargo Network Locations and other information in the cash recovery plan attached as Exhibit F will be supplemented or otherwise restated monthly based upon updated information from Client and upon Client’s addition or deletion of a Covered Machine. Any other supplements or restatements of the Recovery Plan shall become effective only upon the prior written consent of Client.

 

2


 

  D.  
Covered Machines . The current list of Covered Machines is set forth in Exhibit A . Subject to Section I.F. below, Client may (i) upon five Business Days prior written notice to Wells Fargo, delete Machines listed as Covered Machines (such deletion to be effective only after all Cash is removed from the Covered Machines by the Armored Carrier) or (ii) add new Covered Machines to Exhibit A from time to time upon written notice to Wells Fargo according to the procedure set forth in this Paragraph. If the new Covered Machines can be serviced by an existing Wells Fargo Network Location and the aggregate number of Covered Machines being added does not exceed 10, Client will provide Wells Fargo fourteen calendar days’ prior written notice of the change. If the new Covered Machines will require a new Wells Fargo Network Location or if the aggregate number of Covered Machines being added exceeds 10 but is less than 50, Client will provide Wells Fargo 30 calendar days’ prior written notice of the change. If the aggregate number of new Covered Machines equals or exceeds 50, Client will provide notice to Wells Fargo and the parties will work together to establish a reasonable time frame within which the new Covered Machines will be added. Wells Fargo agrees to supply the Cash to the new Covered Machines in the continental United States from the nearest Wells Fargo Network Location. Wells Fargo will respond to Client’s request for a new Wells Fargo Network Location in writing within 10 Business Days of Client’s request to add new Covered Machine(s), and such response will indicate the proposed Wells Fargo Network Location that Wells Fargo intends to use to supply the Cash to the new Covered Machine(s). Client will respond in writing to Wells Fargo within 10 Business Days, either approving or rejecting the proposed Wells Fargo Network Location for the proposed Covered Machine(s) and describing the reasons for a rejection. If Client rejects the proposed Wells Fargo Network Location(s) for a proposed Covered Machine(s), Client may supply the new Machine(s) with currency and coin from another source, and such new Machine(s) shall not be added to Exhibit A as a Covered Machine(s). Notwithstanding any other provision to the contrary, any Covered Machines being added during the first or last week of a month (the “Freeze Period”) will be done solely on a best efforts basis. In no event will Work be performed for Covered Machines except by Wells Fargo.
  E.  
Exceptions . For avoidance of doubt and in addition to any exclusions set forth in this Agreement, the Parties agree that nothing herein shall be deemed to prohibit Client from procuring currency and coin for the Covered Machines from any source other than Wells Fargo if Wells Fargo is unable to provide Cash (on account of a Force Majeure Event or otherwise) so long as (i) any Cash is first removed from the applicable Covered Machine (at which time the Machine will be deleted from Exhibit A ), and (ii) Cash is never commingled with currency or coin of Client or any other person or source.
  F.  
Annual Covered Machines Count . On the Effective Date and on each May 1 during the term hereof, Client will provide to Wells Fargo a forecast of the number of Machines that will be Covered Machines during the following calendar year.

 

3


 

II.  
Contract Cash Services; Work .
  A.  
Wells Fargo’s General Obligation to Supply Cash . Subject to the terms of this Agreement, Wells Fargo agrees to furnish or cause to be furnished all United States currency in denominations and that either is new or is in a physical condition suitable for dispensing from a Machine in the amounts to be ordered by Client, on behalf of Client or any of its affiliates (such new or ATM fit United States currency as provided or arranged by Wells Fargo, the “ Cash ”).
  B.  
Orders . Subject to Section II.C below, Wells Fargo agrees to supply (or cause to be supplied) all of the Covered Machines with adequate Cash to meet Client’s Cash order requests for each of the Covered Machines. Prior to the date that Wells Fargo begins supplying Cash under this Agreement, Client will provide Wells Fargo with a forecast of Cash needed per Wells Fargo Network Location and denomination to meet operating activities and Wells Fargo and Client acknowledge and agree that Client has provided an initial forecast of Cash needed prior to the Effective Date. Client will also provide at least ten calendar days’ prior written notice of the forecasted amount and denomination of Cash needed per Wells Fargo Network Location to accommodate holiday spikes, new locations and increased activities. Client shall give Wells Fargo an order for Cash by the time(s) designated for each Wells Fargo, Cash Supplier, Federal Reserve or other vault location (each a “ Wells Fargo Network Location ”). Client shall specify the amount and denomination of Cash to be supplied in the manner required under Wells Fargo’s cash vault ordering requirements. In the event that any applicable Wells Fargo Network Location cannot supply a Client with the volume of adequate Cash required to meet each Cash order for the Covered Machines, Wells Fargo shall use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain from other sources as much of such Cash as is practicable to fill Client’s order.
  C.  
Maximum Amount of Cash to be Supplied . The aggregate total of Cash to be provided by Wells Fargo under this Agreement shall at no time exceed $400 Million Dollars including (i) all Cash with Armored Carriers, (ii) all Cash in Covered Machines, and (iii) all payments owed by Servicers, including any amount to be reimbursed by way of credit to the Settlement Account in immediately available funds, net of all adjustments, chargebacks, representations and other corrections to all transactions under the Servicing Agreements (the “ Maximum Available Amount ”); provided, however, Wells Fargo acknowledges that Client may require Cash not to exceed $50 Million Dollars in excess of the Maximum Available Amount (the “Additional Requested Amount”) for a particular calendar day (e.g. New Year’s Eve), on an occasional basis but in no event more than four times in any calendar year, and in such a situation, Client shall use best efforts to notify Wells Fargo with reasonable advance notice of the anticipated calendar day and the anticipated amount of the Additional Requested Amount”) and Wells Fargo shall provide the Maximum Available Amount and shall use best efforts to provide Cash in an amount equal to the Additional Requested Amount.

 

4


 

  D.  
No Commingling of Cash . Client agrees that during the term of this Agreement the only currency to be placed in any of the cash cassettes used for dispensing currency from a Covered Machine shall be Wells Fargo’s Cash. This restriction on commingling applies irrespective of whether Client intends to supply currency to a particular Covered Machine from another cash provider and regardless of whether Wells Fargo failed to supply the Covered Machine or otherwise.
  E.  
Cash May Only be Used in Covered Machines . Client agrees that at no time will Cash (i) be used or placed in Machines other than the Covered Machines, or (ii) be used for a purpose other than dispensing currency needs at the Covered Machines.
  F.  
Work . Subject to the terms and conditions hereof, Wells Fargo will provide Work for the Covered Machines during the term of this Agreement in a manner consistent with the terms of this Agreement.
  G.  
Third-Party Premises . Except as otherwise provided below, all agreements between Client and its affiliates and their respective customers (“Customer(s)”) for the placement of a Machine on such Customer’s premises (each a “ Machine Placement Agreement ”) shall comply with the following requirements before such Machine shall be deemed a Covered Machine:
  1.  
Ownership of Cash . The Machine Placement Agreement, or equivalent agreement, shall not grant any ownership interest or other right to Customer in and to the Cash contained in the Covered Machines.
  2.  
Wells Fargo Access to Covered Machines . At least between the hours of 8:00 a.m. and 5:00 p.m. local time and such additional time periods that a Customer may deem to be its normal business hours (and upon reasonable request during non-business hours), Wells Fargo, and its authorized agents, shall be permitted by a Customer to enter on the premises on which the Covered Machines are located to inspect the Covered Machines, deliver Cash to and retrieve Cash from the Covered Machines, supervise and/or inspect the servicing and repair of Covered Machines and otherwise protect Wells Fargo’s interest in the Cash contained in the Covered Machines; subject to a Customer’s licensing and security policies and procedures regarding vendors performing services on a Customer’s premises.
  3.  
Third-Party Access to Cash Prohibited . The Machine Placement Agreement shall not allow or grant Customer any right to access the Cash in any Covered Machine without the express written consent of Client.

 

5


 

III.  
Plan and Procedures . To ensure repayment of the Cash dispensed from the Covered Machines (the “ Dispensed Cash ”) and to enable Wells Fargo to perform the Work, the Parties agree to the settlement, and balancing and processing procedures set forth below:
  A.  
Pilot Period and Pilot Machines . Before the Work begins under this Agreement, Wells Fargo and Client agree that Wells Fargo will conduct a test pilot of Contract Cash Services (the “Pilot”) at one or more mutually agreed upon locations covering a mutually agreed upon number of Machines. The Pilot will commence as soon as possible after the execution of this Agreement by the Parties and will terminate on November 29, 2010, unless an extension is separately agreed to in writing by the Parties. The aggregate total of Cash to be provided during the Pilot shall at no time exceed $4 million including (i) all Cash with Armored Carriers, (ii) all Cash in Pilot Machines, and (iii) all payments owed by Client in accordance with Exhibit G hereto. Client agrees to use commercially reasonable efforts to cause any required third parties to fully cooperate with Well Fargo in connection with the Pilot. With respect to any Cash dispensed from any Machine during the Pilot, the Parties agree to the settlements and reconciliation procedures set forth on Exhibit G attached hereto. The Pilot may be terminated (i) by either Party for convenience upon notice to the other Party; or, (ii) immediately upon notice by Wells Fargo to Client in the event Client fails to pay the settlement for the Pilot Cash as set forth in Exhibit G. The Parties agree that the Pilot Machines shall be Covered Machines for the purposes of this Agreement and the rights and responsibilities of the Parties during the Pilot shall be governed by the terms of this Agreement except as such terms are modified specifically for the Pilot in this Section or in Exhibit G.
  B.  
Commencement . The settlement procedures for Covered Machines shall become effective on a date to be agreed upon in writing by the Parties (the “ Settlement Start Date ”). The Settlement Start Date shall be the date the Wells Fargo currency is placed in the cash cassette at one or more of the initial Covered Machines, or is in the Armored Carrier’s vault or is in transit with the Armored Carrier, in each case intended for use in such Covered Machines (the “ Starting Cash ”). The Starting Cash shall be effected as orders are placed and Cash is dispensed from each Covered Machine, and as Cash is in the Armored Carrier’s vault or is in transit with the Armored Carrier, in each case intended for use in Covered Machines.
  C.  
Daily Reports .
  1.  
By 7:00 a.m., Central Time, on each Business Day, Client shall deliver to Wells Fargo daily reports (“ Daily Reports ”) as follows:
  a.  
File 1 . A report (a “ File 1 Report ”) that provides the amount of Cash dispensed from each Covered Machine between 3 p.m. Pacific Time (the “Beginning Measurement Time”) through settlement, which is 3:00 p.m. Pacific Time of the immediately preceding Business Day (“ Daily Dispensed Cash ”); and
  b.  
File 2 . A report (a “ File 2 Report ”) that provides the amount of Cash dispensed from each Covered Machine serviced since the preceding Business Day from the Beginning Measurement Time until such Covered Machine was serviced and cash cassettes swapped by the Armored Carrier on the immediately preceding Business Day.

 

6


 

  2.  
Armored Carrier Service Report . Utilizing the iCom Reporting System selected by Wells Fargo, by 12:00 p.m. local time (unless an exception is granted in writing by Wells Fargo) on each Business Day, the Armored Carriers shall deliver to Wells Fargo a report reflecting each Covered Machine serviced and the Cash balance in each Covered Machine at the time of service (together with corrections and adjustments input in such system, the “ Service Report ”). Service Reports shall be used by Wells Fargo as part of the reconciliation process contemplated hereby. Wells Fargo will provide, without additional cost to Client, training for agreed upon systems changes.
  3.  
Daily Report by Wells Fargo . By 4:00 p.m. Pacific Time on each Business Day (provided Wells Fargo has timely received all reports and information provided for hereunder from third-parties), Wells Fargo shall deliver to Client daily reports (each a “ Bank Report ”) in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit H which provides daily information for the Covered Machines. Reports will be for the activity occurring two Business Days prior to the current date.
  4.  
Daily Report of Transfer Activity. By 11:00 a.m. Pacific Time on each Business Day, Wells Fargo shall deliver to Client a report detailing funds transfers between the Settlement Account and the Operating Account (the “ Funds Transfer Report ”).
  5.  
Other Reports. Client shall provide access and passwords to Wells Fargo, when and as needed by Wells Fargo to satisfy its agreement to provide Work hereunder, so that Wells Fargo can determine load amounts (as well as expected return) by Machine. All information will be in an electronic file format readily usable by Wells Fargo.
  D.  
Settlement Accounts . The Wells Fargo account designated by WF to Client separately in writing shall be used as the settlement account (the “ Settlement Account ). Wells Fargo may from time to time designate a different account to be used as the Settlement Account by giving 30 Business Days prior written notice to Client.
  E.  
Settlements . All settlements with Servicers or Client for Dispensed Cash shall be effected by wire transfer directly into the Settlement Account. By 9:00 a.m., Pacific Time, on each Business Day, Client shall wire transfer into the Settlement Account an amount equal to the difference, if any, between the Daily Dispensed Cash and the amounts received from Servicers on such Business Day. At or after 1:00 p.m. Pacific Time each Business Day, Wells Fargo shall debit the Settlement Account for an amount not to exceed the Daily Dispensed Cash for the previous day and thereafter shall either (i) credit the Operating Account by the amount, if any, by which the balance in the Settlement Account prior to debit exceeds the Daily Dispensed Cash or (ii) debit the Operating Account by the amount, if any, by which the balance in the Settlement Account is negative. For the avoidance of doubt, the Parties agree that the provisions of this Section shall be suspended in the event and during the period of a temporary system failure that may not rise to the level of a Force Majeure Event, but nonetheless prevents Client from making payments of Cash Settlement, provided that Client notifies Wells Fargo of the reason for such failure and provides Wells Fargo with supporting documentation substantiating the reason for such failure.

 

7


 

Client hereby acknowledges and understands that it is completely responsible for any loss to Wells Fargo as the result of the misrouting of Dispensed Cash by any network processor, whether or not a Servicer.
  F.  
Viewing of Settlement Accounts . Client shall have viewing access to the Settlement Account until Final Settlement occurs. “ Final Settlement ” means, with regards to the Parties, Servicers, Armored Carriers, the Maintenance Providers, and each and every other related party, the closing settlement of the Settlement Account and the Operating Account, including all fees and expenses, all Cash and other funds, and all obligations and duties owed which are subject to this Agreement, at the time of the expiration or termination of this Agreement.
  G.  
Reconciliation .
  1.  
Ongoing Reconciliation . Following receipt of the Daily Reports each Business Day, Wells Fargo shall endeavor to reconcile all out-of-balance amounts of Cash from the amounts reported in the Daily Reports and the Service Reports. If at any time Wells Fargo learns that Cash is out-of-balance (by use of the Bank Reports or otherwise), Wells Fargo shall notify Client of the imbalance within five days of such discovery, and within 60 days of the Business Day on which the Machine was out-of-balance, Wells Fargo shall credit or debit, as applicable, the Operating Account for any remaining overage or shortage.
  2.  
Final Reconciliation. The Parties will use commercially reasonable efforts to complete a final reconciliation of Cash amounts upon termination or expiration of this Agreement within 10 Business Days after the effective date of such termination or expiration.
  H.  
Client Operating Account . Client shall designate a Wells Fargo deposit account as their operating account (the “ Operating Account ”). The Operating Account shall be used for (i) all credits and debits of imbalances, and (ii) for debit by Wells Fargo of fees owing pursuant to this Agreement. Client may designate a different account at Wells Fargo to be used as the Operating Account from time to time upon 30 Business Days’ prior written notice to Wells Fargo.
  I.  
Business Day . “ Business Day ” shall mean any day other than weekends or holidays observed by the Federal Reserve Banks or Wells Fargo, and with respect to each Covered Machine, the Cash Supplier that is making Cash available to such Covered Machine.

 

8


 

IV.  
Risk of Loss .
  A.  
Risk of Loss — Cash in Covered Machines . As between Wells Fargo and Client, Client shall bear all risk of loss and all liability with respect to the Cash during the time the Cash is located in the Covered Machines, including, but not limited to, loss due to theft or destruction of any of the Cash (whether or not such theft or destruction is due to an event beyond Client’s reasonable control), malfunction of equipment, or misfeasance or malfeasance of Client, Maintenance Provider, and their agents or employees. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Client shall not be liable or responsible for any loss of Cash:
  1.  
to the extent due to the intentional acts or omissions of Wells Fargo, its agents, or employees;
 
  2.  
where specifically provided otherwise herein;
  3.  
before Cash ordered under this Agreement has been picked up by an Armored Carrier.
  B.  
Risk of Loss — Cash In Possession of Wells Fargo or a Wells Fargo Network Location . As between Wells Fargo and Client, Wells Fargo shall bear all risk of loss with respect to Cash both (1) after such Cash has been returned to a Wells Fargo Network Location, and (2) before such Cash has been picked up by an Armored Carrier pursuant to Client’s order for the ultimate purpose of supplying a Covered Machine. The foregoing risk of loss includes without limitation, loss due to theft or destruction of any of the Cash (whether or not such theft or destruction is due to an event beyond Wells Fargo’s reasonable control), malfunction of Wells Fargo equipment, or misfeasance or malfeasance of Wells Fargo, its agents or employees.
  C.  
Risk of Loss — Cash in Possession of Armored Carrier . Except as otherwise provided herein, as between Wells Fargo and Client, Client expressly assumes and agrees to indemnify Wells Fargo for any and all liability with respect to a Cash shortage, or loss, theft, disappearance, robbery, or destruction of any of the Cash during the time the same is (or should be) in the possession of an Armored Carrier until it is returned to a Wells Fargo Network Location.
  1.  
Notwithstanding the foregoing, Client shall not be liable to Wells Fargo for any loss, theft, or destruction of the Cash to the extent due to the gross negligence or intentional misconduct of Wells Fargo, any Cash Supplier or their respective agents or employees. Nothing herein shall be deemed to relieve an Armored Carrier of its responsibilities with regard to the Cash.

 

9


 

  2.  
Wells Fargo shall assign to Client all of Wells Fargo’s rights to collect any Cash losses, theft or destruction from the Armored Carrier upon collection by Wells Fargo from Client for such losses, theft or destruction. Wells Fargo shall use commercially reasonable efforts to cooperate with, and assist, Client in collecting such unpaid amounts after such assignment, including providing Client with any evidence of the claimed shortage, loss, theft or destruction. All such efforts by Wells Fargo shall be at Client’s expense.
  3.  
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, any risk of loss during redelivery upon a Wells Fargo Event of Default of the Cash shall be borne by Wells Fargo, provided that Client shall remain liable for Cash shortages in the Covered Machines prior to pick-up. Nothing herein shall be deemed to relieve an Armored Carrier of its responsibilities with regard to the Cash.
  D.  
Risk of Loss — Nonpayment by Servicer . Client agrees to indemnify and hold Wells Fargo harmless from, for, and against non-payment or any losses from nonpayment by any Servicer.
V.  
Ownership of Cash .
  A.  
Cash Remains the Property of Wells Fargo . Wells Fargo shall have absolute ownership, title and control of all of the Cash used in the Covered Machines at all times. No ownership of the Cash or payments owing from Servicers for Dispensed Cash shall accrue, transfer, or otherwise inure to Client or any other person. Client and Wells Fargo agree that:
  1.  
all of the Cash shall remain the property of Wells Fargo, and Wells Fargo shall have all right, title, and interest in and to the Cash and may treat the Cash as its asset until such time as it is dispensed from any of the Covered Machines in a cash dispensing transaction; and
  2.  
none of the Cash shall at any time become the property of Client, or any other person until such time as it is dispensed from any of the Covered Machines in a cash dispensing transaction.
Client shall take no action inconsistent with the terms of this Agreement or the intent of the Parties that all Cash provided to an Armored Carrier by a Wells Fargo Network Location, regardless of physical location, remains the property of Wells Fargo until it is dispensed from the Covered Machines or surrendered by the Armored Carrier to a Wells Fargo Network Location as set forth in this Agreement.

 

10


 

  B.  
No Client or Third-Party Interest in Cash . It is expressly agreed between the Parties that neither Client nor any other person or entity has any possessory or ownership rights to the Cash or Receivables (as defined in the Servicer Letters) under Section 362 of the Bankruptcy Code or otherwise. It is expressly understood that no other financial institution, including without limitation, any Cash Supplier, can utilize the Cash to satisfy its own reserve requirements. Neither Client, nor any other person (other than an Armored Carrier and the Maintenance Providers for purposes of maintenance of the Covered Machines pursuant to the Maintenance Contracts) shall have any access to, or use of, any of the Cash after delivery of the same to Armored Carrier, whether during transportation or storage by Armored Carrier or while it is stored in the vaults of the Covered Machines, except as such use relates to the dispensing of any of the Cash in a cash dispensing transaction from one of the Covered Machines. Once any of the Cash is delivered to Armored Carrier, it shall only be transported or stored by Armored Carrier and finally placed in one of the Covered Machines or handled by the Maintenance Providers in a way that is consistent with the terms of the Maintenance Contracts. Under no circumstances shall Client hold itself out as the owner of the Cash or in any way represent to any person or entity that it owns the Cash.
  C.  
Redelivery . Client can initiate a redelivery of Cash upon a Wells Fargo Event of Default or a Termination Trigger Event invoked by Client, and Wells Fargo can initiate redelivery of Cash upon a Client Event of Default or a Termination Trigger Event invoked by it.
VI.  
Armored Carrier Service .
  A.  
Armored Carrier — General . Each Armored Carrier selected to handle the Cash, including all loading of any of the Cash into any of the Covered Machines, shall be a duly qualified armored car operator, selected by Client (and reasonably acceptable to Wells Fargo) and contracted for by Client. Client may replace any Armored Carrier only upon prior written notice and with Wells Fargo’s express written consent which may not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed, Client will provide at least 30 days prior written notice to Wells Fargo prior to such replacement, but in no event later than is reasonably necessary to ensure that the replacement Armored Carrier is a duly qualified armored car operator. For avoidance of doubt, a “duly qualified armored carrier operator” is one that is properly licensed, has provided to the Wells Fargo Network Locations a signature list of those authorized to pick up Cash and the photos of whom are on file, for whom an authorization letter is on file from Client indicating what actions Wells Fargo is to take with respect to a particular Armored Carrier, whose trucks, uniforms and other identifications match and who otherwise meets the security and operational standards of such Wells Fargo Network Locations. Wells Fargo will use commercially reasonable efforts to assist Client to transition from any Armored Carrier who Wells Fargo determines is no longer a “duly qualified armored car operator” to another Armored Carrier.
  B.  
Cash Held by Armored Carrier . Client shall contractually obligate Armored Carrier to segregate Cash held by Armored Carrier from all other currency and coin until such time as the Cash is required to be placed in specific Covered Machines or until it is requested to be returned to Wells Fargo and to meet the standards set forth in Section VI.A above.

 

11


 

  C.  
Covered Machine Access . No employee of Armored Carrier shall have the authority to access the Cash stored in any Covered Machine, except as provided below. The only parties having authorized access to the Cash stored in the Covered Machines shall be (i) Armored Carriers for the purposes of loading Cash in, or removing Cash from, the Covered Machines, as provided in the Armored Carrier Contracts, (ii) Armored Carriers for purposes of redelivery of the Cash to Wells Fargo Network Locations pursuant to this Agreement, and (iii) the Maintenance Providers for purposes of Machine maintenance as set forth in the Maintenance Contracts.
  D.  
Responsibilities . Wells Fargo and Client each agree that they shall not conceal or misrepresent any material fact or circumstance concerning the Cash delivered to Armored Carrier pursuant to this Agreement and the Armored Carrier Contracts.
  1.  
Wells Fargo agrees to supply all the Cash to Armored Carrier directly through any of the applicable Wells Fargo Network Location(s) in a sealed or locked bag, together with a shipping document verifying the value of the Cash in the bag. The value of the Cash set forth in such shipping document that accompanies the release by the applicable Wells Fargo Network Location of any sealed or locked bag shall be conclusively deemed the amount of the Cash invoiced. Client’s contract with each Armored Carrier shall, in the event of any reportable shortage claimed in the contents of a sealed or locked cash bag received by Armored Carrier from the Wells Fargo Network Location, obligate Armored Carrier to promptly notify Client and Wells Fargo of the shortage. With respect to cash bags received from the Federal Reserve Bank or a Cash Supplier, each such contract shall also obligate the Armored Carrier to (i) provide reasonable assistance to Wells Fargo in presenting difference claims to the relevant Federal Reserve Bank or Cash Supplier in accordance with Federal Reserve Bank regulations or operating circular, if any; and (ii) comply with any requirements imposed by the Federal Reserve Bank or the relevant Cash Supplier in connection with the reporting of such shortages. In the event that such difference cannot be resolved, Wells Fargo and Client will in good faith attempt to resolve the difference between them. If such efforts are unsuccessful (i) with respect to sums which Client claims in writing are owed to it, within 60 days of receipt of the claim by Wells Fargo, or (ii) with respect to sums which Wells Fargo claims in writing are owed to it, within 60 days of receipt of the claim by Client, the parties agree to resolve the issue in accordance with the arbitration provisions of this Agreement. The parties will from time to time mutually agree upon any minimal differences that need not be reported and such threshold amounts that must be reported on a same-day or next-Business-Day basis.
  E.  
Armored Carrier Letter Agreements . Prior to utilizing any Armored Carrier, each Client, Wells Fargo and the Armored Carrier shall enter into an Armored Carrier Letter Agreement substantially in the form set forth in Exhibit D .

 

12


 

  F.  
Vault Security . Wells Fargo shall inform Client in writing of any regulatory requirements imposed upon Wells Fargo with respect to security measures that are applicable to the maintenance of the Cash in each Armored Carrier’s vault facilities. Client shall promptly but in no event more than two Business Days communicate such information to each Armored Carrier. Client shall take commercially reasonable steps to ensure that each Armored Carrier agrees to comply with any such regulatory requirements.
VII.  
Fees .
  A.  
General . Client agrees to pay Wells Fargo the fees for the Work calculated in accordance with the terms of a separate fee letter between Wells Fargo and Client (the “ Fee Letter ”), which is hereby incorporated into this Agreement, and which may be amended after the initial term of this Agreement as provided herein. Following the initial term of this Agreement, Well Fargo may change the fees for the Work with respect to any renewal term by providing Client with written notice of such fee changes at least 120 days prior to the commencement of such renewal term and Client is free to accept such changes or terminate this Agreement; and provided further that Wells Fargo may only change such fees once with respect to each applicable renewal term. For the avoidance of doubt, it is understood and agreed that the fees referenced in this Section are the fees for the Work only and do not include any fees charged for other services provided by Wells Fargo to Client.
  B.  
Taxes . Client shall pay or reimburse Wells Fargo for any applicable taxes levied, imposed or assessed upon Wells Fargo as a result of its provision of Cash to Client under this Agreement, excluding personal property taxes assessed against or payable by Wells Fargo (except for taxes relating to personal property owned by Client), taxes based upon Wells Fargo’s net income and Wells Fargo’s corporate franchise taxes. Alternatively to such payment or reimbursement, Client may satisfy its obligation in this paragraph by providing Wells Fargo with an exemption certificate that establishes that no tax is due. Wells Fargo shall furnish Client with invoices showing separately itemized amounts due under this paragraph with respect to applicable taxes (if any). If Client pays or reimburses Wells Fargo for any taxes pursuant to this paragraph, Wells Fargo hereby assigns and transfers to Client all of Wells Fargo’s rights, title and interest in and to any refund for taxes paid. Any claim for refund of taxes against the assessing authority may be made in the name of Client or Wells Fargo, or both at Client’s option. Client may initiate and manage litigation brought in the name of Client or Wells Fargo, or both, to obtain refunds of amounts of taxes paid under this paragraph. Wells Fargo shall cooperate fully with Client in pursuing any refund claims, including any related litigation or administration procedures. Wells Fargo and Client each acknowledge that it is not aware of any taxes owing contemplated by this Section VII.B with respect to the Cash as of the Effective Date.
  C.  
Costs and Expenses . Client and Wells Fargo each shall be responsible for any legal and other costs and expenses incurred by it in connection with the preparation, negotiation and delivery of this Agreement and its Exhibits and any amendments or waivers thereto.

 

13


 

  D.  
Monthly Servicing Fees and Billing Statement . All fees and charges payable by Client pursuant to this Agreement will be detailed for Client in a monthly billing statement using Wells Fargo’s standard account analysis format which will be provided to Client on the first Business Day after the 10 th of each calendar month. Such statement shall contain categories of information as set forth in an Exhibit to the Fee Letter or as otherwise mutually agreed in writing by the Parties from time to time. Wells Fargo shall debit the Operating Account for all billed amounts on an agreed-upon day of the month that is no later than the 20 th day after delivery of such monthly billing statement. To the extent that the Operating Account contains insufficient funds to accommodate such debit, the unpaid amount shall become immediately due and payable upon notice to Client and Client shall immediately pay the unpaid amount to Wells Fargo.
  E.  
Service Level Adjustments . Adjustments to fees set forth herein may be made under the following circumstances:
  1.  
If Wells Fargo fails to either (i) provide Cash for any particular Covered Machine pursuant to Section II.A (unless otherwise excused pursuant to the terms of this Agreement), or (ii) provide Cash as required in Section II.B. above, then Wells Fargo shall either pay those additional expenses to Client which have been incurred by Client related solely to the failure on the part of Wells Fargo to deliver Cash to the Armored Carrier, or credit such amounts to Client against the above referenced billing statement, at the election of Wells Fargo.
  2.  
If at any time during the term of this Agreement, the number of Covered Machines is less than 920 and the average outstanding daily balance of Cash is less than $225 million during any 90 consecutive day period (the “Baseline”), Wells Fargo shall be entitled to adjust the fees provided for hereunder so that its expected fees, yields and returns are at least equal to those that would have been achieved had the Baseline been maintained.
VIII.  
Insurance .
  A.  
Required Insurance . During the initial and any renewal term of this Agreement, Client, at its sole cost and expense shall, at a minimum, maintain insurance through a third party insurance provider as described in this Section VIII, as follows:
  1.  
Commercial Crime Policy including coverage for employee theft/dishonesty/fidelity; Inside the Premises — the theft of money including disappearance, destruction and robbery; Outside the Premises — the theft of money, including disappearance, destruction and robbery; Computer Crime with limits not less than $5,000,000 per loss. Wells Fargo will be included as joint loss payable under the policy.
  2.  
Errors and Omissions with limits not less than $1,000,000 per occurrence.

 

14


 

  3.  
Commercial General Liability/Umbrella insurance providing coverage for premises-operations liability, products-completed operations liability, independent contractors liability, personal and advertising and contractual liability with limits of at least $10,000,000.
  4.  
Statutory workers’ compensation and employers liability insurance with limits no less than $1,000,000 each accident for bodily injury; $1,000,000 each accident for disease per employee and $1,000,000 bodily injury for disease in the aggregate.
  5.  
Comprehensive Automobile Liability Insurance/Umbrella in the minimum amount of $10,000,000 combined single limits for bodily injury and property damage covering owned and non-owned hired vehicles.
  B.  
Additional Requirements . In addition, Client agrees that:
  1.  
Client, at the request of Wells Fargo, shall furnish certificates of insurance to Wells Fargo at the time of the signing of this Agreement and upon renewal thereafter. Client will ensure that the insurance carrier and/or Client will provide 10 days advance written notice to Wells Fargo before termination, change or cancellation takes effect of any coverage under such policies evident on such certificate, regardless of whether cancelled by Client or the insurance company.
  2.  
The insurance required hereunder will be primary and noncontributory to any insurance maintained by Wells Fargo.
  3.  
All of the insurance policies required hereunder will be maintained with companies licensed to do business in the state where the services will be performed and rated no less than “A-” as to policy holder’s rating in the then current edition of Best’s Insurance Guide (or with an association of companies each of the members of which are so rated).
  4.  
Client will add Wells Fargo as an additional insured to Client’s commercial general/umbrella liability and automobile/umbrella policies.
  C.  
No Relief From Liability . The foregoing requirements as to the types and limits of insurance coverage to be maintained by Client and any approval or waiver of said insurance by Wells Fargo are not intended to and shall not in any manner limit or qualify the liabilities and obligations otherwise assumed by Client pursuant to this Agreement, including but not limited to the provisions concerning the indemnification obligations of Client; provided that any amounts paid to Wells Fargo pursuant to Client’s indemnification obligations shall be reduced dollar for dollar by the amount of any insurance proceeds that are paid to Wells Fargo pursuant to Section VIII of this Agreement.

 

15


 

IX.  
Default; Termination Trigger Events .
  A.  
Termination Upon Default . Wells Fargo shall have the right to immediately terminate this Agreement upon written notice to Client in the event of a Client Event of Default. Client shall have the right to immediately terminate this Agreement upon written notice to Wells Fargo in the event of a Wells Fargo Event of Default.
  B.  
Client Events of Default . “ Client Event of Default ” shall mean the occurrence and continuance of any of the following events, acts, occurrences or conditions described in Paragraphs 1 through 8 below, for whatever reason:
  1.  
Any of the following occur: (i) Client shall commence a voluntary case concerning itself under Title 11 of the United States Code entitled “ Bankruptcy ,” as amended from time to time, and any successor statute or statutes (“ Bankruptcy Code ”); or (ii) an involuntary case is commenced against Client under the Bankruptcy Code and the petition is not controverted within 10 days, or is not dismissed within 90 days after commencement of the case; or (iii) a custodian (as defined in the Bankruptcy Code) is appointed for, or takes charge of, all or substantially all of the property of Client, or Client commences any other proceedings under any reorganization, arrangement, adjustment of debt, relief of debtors, dissolution, insolvency or liquidation or similar law of any jurisdiction whether now or hereafter in effect relating to Client or there is commenced against Client any such proceeding which remains undismissed for a period of 90 days; or (iv) any order for relief or other order approving any such case or proceeding is entered; or (v) Client is adjudicated insolvent or bankrupt; or (vi) Client suffers any appointment of any custodian or the like for it or any substantial part of its property to continue undischarged or unstayed for a period of 90 days; or (vii) Client makes a general assignment for the benefit of creditors; or (viii) Client fails to pay, or states that it is unable to pay, or is unable to pay its debts generally as they become due; or (ix) Client calls a meeting of its creditors generally with a view of arranging a composition or adjustment of its debts; or (x) Client by any act or failure to act consents to, approves of or acquiesces in any of the foregoing; or (xi) Client takes any corporate action for the purpose of effecting any of the foregoing.
  2.  
Any creditor or group of creditors of Client shall attempt for any reason to levy upon, seize under color of law, attach or make a bona fide claim against any Cash.
  3.  
Client takes any action or makes any material representation that is inconsistent with Wells Fargo’s sole and exclusive ownership, title and control of the Cash.

 

16


 

  4.  
Client defaults in (a) the payment under the terms of any contract, instrument or document extending a credit facility of $25 Million or more pursuant to which Client has incurred any debt or other liability to any person or entity, including Wells Fargo (each, a “Credit Facility”), or (b) the performance of any other obligation, or any defined event of default unrelated to payment, (each, a “Non-payment Default”) under a Credit Facility, provided that Client shall have 60 days following notice to it by Wells Fargo to cure a Non-payment Default.
  5.  
Client either (a) breaches any representation, warranty or covenant in this Agreement (other than failure to make any payments or other monetary obligations or as otherwise provided herein) and such failure continues for a period of more than 30 days after Client’s receipt of written notice from Wells Fargo of such breach, or (b) fails to make timely payments for Fees upon 15 days notice and opportunity to cure, or (c) fails to make payments for Cash Settlement for any reason other than a temporary system failure, or fails to meet any other undisputed monetary obligations (other than Fees) under this Agreement, and the same continues, not more than once in any 12-month period, for a period of two Business Days if Client notifies Wells Fargo of the reason for such failure and has provided Wells Fargo with supporting documentation substantiating the reason for such failure. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Wells Fargo may terminate the Agreement if at the conclusion of the applicable cure periods described above Client fails to pay the Wells Fargo determined estimated settlement amounts into the Settlement Account for the day(s) of such failure.
  6.  
Inability or failure by Client to deliver the Daily Reports or to satisfy any reporting, certification, notification or documentation requirements under this Agreement, in each case where such inability or failure continues, not more than once in any 12 month period, for a period of two Business Days if Client notifies Wells Fargo of the reason for such inability or failure and has provided Wells Fargo with supporting documentation substantiating the reason for such inability or failure.
  7.  
If any Armored Carrier is unable, for any reason (except as the result of a Force Majeure Event or due to the malfunction of a Covered Machine), to obtain independent access to any Covered Machine pursuant to this Agreement subject to Customer’s licensing and security policies and procedures regarding vendors performing services on or at a Customer’s premises.
  8.  
Client sells or otherwise transfers all or a substantial portion of its Covered Machines and the Baseline of Covered Machines is not met after giving effect to such sale or transfer.

 

17


 

  C.  
Wells Fargo Event of Default . “ Wells Fargo Event of Default ” shall mean the occurrence of any of the following events, acts, occurrences or conditions described in Paragraphs 1 and 2 below, for whatever reason:
  1.  
Any of the following occur: (i) the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (“ OCC ”), the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“ FDIC ”) or any successor regulatory agencies thereto determines that Wells Fargo is insolvent; or (ii) the OCC or the FDIC appoints a receiver, custodian or the like or initiates proceedings for relief or other order for all or any substantial part of its property; or (iii) Wells Fargo fails to pay, or states that it is unable to pay, or shall be unable to pay, its debts generally as they become due; or (iv) Wells Fargo calls a meeting of its creditors generally with a view of arranging a composition or adjustment of its debts; or (v) Wells Fargo by any act or failure to act consents to, approves of or acquiesces in any of the foregoing; or (vi) Wells Fargo takes any corporate action for the purpose of effecting any of the foregoing.
  2.  
Wells Fargo breaches any representation, warranty or covenant or fails to perform under this Agreement or any related agreements, and such breach remains uncured 30 days after Client provides notice to Wells Fargo describing the alleged breach in reasonable detail. The Parties agree that Wells Fargo shall be in breach of this Agreement without further right to cure if it is unable to furnish sufficient Cash to comply with this Agreement at any time and such failure continues for three or more consecutive Business Days after written notice from Client, unless applicable regulations specifically prohibit the furnishing of such Cash or because of Force Majeure Event.
  D.  
Termination Trigger Events . “ Termination Trigger Event ” shall mean the occurrence and continuance of any of the following events, acts, occurrences or conditions described in Paragraphs 1 through 9 below, for whatever reason. This Agreement may be terminated without penalty upon the occurrence of any of the following Termination Trigger Events:
  1.  
Immediately upon a Party giving written notice to the other Parties:
  a.  
in the event that (i) any federal or state regulatory authority takes any action, including, but not limited to, the issuance of a ruling, formal or informal opinion, or interpretation of any kind whatsoever that makes the continued performance of this Agreement illegal or exposes Wells Fargo to civil penalties, (ii) any law is adopted or regulation promulgated that makes the continued performance of this Agreement illegal or exposes Wells Fargo to civil penalties, or (iii) any law or regulation is interpreted by a court of competent jurisdiction, any of which, in the opinion of Wells Fargo’s legal counsel, would prohibit Wells Fargo from providing the Cash to Client as described in this Agreement, then in such event, Wells Fargo shall have the right to cancel this Agreement immediately by notifying Client in writing of its intent to do so;
  b.  
upon cancellation, reduction, or non-renewal of insurance required to be carried by Client, Armored Carrier, or any Servicer pursuant to this Agreement, unless such insurance is replaced by a similar or better carrier, or unless such new carrier is otherwise reasonably acceptable to Wells Fargo;

 

18


 

  c.  
upon termination of a Servicer Letter with respect to the Covered Machines serviced by that Servicer under which Cash would be dispensed, unless the outgoing Servicer is promptly (i.e., within 30 days) replaced by a successor service provider (and the termination of the Servicer is not effective until such successor service provider is in place) or such service is discontinued by Client;
  d.  
subject to Force Majeure Event provisions herein, if a Servicer fails to (i) make payments pursuant to the applicable Servicer Letter when due on three or more consecutive Business Days; (ii) satisfy any material regulatory reporting, certification, notification, or documentation requirements; (iii) observe or perform any material covenant outlined in its Servicer Letter, or (iv) meet any agreed-upon performance and financial tests unless replaced within 90 days by a Servicer reasonably acceptable to Wells Fargo.
  2.  
With respect to both Client and Wells Fargo, an event or series of events (a “ Change of Control ”) by which any “person” or “group” (as such terms are used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, but excluding any employee benefit plan of such person or its subsidiaries, and any person or entity acting in its capacity as trustee, agent or other fiduciary or administrator of any such plan) becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, except that a person or group shall be deemed to have “beneficial ownership” of all securities that such person or group has the right to acquire (such right, an “ option right ”), whether such right is exercisable immediately or only after the passage of time), directly or indirectly, of more than 50% of the equity securities of such Party entitled to vote for members of the board of directors or equivalent governing body of such Party on a fully-diluted basis (and taking into account all such securities that such person or group has the right to acquire pursuant to any option right) and 90 days elapses without Wells Fargo or Client, as applicable, consenting in writing to such Change of Control or ratifying in writing that an Actual Termination Date has not occurred and Client has accepted in writing any changes in pricing proposed by Wells Fargo as a result of such Change of Control.
  3.  
Subject to the Force Majeure Event provisions hereof, immediately upon written notice by Client in the event Wells Fargo at any time does not have the availability of sufficient vault cash to furnish Client with sufficient Cash as specified by Client or if Wells Fargo has exercised its right to demand redelivery according to this Agreement.

 

19


 

  4.  
Immediately by Wells Fargo in the event the following conditions have not been satisfied by Client prior to the commencement of the Work:
  a.  
No Client Event of Default shall then be existing;
 
  b.  
All Agreement requirements have been satisfied;
  c.  
Satisfactory review of the material contracts to the extent not already in Wells Fargo’s possession;
  d.  
Satisfactory review of bonding and insurance requirements specified herein (which review the Parties agree has been accomplished and the insurances tendered in writing accepted by Wells Fargo);
  e.  
Satisfactory regulatory and compliance review; and
  f.  
Such other due diligence and investigation as Wells Fargo deems necessary.
  5.  
In the event any agreements with a Servicer are terminated by Client due to a material default of an obligation to process accurate and timely transmissions under such agreement, Wells Fargo may immediately terminate the service with respect to the affected Machines and Client shall immediately reimburse Wells Fargo for any outstanding Cash relating to the terminated Machines.
  6.  
In the event Client fails to implement, not later than March 31, 2011 (or as may otherwise be agreed to by the Parties in writing before March 31, 2011), the corrective actions required and as are separately documented by the Parties, as a result of the November 2010 MSB audit conducted on Client’s operations by Wells Fargo.
  7.  
In the event Client fails to pass a satisfactory MSB audit conducted by Wells Fargo of its operations at any time, provided that Client shall have 45 days following the conclusion of such unsatisfactory audit to respond and comment and seek a mutually agreeable resolution thereof with Wells Fargo.
  8.  
Immediately upon notice to Client in the event Client fails to make payments for Cash Settlement and such failure is a result of a temporary system failure that may not rise to the level of a Force Majeure Event, but nonetheless prevents Client from making payment(s), and such failure continues for a period of three Business Days, if Client notifies Wells Fargo of the reason for such failure and has provided Wells Fargo with supporting documentation substantiating the reason for such failure. In addition, in the event there are excessive temporary system failures resulting in Client’s failure to make payments for Cash Settlement, Wells Fargo may terminate this Agreement regardless of whether or not such failures have continued for a period of three Business Days.

 

20


 

  9.  
In the event of the inability or failure of any Armored Carrier to deliver required Daily Reports or other documentation requirements under the Armored Carrier Agreements, and the same continues, not more than once in any 12 month period, for a period of two Business Days, and such failure is not cured within such two day period, Wells Fargo may immediately terminate the service with respect to the affected Machines and Client shall immediately reimburse Wells Fargo for any outstanding Cash relating to the terminated Machines.
X.  
Indemnification; Limitations on Liability .
  A.  
Covered Machines . Subject to the risk of loss provisions set forth in Section IV and the limitations of liability set forth in Section X.D., Client shall indemnify, defend and hold Wells Fargo harmless from, for, and against any loss of any of the Cash, and all adjustments, chargebacks, representments, and other corrections to all Cash dispensing transactions under the Servicing Agreements or otherwise, however caused, including, but not limited to, any loss resulting from the operation of the Covered Machines, including any malfunctions thereof, or losses resulting from actions of each Armored Carrier, Servicer or Maintenance Provider while performing services on behalf of Client. Wells Fargo shall promptly notify Client of any regulations or changes of applicable laws which might affect the terms of this Agreement or a Party’s obligations hereunder, and if Wells Fargo and Client determine that it is necessary to amend this Agreement as a result thereof, the parties agree to negotiate in good faith and execute such an amendment. Notwithstanding the foregoing, but subject to the risk of loss provisions set forth in Section IV, Client shall have no indemnity liability hereunder for any claim or loss resulting to the extent that such claim or loss results from the act or omission of Wells Fargo or its employees, agents, or representatives.
  B.  
Actions of a Party and its Representatives . In addition to the indemnification set forth in Section X.A. above, each Party agrees to indemnify, defend and hold harmless the other Party, its officers, directors, and employees from, for, and against any and all losses, damages, claims, liabilities, penalties (including, but not limited to, any penalties imposed by any governmental entity or agency), and expenses (including, but not limited to, to the extent permitted by law, reasonable attorneys’ fees) suffered or incurred by such other Party as a result of or arising out of, or attributed, directly or indirectly, to the breach of any obligation under this Agreement by the indemnifying party, its agents or representatives.
  C.  
Taxes . Client agrees to indemnify, defend and hold Wells Fargo harmless from, for and against any loss of the Cash or Receivables (as defined in the Servicer Letters) caused by any loss from Client’s failure to pay taxes, including local and special assessments and governmental and other charges, as well as all public and/or private utility charges, of any type or description, that may from time to time be imposed, assessed and levied against the Covered Machines, against transactions resulting in dispensed Cash, or against Client.

 

21


 

  D.  
No Consequential Damages . IN NO EVENT WILL ANY PARTY BE LIABLE UNDER ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE) FOR ANY INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, PUNITIVE, EXEMPLARY OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OF ANY KIND OR NATURE WHATSOEVER, SUFFERED BY ANOTHER PARTY OR ITS AFFILIATES, EMPLOYEES OR AGENTS, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, LOST PROFITS, BUSINESS INTERRUPTIONS OR OTHER ECONOMIC LOSS ARISING OUT OF THE PERFORMANCE OR NON-PERFORMANCE HEREUNDER, EVEN IF SUCH PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES AND NOTWITHSTANDING THE FAILURE OF THE ESSENTIAL PURPOSE OF ANY LIMITED REMEDY. For the avoidance of doubt, the Parties agree that the foregoing limitation does not apply to limit a Party’s obligation to indemnify or defend the other Party as provided in this Agreement.
  E.  
Acknowledgement . EACH OF THE PARTIES UNDERSTANDS THE LEGAL AND ECONOMIC RAMIFICATIONS OF THIS SECTION, AND ACKNOWLEDGES THAT THE PROVISIONS OF THIS SECTION WERE NEGOTIATED BETWEEN THE PARTIES AND THAT SUCH PROVISIONS WERE CONSIDERED BY EACH PARTY IN DETERMINING THE SPECIFIC RISKS THAT IT ASSUMED IN AGREEING TO ITS OBLIGATIONS SET FORTH IN THE AGREEMENT, AND THE AMOUNTS OF THE PAYMENTS TO BE MADE UNDER THE AGREEMENT.
  F.  
Acts or Omissions . It is the understanding and agreement of the Parties to this Agreement that (i) Wells Fargo shall not be liable for any acts or omissions on the part of Client or any third party whether with respect to any transactions generated through Covered Machines or otherwise, and (ii) Client shall not be liable for any acts or omissions on the part of Wells Fargo or any third party whether with respect to any transactions under this Agreement or otherwise.
  G.  
Force Majeure . No Party shall be deemed to be in default of any provision herein or to be liable to another Party for any delay, failure of performance, or interruption of service arising due to acts or events beyond such Party’s control including by way of illustration, but not limitation, acts of God, civil and military authority, terrorism, civil disturbance, war, fires, delay of Armored Carrier suppliers, interruptions in telecommunications or networking facilities, or those of its subcontractors for like causes (each a “ Force Majeure Event ”). The Parties agree that the provisions of this paragraph do not relieve them of their respective risks of loss with respect to Cash as set forth in Section IV of this Agreement.

 

22


 

XI.  
Term; Survival; Early Termination Fee .
  A.  
General . The initial term of this Agreement shall begin on the Effective Date and continue through November 30, 2013 and shall be renewed for additional one-year periods unless a Party gives at least 90 days’ prior written notice of its intent not to renew, provided, however, that each such renewal shall be subject to a written agreement about pricing and such other terms and conditions to be mutually agreed upon among the Parties (the “ Stated Termination Date ”), unless earlier terminated by a Party as provided in this Agreement (the “ Actual Termination Date ”).
  B.  
Redelivery . Upon redelivery as provided in this Agreement, Client shall be responsible and liable for: (i) collecting and delivering to Wells Fargo all payments due from Servicers for Dispensed Cash; and (ii) using its best commercially reasonable efforts to ensure that the Armored Carriers effect redelivery of the Cash in accordance with the terms of this Agreement. In the event Client terminates the Agreement as provided herein, Wells Fargo shall use its best commercially reasonable efforts to effect redelivery and shall not delay or otherwise obstruct the efforts of Client to transition currency and coin services to another provider and shall provide commercially reasonable transition assistance to Client if Client has elected to engage another provider of Cash Services.
  C.  
Survival . Notwithstanding the termination of this Agreement as provided herein, the obligations of the Parties hereto under (i) Sections II.D, II.E, III (until Final Settlement), IV, V, VI, VII, VIII, IX, XI and XII shall survive and continue in full force and effect until such time as all Cash then outstanding has been returned to Wells Fargo (or reimbursed to Client for any corrective payments of shortfall or overpayment by Client), all payments due from Servicers for Dispensed Cash then outstanding have been paid to Wells Fargo, and all fees owing pursuant to the terms of this Agreement have been paid and (ii) Section X shall survive and continue in full force and effect until the expiration of the applicable period of limitations.
  D.  
Failure to Furnish Cash . If Client terminates this Agreement because Wells Fargo is unable to furnish sufficient Cash to comply with this Agreement, the Cash shall either be redelivered within the timeframe and in the manner mutually agreed-to between Client and Wells Fargo or transferred via Fedwire to Wells Fargo in an amount equal to the then outstanding Cash within such timeframe. Wells Fargo shall be liable for any actual costs incurred by Client in connection with such redelivery. Subject to Section IV (Risk of Loss) and Section VII.E. (Service Level Adjustments), Wells Fargo shall not otherwise be liable for any damages incurred by Client on account of redelivery instituted by Client due to Wells Fargo’s inability to furnish the Cash, nor shall Wells Fargo be liable for any damages resulting from the inability of cardholders to use the Covered Machines because they then contain no currency.
  E.  
Certain Costs . Client shall not be liable for the cost of redelivery as a result of a Wells Fargo Event of Default.

 

23


 

  F.  
Early Termination Fee. In the event this Agreement is, for any reason other than a Wells Fargo Default or because of Wells Fargo’s election to terminate the Agreement before the Stated Termination Date when no Client Event of Default exists, terminated prior to the Stated Termination Date, Client shall pay to Wells Fargo a termination fee of (i) [***] if such termination occurs during the first year of the Agreement; or (ii) [***] if such termination occurs during the second or third year of the Agreement.
  G.  
Purchase Option . Wells Fargo hereby grants Client an option to purchase the Cash under the following circumstances and subject to the following conditions: (i) this Agreement is terminated for any reason, (ii) the purchase is evidenced by a Currency Bill of Sale in form and substance mutually satisfactory to Client and Wells Fargo and (iii) the purchase is exercised and purchase price paid immediately at termination.
XII.  
Representations Warranties and Covenants.
  A.  
Representations and Warranties of Client . Client represents and warrants to, and covenants with Wells Fargo as follows (such representations and warranties being deemed to be made and renewed on each day during the term of this Agreement):
  1.  
Organization : Client (i) is a duly organized and validly existing corporation or partnership in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its formation, (ii) has the corporate or partnership power and authority to own its property and assets and to transact the business in which it is engaged or presently proposes to engage and (iii) has duly qualified and is authorized to do business and is in good standing in every jurisdiction in which it owns or leases real property or in which the nature of its business requires it to be so qualified, except to the extent that any failure to be so qualified, authorized or in good standing does not have a reasonable likelihood of materially affecting the operations, properties, or business of Client.
  2.  
Authorization : Client has the corporate or partnership power and authority to execute, deliver and carry out the terms and provisions of this Agreement and has taken all necessary action to authorize the execution, delivery and performance by it of this Agreement. Client has duly executed and delivered this Agreement, and this Agreement constitutes its legal, valid and binding obligation, enforceable in accordance with its terms except as such enforceability may be affected by (i) bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other similar laws now or hereafter in effect relating to or affecting creditors’ rights generally and (ii) by general principles of equity (regardless of whether enforcement is sought in a proceeding in equity or at law).
  3.  
No Conflicts : Neither the execution, delivery or performance by Client of this Agreement, nor compliance by it with the terms and provisions hereof, (i) will contravene any applicable provision of any material law, statute, rule, regulation, order, writ, injunction or decree of any court or governmental instrumentality, or (ii) will conflict or be inconsistent with or result in any material breach of any of the terms, covenants, conditions or provisions of, or constitute a default under, or result in the creation or imposition of (or the obligation to create or impose) any lien (except pursuant to this Agreement) upon any of the property or assets of Client pursuant to the terms of any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, agreement or other instrument to which Client is a party or by which it or any of its property or assets is bound or to which it may be subject.

 

24


 

  4.  
No Actions : Client represents and warrants that there are no actions, suits or proceedings pending, to the best of its knowledge, or threatened with respect to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby or that adversely affect the ability or capacity of Client, any Servicer or any Maintenance Provider to perform as agreed-upon hereunder, in its Servicer Letter or Maintenance Provider Letter.
  5.  
Servicer Contracts : Client represents and warrants that following notice of any such regulatory requirements from Wells Fargo, Client shall notify Wells Fargo if Client becomes aware that a Servicer has failed to conform to any regulatory requirement imposed upon Wells Fargo with respect to the Cash, the Covered Machines, and any related record keeping or reporting requirements imposed on Wells Fargo, including, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the provisions of the regulations of the OCC, if any, regarding minimum security devices and procedures and the provisions of the Bank Protection Act of 1968, as amended, 12 USC § 1881 et seq., as such provisions relate to automated teller or cash dispensing machines in off-premises locations.
  6.  
Access to Covered Machines : No employee of Client or any retail establishment where a Covered Machine is located has access to the Cash stored in any Covered Machine, except through a cash dispensing transaction.
  7.  
No Liens : To the best of its knowledge, Client represents and warrants that the ownership interest of Wells Fargo in the Cash is and at all times will be free and clear of any and all liens, rights or claims of all other persons. Client shall defend the Cash against all claims and demands of a Servicer claiming the same or any interest therein adverse to Wells Fargo. To the knowledge of Client, no financing statement or other evidence of lien covering or purporting to cover any of the Cash is on file in any public office.
  8.  
No Defaults : Client is not currently in default under or with respect to any contractual obligation that would, either individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on Client’s operation of the Machines or its performance under this Agreement. To the best of Client’s knowledge, no default under or with respect to any contractual obligation would result from the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or any other document related to this Agreement.
  9.  
Location of Covered Machines : All Covered Machines owned, leased, operated or managed by Client are and at all times will be at the business establishments listed on Exhibit A , as modified from time to time in accordance with this Agreement.

 

25


 

  B.  
Representations and Warranties of Wells Fargo . Wells Fargo represents and warrants to, and covenants with, Client as follows:
  1.  
Organization : Wells Fargo (i) is a duly organized and validly existing national bank in good standing under the laws of the United States of America, (ii) has the corporate power and authority to own its property and assets and to transact the business in which it is engaged or presently proposes to engage and (iii) has duly qualified and is authorized to do business as a bank in every jurisdiction in which it owns or leases real property or in which the nature of its business requires it to be so qualified, except to the extent that any failure to be so qualified, authorized or in good standing does not have a reasonable likelihood of materially affecting the operations, properties, or business of Wells Fargo.
  2.  
Authorization : Wells Fargo has the corporate power and authority to execute, deliver and carry out the terms and provisions of this Agreement and has taken all necessary action to authorize the execution, delivery and performance by it of this Agreement. Wells Fargo has duly executed and delivered this Agreement, and this Agreement constitutes its legal, valid and binding obligation, enforceable in accordance with its terms except that such enforceability may be subject to (i) bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other similar laws now or hereafter in effect relating to or affecting creditors’ rights generally and (ii) by general principles of equity (regardless of whether enforcement is sought in a proceeding in equity or at law).
  3.  
No Conflicts : Neither the execution, delivery or performance by Wells Fargo of this Agreement, nor compliance by it with the terms and provisions hereof, (i) will contravene any applicable provision of any material law, statute, rule, regulation, order, writ, injunction or decree of any court or governmental instrumentality or (ii) will conflict or be inconsistent with or result in any material breach of any of the terms, covenants, conditions or provisions of, or constitute a default under, or result in the creation or imposition of (or the obligation to create or impose) any lien upon any of the property or assets of Wells Fargo pursuant to the terms of any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, agreement or other instrument to which Wells Fargo is a party or by which it or any of its property or assets is bound or to which it may be subject.
  4.  
No Actions : There are no actions, suits or proceedings pending or, to its knowledge, threatened with respect to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby.

 

26


 

  5.  
No Defaults : Wells Fargo is not currently in default under or with respect to any contractual obligation that could, either individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on Wells Fargo’s ability to perform under this Agreement. To Wells Fargo’s best knowledge, no default under or with respect to any contractual obligation would result from the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or any other document related to this Agreement.
  C.  
Covenants of Client . Client covenants and agrees with Wells Fargo that from and after the Effective Date of this Agreement:
  1.  
Further Assurances : Upon the request of Wells Fargo, and at the expense of Wells Fargo (unless such cooperation is related to a breach by Client), Client will cooperate with Wells Fargo to the extent Wells Fargo may reasonably deem necessary in protecting its ownership interest in the Cash and in the payments from Servicers for Dispensed Cash, and in complying with applicable laws and regulations.
  2.  
Change of Name or Entity Structure : Client shall notify Wells Fargo within 30 days of changing its name, jurisdiction of incorporation, or entity structure or moving its principal executive office outside of the metropolitan Las Vegas, Nevada area.
  3.  
Right of Inspection : If a discrepancy arises in connection with the Cash settlement, Client will provide Wells Fargo with access, during normal business hours and upon reasonable prior notice to Client to all books, correspondence and records of Client directly relating to the discrepancy. Wells Fargo and its representatives may examine the same, take extracts therefrom and make photocopies thereof, at the cost and expense of Client. Client agrees to render to Wells Fargo, without cost or expense, such clerical and other assistance as may be reasonably requested with regard thereto.
  4.  
Compliance with Laws Affecting Cash : Client will comply in all material respects with all requirements of law applicable to the Cash or any part thereof; provided however, that Client may contest any requirement of law in any reasonable manner which shall not adversely affect Wells Fargo’s rights in the Cash.
  5.  
Electronic Reports; Access : Client will provide any data deliverable in connection with this Agreement to Wells Fargo in the agreed-to format and will provide access as required in Section III.C.5 hereof.
  6.  
Negative Pledge : Client will not create, incur or permit to exist, will defend the Cash against, and will take such other action as is necessary to remove, any lien or claim on or to the Cash against the claims and demands of a Servicer or an Armored Carrier (except arising through or on account of Wells Fargo).

 

27


 

  7.  
Notice : Upon becoming aware thereof, Client will promptly advise Wells Fargo, in reasonable detail, in accordance with the provisions hereof, (i) of any breach under this Agreement, (ii) of any lien on, or claim asserted against, any of the Cash, and (iii) of the occurrence of any other event which could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the aggregate value of the Cash or on the liens created hereunder.
  8.  
Compliance with Rules and Regulations : Client will abide by and operate in accordance with all applicable network rules and regulations and all applicable banking laws and regulations following notice by Wells Fargo of such rules or regulations. Client will comply with the applicable regulations of any network processor and all state and federal regulations, including Regulation E.
  9.  
Notice to Wells Fargo : Client shall deliver to Wells Fargo, within three Business Days of receipt, a copy of all notices or correspondence it receives from any third-party relating to the operation of the Covered Machines or the provisioning of Cash for the Covered Machines that may materially affect another Party’s performance of its obligations under this Agreement. Client shall promptly inform Wells Fargo of the location of all Covered Machines and will advise in advance of any proposed relocation, in each case in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.
  10.  
Financial Statements : To the extent that Global Cash Access Holdings, Inc. (“Holdings”), Client’s parent entity, is no longer a public reporting company under the securities laws of the United States, Client will, from time to time, deliver to Wells Fargo copies of its quarterly and annual financial statements and reports as reasonably requested by Wells Fargo, together with any financial information supporting such financial statements and reports. Quarterly financial statements will be due within 45 days of the end of each quarter and annual financial statements within 90 days of the end of each fiscal year.
  11.  
Maintenance of Records . Client agrees to maintain sufficient records to permit an audit by Wells Fargo as is necessary for the settlement of all Cash transactions; provided, however, that neither Client nor their agents shall be required to maintain records beyond six months unless a dispute exists or other circumstances reasonably warrant a longer period of time. Client shall maintain its records as mutually agreed by the Parties in order to permit Wells Fargo additional information to confirm the contents of the Daily Reports and to confirm information on a transaction-by-transaction basis.

 

28


 

  D.  
Covenants of Wells Fargo . Wells Fargo covenants and agrees with Client that from and after the date of this Agreement:
  1.  
Compliance with Laws Affecting Cash : Wells Fargo will comply in all material respects with all requirements of law applicable to the Cash or any part thereof; provided however, that Wells Fargo may contest any requirement of law in any reasonable manner.
  2.  
Notice : Upon becoming aware thereof, Wells Fargo will advise Client promptly, in reasonable detail, in accordance with the provisions hereof, (i) of any breach under this Agreement, (ii) of any lien on, or claim asserted against, any of the Cash, and (iii) of the occurrence of any other event which could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the aggregate value of the Cash or its agreements hereunder.
  3.  
Compliance with Rules and Regulations : Wells Fargo will abide by and operate in accordance with all applicable network rules and regulations and all applicable banking laws and regulations. Wells Fargo will comply with the applicable regulations of any network processor and all state and federal regulations, including Regulation E.
XIII.  
General Provisions .
  A.  
Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed simultaneously in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same agreement.
  B.  
Relationship of the Parties . Wells Fargo and Client shall at all times be deemed to be independent contractors. Except as expressly provided herein to the contrary, neither Wells Fargo nor Client will have authority to enter into contracts on each other’s behalf, to hire or fire employees of one another, nor in any way to obligate each other to any third party.
  C.  
Entire Agreement; Modification . This Agreement, along with the appendices, exhibits, the Fee Letter, and the addenda referenced herein, constitutes the entire agreement between Wells Fargo and Client relating to the subject matter herein and may not be changed orally but only by a written instrument signed by both Parties. There are no restrictions, promises, warranties, covenants, or undertakings relating to the subject matter of this Agreement, other than those expressly set forth or referred to herein. This Agreement supersedes all prior agreements and understandings between the parties with respect to such subject matter.
  D.  
Assignment . No Party may assign this Agreement to any other person or business entity without the other Party’s prior written consent; provided, however, that either Party may assign this Agreement, in whole or in part, with written notice to the other Party, to its parent company, a wholly owned direct or indirect subsidiary of the parent company, its affiliate, or subsidiary corporation, provided that such assignment shall be contingent upon the assigning Party agreeing to continue to guarantee any and all obligations owed hereunder by such assignee under this Agreement and the Servicer Letters and shall document such continuing guaranty in a form acceptable to the non-assigning Parties.

 

29


 

  E.  
Notices . All notices, requests and approvals required by this Agreement shall: (a) be in writing; (b) be addressed to the Parties as indicated below unless notice is given in writing of a change in address; (c) be deemed to have been given when received; and (d) unless otherwise provided in this Agreement, be sent by certified first class mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, or other receipted express delivery service, or telecopy with written acknowledgment of receipt:
If to Wells Fargo:
Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.
Attn: Olga Wisnicky
3800 Howard Hughes Pkwy, Suite 400
Las Vegas, Nevada 89169
(866) 935-4452 e-fax
With 2 nd notice to:
Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.
Attn: Management — Urgent Attention Required
3800 Howard Hughes Pkwy, Suite 400
Las Vegas, Nevada 89169
(702) 791-6365 fax
If to Client:
Global Cash Access, Inc.
3525 E. Post Road, Suite 120
Las Vegas, NV 89120
Attn: General Counsel
Fax: ________________ 
Notices given under this Section may be given by electronic mail provided that both of the Parties agree to this method of communication for the notices, requests or approvals for which electronic mail is desired to be used.
  F.  
Governing Law and Venue . This Agreement shall be governed by and interpreted under the laws of the State of Delaware (“ Governing Law ”), without regard to conflicts of laws principles. Subject to the arbitration provisions in Section XIII.H below, the Parties hereby irrevocably submit to the jurisdiction of any state or federal court in Las Vegas, Nevada with respect to any action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement. Subject to the arbitration provisions in Section XIII.H below, the Parties hereby consent to and grant to any such court jurisdiction over the persons of such Parties and over the subject matter of any such dispute and agree that delivery or mailing of any process or other papers in the manner provided herein, or in such other manner as may be permitted by law, shall be valid and sufficient service thereof.

 

30


 

  G.  
Section Headings . The section headings in the Agreement are for purposes of reference only and shall not limit or affect any of the terms herein.
  H.  
Arbitration .
  1.  
Arbitral Process : Upon the demand of either Party, any “Dispute” shall be resolved by binding arbitration (except as set forth below in “Judicial Review of Awards”) in accordance with the terms of this Agreement. A “ Dispute ” shall mean any action, dispute, claim, or controversy of any kind, whether in contract or tort, statutory or common law, legal or equitable, now existing or hereafter arising under or in connection with, or in any way pertaining to, the subject matter of this Agreement, or any past, present, or future activities, transactions, or obligations of any kind related directly or indirectly to the subject matter of this Agreement, including, without limitation, any of the foregoing arising in connection with the exercise of any self-help or any ancillary or other remedies or actions taken relating to the subject matter of this Agreement. Any Party may by summary proceedings bring an action in court to compel arbitration of a Dispute. Any Party who fails or refuses to submit to arbitration following a lawful demand by any other Party shall bear all costs and expenses incurred by such other Party in compelling arbitration of any Dispute.
  2.  
Rules Governing Arbitration : Arbitration proceedings shall be administered by the American Arbitration Association (“ AAA ”) or such other administrator as the parties shall mutually agree upon in accordance with the AAA Commercial Arbitration Rules. All Disputes submitted to arbitration shall be resolved in accordance with the Federal Arbitration Act (Title 9 of the United States Code), notwithstanding any conflicting choice of law provision in this Agreement. The arbitration shall be conducted at a location in Las Vegas, Nevada selected by the AAA or other administrator. If there is any inconsistency between the terms hereof and any such rules, the terms and procedures set forth herein shall control. All statutes of limitation applicable to any Dispute shall apply to any arbitration proceeding. All discovery activities shall be expressly limited to matters directly relevant to the Dispute being arbitrated. Judgment upon any award rendered in an arbitration may be entered in any court having jurisdiction; provided, however, that nothing contained herein shall be deemed to be a waiver by either Party which is a bank of the protections afforded to it under 12 USC § 91 or any similar applicable state law.
  3.  
Arbitration; Provisional Remedies : Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, no provision hereof shall limit the right of either Party to exercise self-help remedies such as setoff, or to obtain provisional or ancillary remedies, including, without limitation, injunctive relief, sequestration, attachment, garnishment, or the appointment of a receiver, from a court of competent jurisdiction before, after, or during the pendency of any arbitration or other proceeding. The exercise of any such remedy shall not waive the right of either Party to compel arbitration hereunder.

 

31


 

  4.  
Arbitrator Qualifications and Awards; Powers : All Arbitrators shall be selected in accordance with the AAA Commercial Arbitration Rules. Arbitrators must (a) be active members of the State Bar of Nevada with expertise in the substantive laws applicable to the subject matter of the Dispute, (b) not be affiliated with either of the Parties and (c) have at least five years experience in arbitrating sophisticated commercial contract disputes. Arbitrators are empowered to resolve Disputes by summary rulings in response to motions filed prior to the final arbitration hearing. Arbitrators (i) shall resolve all Disputes in accordance with the Governing Law, (ii) may grant any remedy or relief that a federal or state court of Nevada could order or grant within the scope hereof and such ancillary relief as is necessary to make effective any award, and (iii) shall have the power to award recovery of all costs and fees, to impose sanctions and to take such other actions as they deem necessary to the same extent a judge could pursuant to the Federal Rules of Civil Procedure, the Rules of Civil Procedure of the State of Nevada, or other applicable law. Disputes less than $5,000,000 shall be decided by a single arbitrator mutually agreed by the Parties. If the Parties cannot mutually agree on a single arbitrator within five Business Days of initiation of arbitration, then the AAA shall select an arbitrator on behalf of the Parties. Disputes of $5,000,000 or more shall be decided by majority vote of a panel of three arbitrators; provided, however, that all three arbitrators must actively participate in all hearings and deliberations. The panel of arbitrators will be comprised of three arbitrators, with one arbitrator selected by each of Wells Fargo and Client and the third arbitrator selected by the two arbitrators chosen by the Parties. If an arbitrator is unable to serve, his or her replacement will be selected in the same manner as the arbitrator to be replaced.
  5.  
Judicial Review of Awards : Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, in any arbitration in which the amount in controversy exceeds $25,000,000, the arbitrators shall be required to make specific, written findings of fact and conclusions of law. In such arbitrations (i) the arbitrators shall not have the power to make any award which is not supported by substantial evidence or which is based on legal error, (ii) an award shall not be binding upon the parties unless the findings of fact are supported by substantial evidence and the conclusions of law are not erroneous under the Governing Law, and (iii) the parties shall have, in addition to the grounds referred to in the Federal Arbitration Act for vacating, modifying or correcting an award, the right to judicial review of (a) whether the findings of fact rendered by the arbitrators are supported by substantial evidence, and (b) whether the conclusions of law are erroneous under the Governing Law. Judgment confirming an award in such a proceeding may be entered only if a court determines the award is supported by substantial evidence and not based on legal error under the Governing Law.

 

32


 

  6.  
Arbitration; Other Matters : To the maximum extent practicable, the AAA, the arbitrators and the Parties shall take all action required to conclude any arbitration proceeding within 180 days of the filing of the Dispute with the AAA. No arbitrator or other Party to an arbitration proceeding may disclose the existence, content or results thereof, except for disclosures of information by a Party required in the ordinary course of its business, by applicable law or regulation, or to the extent necessary to exercise any judicial review rights set forth herein. If more than one agreement for arbitration by or between the Parties potentially applies to a Dispute, the arbitration provision most directly related to the subject matter of the Dispute shall control. This arbitration provision shall survive the termination of this Agreement.
  I.  
Attorneys’ Fees . In the event either Party to this Agreement shall be required to initiate legal or arbitration proceedings (a) to interpret or enforce performance of any term or condition of this Agreement, (b) to enjoin any action prohibited hereunder, or (c) to gain any other form of relief whatsoever, the prevailing Party shall be entitled to recover, to the extent permitted by law, in addition to any other damages or compensation received, reasonable attorneys’ fees and court costs incurred by it on account thereof notwithstanding the nature of the claim or cause of action asserted by the prevailing Party. “Attorneys’ fees” includes the reasonable expense to any corporation of the service of its in-house counsel.
  J.  
Waiver . If a Party waives any of its rights on any one or more occasions it will not be deemed to be a waiver of that Party’s rights on any other occasion. No delay on the part of any Party hereto in exercising any right, power, or privilege hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof, and no single or partial exercise of any right, power, or privilege hereunder shall preclude other or further exercise thereof, or be deemed to establish a custom or course of dealing or performance between the Parties hereto, or preclude the exercise of any other right, power, or privilege.
  K.  
No Third Party Beneficiaries . Nothing in this Agreement is intended or shall be construed to give any person, other than the Parties to or Parties indemnified under this Agreement, any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or in respect of this Agreement or any provision contained in this Agreement.
  L.  
Remedies Cumulative . The rights and remedies herein expressly provided are cumulative and may be exercised singly or concurrently and as often and in such order as the Party entitled to such right or remedy deems expedient and are not exclusive of any rights or remedies which such Party would otherwise have whether by agreement or now or hereafter existing under applicable law.

 

33


 

  M.  
Severability . In case any provision in or obligation under this Agreement shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any jurisdiction, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions or obligations, or of such provision or obligation in any other jurisdiction, shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.
  N.  
Examinations and Audits .
  1.  
Of Armored Carrier : Client shall take all steps reasonably necessary to ensure to the satisfaction of Wells Fargo that each Armored Carrier shall allow Wells Fargo, Client, their respective designees, and any regulatory or supervisory body to which Wells Fargo or its affiliates is subject (“ Auditors ”), access to its facilities that maintain inventories of the Cash, subject to the terms and conditions of this Section. Such access shall be for the purpose of allowing the Auditors to perform a physical audit of the Cash, and shall be permitted on regular Business Days during the Armored Carrier’s regular business hours at any time without prior notice, but subject to the Armored Carrier’s regular security policies. The Auditors must present proper credentials to the manager of the Armored Carrier’s facilities prior to gaining admission. The Party on whose behalf the audit is to be conducted (which, in the case of an audit by any regulatory or supervisory body, shall be the Party subject to the regulation or supervision of such body) shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless the other Party and the Armored Carrier from any liability, loss, damage, cost, or expense, including reasonable attorney’s fees, arising out of any bodily injury, death, or damage to property sustained by an Auditor as a result of being on the Armored Carrier’s premises or entering or leaving therefrom, to the extent that such bodily injury, death, or damage to property does not arise from the negligence or intentional misconduct of the Armored Carrier or any of its officers, agents, or employees. In addition, Client (provided the audit is to be conducted by or on behalf of Wells Fargo) and Armored Carrier shall furnish to the Auditors their respective records relating to the Cash and the performance of Client’s obligations under this Agreement. Client (provided the audit is to be conducted by or on behalf of Wells Fargo) and Armored Carrier shall have the right to have an employee or agent present at all times during any examination or audit of their respective records. Armored Carrier shall have the right to have an employee present at all times during any audit conducted pursuant to this section.

 

34


 

  2.  
Of Wells Fargo : Wells Fargo shall allow Client or its designees (“ Client’s Auditors ”), reasonable access to Wells Fargo’s records relating to the Cash and the performance of its obligations under this Agreement for the purpose of allowing the Client’s Auditors to perform a review of the services provided by Wells Fargo under this Agreement. Such access shall be permitted on regular Business Days during Wells Fargo’s regular business hours at times mutually agreed upon by Wells Fargo and the Client’s Auditor. If Wells Fargo elects to give Client’s Auditors access to its records on Wells Fargo’s premises, Client’s Auditors may be required to present proper credentials to the manager of such premises prior to gaining admission. Client shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless Wells Fargo from any liability, loss, damage, cost, or expense, including reasonable attorney’s fees, arising out of any bodily injury, death, or damage to property sustained by Client’s Auditor as a result of gaining access to Wells Fargo’s premises or entering or leaving therefrom, to the extent that such bodily injury, death, or damage to property does not arise from the negligence or intentional misconduct of Wells Fargo or any of its officers, agents, or employees. Wells Fargo shall have the right to have an employee or agent present at all times during any examination or audit of its records.
  3.  
Of Amounts in Covered Machines : At least monthly, Armored Carrier shall swap the cash cassettes in and balance each Covered Machine and report the balances to Wells Fargo using iCom Reporting Systems. In the event there is a discrepancy between the balances in any Covered Machine reported by Armored Carrier and the balances reported to Client by Wells Fargo for those Covered Machines, Wells Fargo shall promptly, and in any event within 5 days following discovery of such discrepancy, report such discrepancy to Client.
  4.  
MSB Audit of Client : At least annually, and more frequently if required in Wells Fargo’s sole discretion, Wells Fargo will conduct an MSB audit of Client’s operations. Wells Fargo will provide reasonable notice to Client of any such audit. Client agrees to fully cooperate in any such audit and to make available to Wells Fargo all records and other information that are requested by Wells Fargo and are necessary for the Bank to perform such audit.
  O.  
SEC Reporting Requirements . Wells Fargo hereby acknowledges that Holdings may be required by law to file this Agreement as an exhibit to one or more of its public filings or reports with the Securities and Exchange Commission and Wells Fargo consents to the filing of this Agreement as an exhibit to any such report or filing; provided that Client shall seek confidential treatment with respect to the amount of fees set forth in Section VII.A of this Agreement for purposes of redacting such fee information from any public filings or reports filed by Holdings with the Securities and Exchange Commission.
  P.  
Wells Fargo’s Records Presumed Correct . Except as otherwise expressly set forth in this Agreement, if at any time during the term of this Agreement there is a discrepancy between the records of Wells Fargo and the records of Client or any third party, the records of Wells Fargo shall be rebuttably presumed to be correct.
  Q.  
Construction . The Parties acknowledge that this Agreement was jointly drafted and the provisions herein shall not be construed against any Party.

 

35


 

  R.  
Wholesaling Prohibited . The services provided under this Agreement to Client are intended for the direct benefit of Client and no other person. If at any time Wells Fargo, in its sole determination, concludes that Cash supplied to a Covered Machine is in furtherance of a transaction in which the services provided by Wells Fargo to Client under this Agreement are being directly or indirectly resold to a third party, Wells Fargo may immediately terminate its obligations under this Agreement with respect to such Covered Machine.
  S.  
Patriot Act Notice; OFAC and Bank Secrecy Act . Wells Fargo hereby notifies Client that pursuant to the requirements of the Patriot Act, it is required to obtain, verify and record information that identifies Client, which information includes the name and address of Client in accordance with the Patriot Act. Client will provide such information and take such actions as are reasonably requested by Wells Fargo in order to assist Wells Fargo in maintaining compliance with the Patriot Act. “ Patriot Act ” means the Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001, Pub. L. 107-56, signed into law October 26, 2001. In addition, Client shall (a) ensure that no person, firm or entity who owns a controlling interest in or otherwise controls Client or any subsidiary of Client is or shall be listed on the Specially Designated National and Blocked Persons List or similar lists maintained by the Office of Foreign Assets Control (“ OFAC ”), the Department of Treasury or included in any Executive Orders, (b) not use or permit to use any funds to violate any of the foreign asset control regulations of OFAC or any enabling statute or Executive Order relating thereto, the Bank Secrecy Act, the Money Laundering Act of 1986, or any other law or legal requirement relating to money laundering, all as amended from time to time, and (c) comply, and cause its subsidiaries to comply, with all such laws and other legal requirements.
[REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

36


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the Parties hereto has caused this Agreement to be executed on its behalf by its duly authorized officers, as of the date and year written above.
                             
GLOBAL CASH ACCESS, INC.       WELLS FARGO BANK, N. A.    
 
                           
By:   /s/ Scott Betts       By:   /s/ Olga E. Wisinicky    
                     
 
  Name:   Scott Betts           Name:   Olga E. Wisinicky    
 
  Title:   CEO           Title:   Vice President    

 

37


 

EXHIBIT A
Covered Machines
See Exhibit F (Recovery Plan) which includes the list of Covered Machines

 

 


 

EXHIBIT B
Servicer Settlement Accounts
         
Servicer Names     Settlement Account Number  
 
       
*
    *  
 
       
*
    *  
     
*  
Identified in separate writing between Wells Fargo and Client.

 

 


 

EXHIBIT C
Servicer Letter
(Processor)
[INSERT DATE]
         
     
 
       
     
 
       
     
Attention:
       
 
 
 
   
Ladies and Gentlemen:
Wells Fargo Bank, National Association (“ Wells Fargo ”) has entered into, or intends to enter into, a Contract Cash Solutions Agreement with  _____  (“ Client ”) (the “ Contract Cash Solutions Agreement ”) pursuant to which Wells Fargo shall provide U.S. currency for the operation of ATM machines owned, operated or managed by Client and listed on Exhibit A as the same may be supplemented from time to time by joint written notice from Wells Fargo and Client to Servicer (the “ Covered Machines ”). Client has also contracted with the above named addressee (“ Servicer ”) to perform certain services in connection with the Covered Machines pursuant to a separate agreement between Servicer and Client (the “ Servicing Agreement ”). The purpose of this letter agreement is to set forth certain rights and obligations of Servicer, Wells Fargo and Client.
1.  
Definitions . For purposes of this letter agreement the following words shall have the corresponding meanings below:
  (a)  
Cash ” shall mean the U.S. currency provided by Wells Fargo for the operation of the Covered Machines pursuant to the Contract Cash Solutions Agreement.
  (b)  
Receivables ” shall mean, for any period, an amount equal to the total amount of Cash dispensed from the Covered Machines for any given period for which Servicer is required to reimburse Wells Fargo pursuant to Section 4 of this Agreement.
2.  
Ownership of Cash and Receivables . Notwithstanding that the Cash or the Receivables may be in the physical possession or custody of a party other than Wells Fargo, Servicer and Client agree that Wells Fargo shall have absolute control of all of the Cash at all times, that the Cash and the Receivables are the sole and exclusive property of Wells Fargo and that Servicer shall not at any time have any interest (including any security interest) in such Cash or Receivables.

 

 


 

 _____, 20_____ 
Page 2
3.  
Access to Cash; Regulatory Requirements . Servicer acknowledges that it has no access to or control of the Cash and that Servicer shall not, and shall not instruct its agents and subcontractors (if any) to, physically remove the Cash from Covered Machines or hinder Wells Fargo’s physical access to the Cash. Servicer shall cooperate with Wells Fargo by furnishing all information in the possession of Servicer and reasonably required by Wells Fargo to meet regulatory requirements that Wells Fargo notifies Servicer of in writing.
4.  
Settlement of Cash . Wells Fargo maintains depository accounts (each a “ Settlement Account ”) which shall be used to settle transactions, including electronic transfer of funds, that are consummated at the Covered Machines when Cash is dispensed from a Covered Machine. Servicer’s settlement of transactions with respect to Cash dispensed from a Covered Machine pursuant to the terms of the Servicing Agreement shall be made by wire transfer of the required amount of funds in immediately available funds into the appropriate Settlement Account. Client and Servicer each acknowledges that all Cash dispensing transactions with respect to the Covered Machines, including all charges with respect thereto, and all adjustments, chargebacks, representments and other corrections thereto will be settled to the appropriate Settlement Account. The Settlement Account shall be Wells Fargo account no. _____. The designation of a Settlement Account may be changed only in writing by Client and Wells Fargo and Servicer shall not make payment of any settlement amounts attributable to the Covered Machines to any other account unless so instructed jointly by Client and Wells Fargo.
5.  
No Obligation . Servicer shall have no rights or obligations under the Contract Cash Solutions Agreement. Wells Fargo shall have no rights or obligations under the Servicing Agreement. The sole rights or obligations between Servicer and Wells Fargo are set forth herein.
6.  
Term and Termination .
  (a)  
Client shall promptly provide Wells Fargo with notice of any notice of termination of the Servicing Agreement. This letter agreement shall automatically terminate upon the termination of the Servicing Agreement or the Contract Cash Solutions Agreement.
  (b)  
Wells Fargo and Client shall each promptly provide Servicer with notice of any notice of termination of the Contract Cash Solutions Agreement.
  (c)  
No party shall have liability to the other party for any delay beyond the control of such party in the provision of notice pursuant to subsections (a) or (b) above.
  (d)  
Nothing contained herein is intended to alter the provisions for termination of the Servicing Agreement and the Contract Cash Solutions Agreement found therein, which termination shall be permissible solely to the extent permitted under the relevant agreements and pursuant to the terms thereof.

 

 


 

 _____, 20_____ 
Page 3
7.  
Representations and Warranties .
  (a)  
Representations of Client . Client represents and warrants to, and covenants with, Wells Fargo as follows:
  1.  
Organization . Client is a corporation, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its formation and has all necessary power and authority to own or lease its properties and to carry on its business as now being conducted.
  2.  
Authorization . Client has the power to enter into this letter agreement, and the execution, delivery and performance of this letter agreement has been duly authorized by all requisite action. This letter agreement when executed and delivered shall constitute the valid and binding obligation of Client.
  (b)  
Representations of Servicer . Servicer represents and warrants to, and covenants with, Wells Fargo as follows:
  1.  
Organization . Servicer is duly formed, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its formation and has all necessary corporate power and authority to own or lease its properties and to carry on its business.
  2.  
Authorization . Servicer has the corporate power to enter into this letter agreement, and the execution, deliver and performance of this letter agreement has been duly authorized by all requisite corporate action. This letter agreement when executed and delivered shall constitute the valid and binding obligation of Servicer.
  (c)  
Representations of Wells Fargo . Wells Fargo represents and warrants to, and covenants with, Client and Servicer as follows:
  1.  
Organization . Wells Fargo is duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the United States and has all necessary corporate power and authority to own or lease its properties and to carry on its business as now being conducted, and possesses all licenses, franchises, rights and privileges material to the conduct of its business, taken as a whole.
  2.  
Authorization . Wells Fargo has the corporate power to enter into this letter agreement, and the execution, delivery and performance of this letter agreement has been duly authorized by all requisite corporate action. This letter agreement when executed and delivered shall constitute the valid and binding obligation of Wells Fargo.

 

 


 

 _____, 20_____ 
Page 4
8.  
Conflicts . In the event of a conflict between the terms set forth in Section 2 of this letter agreement and the Servicing Agreement, the terms set forth in Section 2 of this letter agreement shall prevail.
9.  
Governing Law . This letter agreement shall be governed by [INSERT STATE] law.
10.  
Notices . All notices under this letter agreement shall be sent by certified first class mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, or other receipted express delivery services, or by facsimile with written acknowledgment of receipt, and shall be effective upon receipt:
If to Client to:
If to Servicer to:
If to Wells Fargo to:
Wells Fargo Bank, National Association
11.  
Amendments . The terms of this letter agreement may not be amended without the prior written consent of each party hereto.
12.  
Counterparts . This letter agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original. All counterparts executed shall constitute one agreement binding all of the parties.
13.  
Waiver. If a party waives any of its rights on any one or more occasions it will not be deemed to be a waiver of that party’s rights on any other occasion.

 

 


 

 _____, 20_____ 
Page 5
14.  
Severability . Any provision of this letter agreement held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid or unenforceable shall not impair or invalidate the remainder of this letter agreement and the effect thereof shall be confined to the provision so held to be invalid or unenforceable.
Please acknowledge your receipt and agreement with the provisions of this letter agreement by having your authorized officer execute the copy included herewith and returning it to the undersigned.
             
    Sincerely,    
 
           
    [CLIENT]    
 
           
 
  By:        
 
     
 
Name:
   
 
      Title:    
ACKNOWLEDGED AND AGREED TO THIS  _____ DAY OF  _____, 20_____.
[SERVICER]
         
By:
       
 
 
 
Name:
   
 
  Title:    
WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
         
By:
       
 
 
 
Name:
   
 
  Title:    

 

 


 

EXHIBIT D
ARMORED CARRIER LETTER AGREEMENT
[INSERT DATE]
Ladies and Gentlemen:
Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, a national banking association organized under the laws of the United States (“ Wells Fargo ”) has entered into, or intends to enter into, a Contract Cash Solutions Agreement with  _____  (“ Client ”) (the “ Contract Cash Solutions Agreement ”) pursuant to which Wells Fargo shall provide U.S. currency for the cash dispensement operations of the ATM machines owned, operated or managed by Client and listed on Exhibit A as the same may be supplemented from time to time by joint written notice from Wells Fargo and Client to Armored Carrier (the “ Covered Machines ”). Client has also contracted with the above named addressee (“ Armored Carrier ”) to perform certain currency and coin delivery and retrieval services with respect to the Covered Machines pursuant to a separate agreement between Armored Carrier and Client (the “ Armored Carrier Agreement ”). Client, Wells Fargo, and Armored Carrier may be referred to herein as a “Party” or “Parties” when referring to each of them.
1.  
Definition . For purposes of this letter agreement, “Cash” shall mean the U.S. currency provided by Wells Fargo for the cash dispensing operations of the Covered Machines pursuant to the Contract Cash Solutions Agreement.
2.  
Ownership of Cash . Armored Carrier agrees that the Cash is the sole and exclusive property of Wells Fargo and that Armored Carrier shall not at any time have any interest (including any security interest or right of setoff) in such Cash and shall not setoff against the Cash any claims it may now have or claims that may accrue to it in the future against Client, Wells Fargo or any other person. Armored Carrier agrees that Wells Fargo shall have all right, title, and interest in and to the Cash, regardless of physical location, and may treat the Cash as its asset until it is dispensed from the Covered Machines. Upon demand by Wells Fargo, all Cash shall be surrendered by Armored Carrier to Wells Fargo. At no time shall Armored Carrier assert or otherwise claim any interest in the Cash that would under any circumstances be contrary to Wells Fargo’s treatment of the Cash as “vault cash” as defined in section 204.2(k) of Regulation D.
3.  
Commingling of Cash . Armored Carrier acknowledges that it will not at any time commingle the Cash with any other funds it is holding or transporting; provided, that the holding of Cash in an armored vehicle or vault with other funds shall not constitute commingling of the Cash with other funds so long as the Cash shall remain segregated and separately identified from such other funds at all times.

 

 


 

4.  
Armored Carrier Services .
  (a)  
Redelivery of Cash . Notwithstanding any provision of any Armored Carrier Agreement to the contrary, Wells Fargo may demand at any time, without prior notice or qualification, that all or any part of the Cash stored in the Covered Machines or otherwise in possession of Armored Carrier be redelivered to Wells Fargo. In response to any such demand, Armored Carrier shall use its best efforts to redeliver the Cash to Wells Fargo as fast as is reasonably practicable. Unless otherwise agreed to in advance, such redelivery shall be made at Wells Fargo’s expense at such reasonable service charge as shall then be determined in good faith by Armored Carrier. Such Cash shall be returned to Wells Fargo at the address that corresponds to each Covered Machine that is specified in Exhibit A.
  (b)  
Cash Held by Armored Carrier . When Cash is held by Armored Carrier in the Armored Carrier’s vault, all such Cash shall be kept in separate inventory until such time as the Cash is required to be placed in a specific Covered Machine or until it is requested to be returned to Wells Fargo pursuant to this letter. The Cash shall not be commingled with any other cash in the possession, custody or control of Armored Carrier.
  (c)  
Cash Control . At no time shall Client be given access to the Cash held by Armored Carrier, nor shall Armored Carrier give Client access to the Cash held in any Covered Machine.
  (d)  
Covered Machine Access . Except as may be necessary to perform the services under any Armored Carrier Agreement, including, but not limited to, loading and removing Cash to and from the Covered Machines or redelivery of Cash to Wells Fargo provided for in this letter agreement, no employee of Armored Carrier shall have the authority to access the Cash stored in any Covered Machine. Armored Carrier shall not give access to the Cash stored in any of the Covered Machines to any third party without first obtaining the agreement of Wells Fargo. Client’s maintenance providers may have access to the Covered Machines independent of Armored Carrier.
5.  
Cash Discrepancy . The amount set forth in the shipping document released by a Federal Reserve Bank in connection with the release by such Federal Reserve Bank to Armored Carrier of any sealed or locked bag shall be deemed the amount of the Cash received. In the event of any discrepancy between such shipping document and the contents of a sealed or locked cash bag received by Armored Carrier from a Federal Reserve Bank, Armored Carrier shall notify Client and Wells Fargo in writing immediately of the discrepancy, and Armored Carrier shall provide reasonable assistance to Wells Fargo in presenting difference claims to the Federal Reserve Bank in accordance with Federal Reserve Bank regulations. With respect to any Cash made available to Armored Carrier from any one of the Cash Suppliers listed on Exhibit B (each a “ Cash Supplier ”) or a Wells Fargo

 

- 2 -


 

cash vault, the amount set forth on the packing slip for that Cash shipment shall be deemed the amount of Cash received. In the event of any Cash shipment discrepancy between such packing slip provided by a Cash Supplier and the contents as counted by Armored Carrier, Armored Carrier shall notify Client and Wells Fargo in writing immediately of the discrepancy, and Armored Carrier shall provide reasonable assistance to Wells Fargo in presenting difference claims. Wells Fargo and Client each agree that they shall not conceal or misrepresent any material fact or circumstance concerning the Cash delivered to Armored Carrier pursuant to this letter agreement.
6.  
Reporting Requirement . Each Business Day, Armored Carrier shall use commercially reasonable efforts to provide a report to Wells Fargo by 12:00 p.m. local time, which shall contain: (i) the amount of Cash placed in each Covered Machine by Armored Carrier the immediately preceding Business Day, (ii) the amount of Cash returned to the Armored Carrier’s vault from the Covered Machines the immediately preceding Business Day, (iii) the total amount of all Cash shipments from Wells Fargo’s vault to Armored Carrier’s vault the immediately proceeding Business Day, (iv) the total amount of all Cash shipments from Armored Carrier’s vault to Wells Fargo the immediately proceeding Business Day, (v) the closing vault balance of Armored Carrier’s vault the immediately preceding Business Day, and (vi) such other additional information as Wells Fargo may reasonably request. All reports delivered by Armored Carrier shall be completed by the reporting systems selected by Wells Fargo. “ Business Day ” shall mean any day other than weekends or holidays observed by the Federal Reserve Banks or Wells Fargo, and with respect to each Covered Machine, the Cash Supplier that is making Cash available to such Covered Machine. Recovery Plan . Armored Carrier agrees to comply with the terms of the Recovery Plan attached hereto as Exhibit C, as the same may be supplemented from time to time by joint written notice from Wells Fargo and Client to Armored Carrier.
7.  
Insurance . Armored Carrier, at its own expense, shall provide and maintain insurance coverage during the complete term of the Agreement, that conforms in all material respects with the following requirements:
  (a)  
Workers’ Compensation Insurance . Statutory Workers’ Compensation coverage for all of its employees, including occupational disease coverage, as required by applicable law, and employer’s liability with limits of at least $1,000,000 bodily injury each accident, $1,000,000 bodily injury by disease per employee, and $1,000,000 bodily injury by disease in the aggregate. If any class of employees providing any services under the Agreement is not protected by the Workers’ Compensation statute, Armored Carrier shall provide special insurance for the protection of such employees not otherwise protected that is similar to the coverage required above. The policy shall be endorsed to include “all states” coverage (if applicable). If any Services are to be performed by Armored Carrier in North Dakota, Ohio, Washington, West Virginia or Wyoming, Armored Carrier shall purchase, in each of the aforementioned states in which Armored Carrier will be performing Services, (i) Workers’ Compensation in the State Fund established by each such state, and (ii) Stop Gap coverage providing Employer’s liability coverage in each such state.

 

- 3 -


 

  (b)  
Commercial General Liability Insurance . Commercial General Liability Insurance written on an “occurrence” basis with a combined single limit of at least $2,000,000 per occurrence, and a general aggregate of $5,000,000, in forms providing coverage not less than the standard commercial general liability policy including hazards of operation, broad form property damage liability coverage, products/completed operations coverage, independent contractor coverage and broad form contractual coverage for liability assumed under this Agreement, to the extent insurable under the policy. The policy shall insure against claims for personal injury, bodily injury (including death), and property damage occurring on or about the site of any Services following the date of the Agreement by reason of, or as a result of, the negligent acts or omissions of Armored Carrier or any of its employees, agents or contractors. Coverage shall include (a) liability arising out of acts of agents or contractors of Armored Carrier and (b) provisions that the insurance company has a duty to defend all insureds under the policy and that defense costs are paid in addition to and do not deplete the policy limits.
  (c)  
Automobile Liability Insurance . Coverage for all motor vehicles operated by or for Armored Carrier, including protection for automobiles and trucks used by Armored Carrier either on or away from Client’s and Wells Fargo’s facilities or other sites at which Armored Carrier’s services are provided, with a combined single limit of at least $1,000,000 per occurrence for bodily injury and property damage. The policy shall include coverage for all hired, owned and non-owned vehicles.
  (d)  
Commercial Umbrella/Follow Form Excess Policy . Excess liability policy with limits of not less than $10,000,000 per occurrence in excess of the primary underlying policy limits. The policy must provide coverage at least as broad as the underlying policies.
  (e)  
All-Risk Property Insurance . Replacement cost coverage on all buildings, equipment and other property used in the performance of the Services, and Armored Carrier hereby waives any right of subrogation against Client and Wells Fargo (including, their respective officers, directors and employees) for any loss or damage to same. Armored Carrier shall have the option to self-insure for such coverage, but if Armored Carrier elects to self-insure, Armored Carrier shall protect Client and Wells Fargo (including their respective officers, directors and employees) to the same extent as it would if it had obtained an “all risk” property coverage policy covering such property.

 

- 4 -


 

  (f)  
Comprehensive . Comprehensive Crime/Money and Securities insurance with a limit of not less than the greater of (i) $50,000,000 for any Armored Carrier facility ($50,000,000 for an Armored Carrier facility without a Class II vault), (ii) $50,000,000 for property in transit, or (iii) an amount equal to the maximum amount of cash, currency and valuables held for all Clients at each Armored Carrier facility (determined on a facility by facility basis) covering all loss, damage or destruction of “Property” (as defined in this Agreement) while same is in the care, custody and control of Armored Carrier, its employees, agents or contractors or as may otherwise be the responsibility of Armored Carrier under this Agreement. The insurance shall include, but not be limited to, the following coverages:
  (i)  
Employee Theft/Dishonesty Coverage (including Client and Wells Fargo Property endorsement)
  (ii)  
In transit coverage
 
  (iii)  
On premises coverage
 
  (iv)  
Computer theft and funds transfer coverage
  (v)  
Joint loss payable endorsement in favor of Client and Wells Fargo
  (vi)  
Legal Liability coverage for loss of and/or damage or destruction of Property
  (g)  
General Requirements . The following general requirements shall apply to all insurance policies required to be obtained by Armored Carrier hereunder:
  (i)  
Armored Carrier shall maintain the foregoing insurance coverage in force at all times during the performance of any Services under the Agreement.
  (ii)  
Armored Carrier shall furnish Client and Wells Fargo with certificates of insurance evidencing the insurance required by this Agreement prior to the commencement of any services and at least annually from the date of the Agreement and as policies are renewed, replaced, or modified. Failure to provide the certificates will constitute a material breach and entitle Client and Wells Fargo to terminate the Agreement.
  (iii)  
All policies shall be written by insurance companies that are (a) lawfully authorized to do business in the jurisdiction(s) where work is being performed or services are provided and (b) carry an A.M. Best rating of “A” or better and financial category of “X” or higher. Should any policy be written on a surplus lines and non-admitted basis, Client and Wells Fargo reserve the right to approve the insurance company.
  (iv)  
Each policy shall include a provision requiring that at least 30 days prior written notice be given to Client and Wells Fargo in the event of cancellation, non-renewal, lowering of policy limits or exhaustion of aggregates. Armored Carrier shall provide Client and Wells Fargo with 30 days prior written notice of any material change in any policy.

 

- 5 -


 

  (v)  
Armored Carrier shall pay the premiums on all required insurance policies and the cost for such premiums shall be deemed included in the compensation payable to Armored Carrier for its services pursuant to the terms of the Armored Carrier Agreement.
 
  (vi)  
All required insurance policies, except for Workers’ Compensation and “All Risk” Property Insurance, to the extent permitted by applicable law, shall name Client and Wells Fargo and their respective officers, directors and employees as “additional insureds.” Any General Liability and Umbrella policy must utilize ISO endorsement form CG2010 (11/85) Additional Insured — Owners, Lessees, or Contractors (Form B) or equivalent endorsement that names Client and Wells Fargo and their respective officers, directors and employees as additional insureds for both ongoing operations of Armored Carrier and completed operations of Armored Carrier.
  (vii)  
Except where prohibited by law, all insurance policies required by this Agreement shall include a Waiver of Subrogation in favor of Client and Wells Fargo and their respective officers, directors and employees.
  (viii)  
Each of Armored Carrier’s insurance policies shall be written so as to provide primary coverage and to be non-contributing with respect to any other insurance or self insurance which may be maintained by Client and Wells Fargo.
  (ix)  
The insurance requirements set forth herein shall in no way limit the liability of Armored Carrier or its contractors arising under the Armored Carrier Agreement, this letter or any other agreement or as a result of any related activities.
  (x)  
Armored Carrier shall be responsible for the payment of any and all deductibles or SIR (“Self Insurance Retention”) applicable under its insurance policies. Armored Carrier’s deductible and/or SIR shall not exceed Armored Carrier’s current limits on any given policy, unless approved in writing by Client and Wells Fargo. Client and Wells Fargo acknowledge that Armored Carrier’s deductibles on Armored Carrier’s policies in existence at the inception of this letter agreement are acceptable and Armored Carrier agrees to notify Client and Wells Fargo in writing at least thirty (30) days in advance of any future proposed changes in such deductible and to obtain Client’s and Wells Fargo’s written approval prior to increasing any deductibles.
  (xi)  
Client and Wells Fargo shall have the right to request from time to time that Armored Carrier obtain additional insurance in connection with Armored Carrier’s performance of any of its services.

 

- 6 -


 

8.  
Examinations and Audits Of Armored Carrier . Armored Carrier shall allow Wells Fargo, Client, their respective designees, and any regulatory or supervisory body to which Wells Fargo is subject (“Auditors”), access to its facilities that maintain inventories of the Cash. Such access shall be for the purpose of allowing the Auditors to perform a physical audit of the Cash, and shall be permitted on regular business days during the Armored Carrier’s regular business hours at times to be determined by the Party on whose behalf the audit is being conducted. The Auditors must present proper credentials to the manager of the Armored Carrier’s facilities prior to gaining admission and Armored Carrier shall have the right to independently verify with Wells Fargo that such auditors are authorized prior to having access to such facilities. The Party on whose behalf the audit is being conducted shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless the Armored Carrier from any liability, loss, damage, cost, or expense, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, arising out of any bodily injury, death or damage to property sustained by an Auditor as a result of being on the Armored Carrier’s premises or entering or leaving therefrom, to the extent that such bodily injury, death or damage to property does not arise from the negligence or intentional misconduct of the Armored Carrier or any of its officers, agents, or employees. In addition, Client (provided the audit is being conducted by or on behalf of Wells Fargo) and Armored Carrier shall furnish to the Auditors their respective records relating to any discrepancy in Cash settlement. Client (provided the audit is being conducted by or on behalf of Wells Fargo) and Armored Carrier shall have the right to have an employee or agent present at all times during any examination or audit of their respective records. Armored Carrier shall have the right to have an employee present at all times during any such audit.
9.  
Representations, Warranties and Covenants of Armored Carrier . Armored Carrier represents, warrants, and covenants to Client and Wells Fargo as follows:
  (a)  
Organization . Armored Carrier is duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its formation and has all necessary corporate power and authority to own or lease its properties and to carry on its business as now being conducted, and possesses all licenses, franchises, rights and privileges material to the conduct of its business, taken as a whole.
  (b)  
Authorization . Armored Carrier has the corporate power to enter into this letter agreement, and the execution, delivery and performance of this letter agreement has been duly authorized by all requisite corporate action. This letter agreement when executed and delivered shall constitute the valid and binding obligation of Armored Carrier.
  (c)  
Amendment of Armored Carrier Agreement . Armored Carrier agrees to provide Wells Fargo with at least 60 days prior written notice of any amendment to any Armored Carrier Agreement that may have a material adverse effect on Wells Fargo.
  (d)  
Compliance with Insurance Requirements . Armored Carrier represents and warrants that at no time shall the amount of Cash contained in any delivery vehicle of Armored Carrier exceed the truck load limit set for that vehicle by Armored Carrier’s insurance carrier.
  (e)  
Vault Security . Armored Carrier agrees that it shall conform to any regulatory requirements imposed upon Wells Fargo with respect to security measures that are applicable to the maintenance of the Cash in Armored Carrier’s vaults.

 

- 7 -


 

10.  
Indemnification . As between Wells Fargo and Armored Carrier, Armored Carrier shall bear all risk of loss with respect to Cash in its possession or control, including, without limitation, loss due to theft or destruction of any of the Cash, or misfeasance of malfeasance of Armored Carrier, its agents or employees; provided that the foregoing sentence shall not supersede any limitations on liability as agreed by Client and Armored Carrier and set forth in the Armored Carrier Agreement. Armored Carrier agrees to indemnify, defend and hold harmless Wells Fargo for loss, theft or destruction of the Cash to the same extent it is required to indemnify Client under the Armored Carrier Agreement. Armored Carrier shall not be liable or responsible for any loss of Cash: (i) due solely to the intentional act or omission of Wells Fargo, its agents, or employees, (ii) that occurs after such Cash has been returned to a Cash Supplier, a Federal Reserve Bank or Wells Fargo, or (iii) that occurs before such Cash has been delivered to Armored Carrier.
11.  
No Obligation . Armored Carrier shall have no rights or obligations under the Contract Cash Solutions Agreement. Wells Fargo shall have no rights or obligations under the Armored Carrier Agreement. The sole rights or obligations between Armored Carrier and Wells Fargo are set forth herein.
12.  
Term and Termination .
  (a)  
Client shall promptly provide Wells Fargo and Armored Carrier with any notice of termination of the Armored Carrier Agreement. This letter agreement shall automatically terminate upon the termination of the Armored Carrier Agreement or the Contract Cash Solutions Agreement.
  (b)  
Wells Fargo and Client shall each promptly provide Armored Carrier with notice of any notice of termination of the Contract Cash Solutions Agreement.
  (c)  
In the event of any regulatory requirements imposed on Wells Fargo with regards to security measures in which Wells Fargo has notified Client in writing and which Client is unable to or unwilling to comply, Client may terminate this letter agreement without any liability on 30 days’ written notice to Wells Fargo.
  (d)  
No Party shall have liability to any other Party for any delay beyond the control of such Party in the provision of notice pursuant to subsections (a) or (b) above.
13.  
Settlement of Disputes .
  (a)  
Conflicts . To the extent any dispute resolution terms in this letter are inconsistent with any such terms in the Contract Cash Solutions Agreement, the terms of this letter shall prevail.

 

- 8 -


 

  (b)  
Arbitration . Upon the demand of any Party, any “Dispute” shall be resolved by binding arbitration (except as set forth below in “Judicial Review of Arbitration Awards”) in accordance with the terms of this letter agreement. A “Dispute “ shall mean any action, dispute, claim or controversy of any kind, whether in contract or tort, statutory or common law, legal or equitable, now existing or hereafter arising under or in connection with, or in any way pertaining to, the subject matter of this letter agreement, or any past, present or future activities, transactions or obligations of any kind related directly or indirectly to the subject matter of this letter agreement, including, without limitation, any of the foregoing arising in connection with the exercise of any self-help or any ancillary or other remedies or actions taken relating to the subject matter of this letter agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a “Dispute” shall not include any claim arising out of the bodily injury to, or death of, any person. Any Party may by summary proceedings bring an action in court to compel arbitration of a Dispute. Any Party who fails or refuses to submit to arbitration following a lawful demand by any other Party shall bear all costs and expenses incurred by such other Party in compelling arbitration of any Dispute.
  (c)  
Rules Governing Arbitration . Arbitration proceedings shall be administered by the American Arbitration Association (“ AAA ”) or such other administrator as the Parties shall mutually agree upon in accordance with the AAA Commercial Arbitration Rules. All Disputes submitted to arbitration shall be resolved in accordance with the Federal Arbitration Act (Title 9 of the United States Code), notwithstanding any conflicting choice of law provision in this letter agreement. The arbitration shall be conducted at a location in [INSERT STATE] selected by the AAA or other administrator. If there is any inconsistency between the terms hereof and any such rules, the terms and procedures set forth herein shall control. All statutes of limitation applicable to any Dispute shall apply to any arbitration proceeding. All discovery activities shall be expressly limited to matters directly relevant to the Dispute being arbitrated. Judgment upon any award rendered in an arbitration may be entered in any court having jurisdiction.
  (d)  
Arbitration; Provisional Remedies . Except as otherwise provided in this letter agreement, no provision hereof shall limit the right of any Party to exercise self-help remedies such as setoff, or to obtain provisional or ancillary remedies, including, without limitation, injunctive relief, sequestration, attachment, garnishment or the appointment of a receiver, from a court of competent jurisdiction before, after or during the pendency of any arbitration or other proceeding. The exercise of any such remedy shall not waive the right of any Party to compel arbitration hereunder.

 

- 9 -


 

  (e)  
Arbitrator Qualifications and Awards; Powers . Arbitrators must be active members of the Bar in [INSERT STATE] or retired judges of the state or federal judiciary of [INSERT STATE] with expertise in the substantive laws applicable to the subject matter of the Dispute. Arbitrators are empowered to resolve Disputes by summary rulings in response to motions filed prior to the final arbitration hearing. Arbitrators (i) shall resolve all Disputes in accordance with the Governing Law, (ii) may grant any remedy or relief that a federal or state court of [INSERT STATE] could order or grant within the scope hereof and such ancillary relief as is necessary to make effective any award, and (iii) shall have the power to award recovery of all costs and fees, to impose sanctions and to take such other actions as they deem necessary to the same extent a judge could pursuant to the Federal Rules of Civil Procedure, the Rules of Civil Procedure of the State of [INSERT STATE] or other applicable law. Disputes shall be decided by majority vote of a panel of three arbitrators; provided, however, that all three arbitrators must actively participate in all hearings and deliberations.
  (f)  
Judicial Review of Awards . Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, in any arbitration in which the amount in controversy exceeds $25,000,000, the arbitrators shall be required to make specific, written findings of fact and conclusions of law. In such arbitrations (i) the arbitrators shall not have the power to make any award which is not supported by substantial evidence or which is based on legal error, (ii) an award shall not be binding upon the Parties unless the findings of fact are supported by substantial evidence and the conclusions of law are not erroneous under the Governing Law, and (iii) the Parties shall have, in addition to the grounds referred to in the Federal Arbitration Act for vacating, modifying or correcting an award, the right to judicial review of (a) whether the findings of fact rendered by the arbitrators are supported by substantial evidence, and (b) whether the conclusions of law are erroneous under the Governing Law. Judgment confirming an award in such a proceeding may be entered only if a court determines the award is supported by substantial evidence and not based on legal error under the Governing Law.
  (g)  
Arbitration; Other Matters . To the maximum extent practicable, the AAA, the arbitrators and the Parties shall take all action required to conclude any arbitration proceeding within 180 days of the filing of the Dispute with the AAA. No arbitrator or other Party to an arbitration proceeding may disclose the existence, content or results thereof, except for disclosures of information by a Party required in the ordinary course of its business, by applicable law or regulation, or to the extent necessary to exercise any judicial review rights set forth herein. If more than one agreement for arbitration by or between the Parties potentially applies to a Dispute, the arbitration provision most directly related to the subject matter of the Dispute shall control. This arbitration provision shall survive the termination of this letter agreement.

 

- 10 -


 

14.  
Notices . All notices under this letter agreement shall be sent by certified first class mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, or other receipted express delivery services, or by facsimile with written acknowledgment of receipt, and shall be effective upon receipt:
If to Client to:
If to Servicer to:
If to Wells Fargo to:
Wells Fargo Bank, National Association
15.  
Governing Law . This letter agreement shall be governed by [INSERT STATE] law.
16.  
Amendments . The terms of this letter agreement may not be amended without the prior written consent of each Party hereto.
17.  
Counterparts . This letter agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original. All counterparts executed shall constitute one agreement binding all of the Parties.
18.  
Waiver . If a Party waives any of its rights on any one or more occasions it will not be deemed to be a waiver of that Party’s rights on any other occasion. Please acknowledge your receipt and agreement to the representations, covenants, warranties, and provisions of this letter agreement by having your authorized officer execute the copy included herewith and returning it to the undersigned.

 

- 11 -


 

             
    Sincerely,    
 
           
    [CLIENT]    
 
           
 
  By:        
 
     
 
Name:
   
 
      Title:    
ACKNOWLEDGED AND AGREED TO THIS  _____ DAY OF  _____, 20_____.
[ARMORED CARRIER]
         
By:
       
 
 
 
Name:
   
 
  Title:    
WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
         
By:
       
 
 
 
Name:
   
 
  Title:    
EXHIBIT A
Covered Machines
EXHIBIT B
Cash Suppliers
EXHIBIT C
Recovery Plan

 

- 12 -


 

EXHIBIT E
Maintenance Provider Letter
______________, 20__
         
     
 
       
     
 
       
     
Attention:
       
 
 
 
   
Ladies and Gentlemen:
Wells Fargo Bank, National Association (“ Wells Fargo ”) has entered into a Contract Cash Solutions Agreement with  _____  (“ Client ”) (the “ Contract Cash Solutions Agreement ”) pursuant to which Wells Fargo shall provide U.S. currency for the dispensing from the ATM machines (the “ Cash ”) owned, operated or managed by Client (the “ Covered Machines ”). Client has also contracted with the above named addressee (“ Maintenance Provider ”) to perform certain maintenance services in connection with certain of the Covered Machines (the “ Serviced Machines ”) pursuant to one or more written agreements between Maintenance Provider and Client (the “ Maintenance Contracts ”). The purpose of this letter agreement is to set forth certain rights and obligations of Maintenance Provider, Wells Fargo and Client.
1.  Ownership of Cash . Maintenance Provider and Client agree that Wells Fargo shall have absolute control of all of the Cash in the Serviced Machines at all times, that the Cash is the sole and exclusive property of Wells Fargo and that Maintenance Provider shall not at any time have any interest (including any security interest) in such Cash.
2.  Access to Cash . Maintenance Provider acknowledges that it has no right of control of the Cash and that Maintenance Provider shall not, and shall not instruct its agents and subcontractors (if any) to, physically remove the Cash from Serviced Machines or hinder any Armored Carrier’s physical access to the Cash. “ Armored Carrier ” shall mean one or more armored carriers that Client and Wells Fargo have contracted with for purposes of delivering monies to, and retrieving monies from the Covered Machines.
3.  Conflicts . In the event of a conflict between the terms set forth in Section 2 of this letter agreement and the Maintenance Contracts, the terms set forth in Section 2 of this letter agreement shall prevail.
4.  Counterparts . This letter agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original. All counterparts executed shall constitute one agreement binding all of the parties.
5.  Term . This letter is effective until Maintenance Provider receives notice of termination from Wells Fargo.

 

 


 

Please acknowledge your receipt and agreement with the provisions of this letter agreement by having your authorized officer execute the copy included herewith and returning it to the undersigned. Addresses for notices can be found in Exhibit E-1 to this letter.
             
    Sincerely,    
 
           
    [CLIENT]    
 
           
 
  By:        
 
     
 
Name:
   
 
      Title:    
ACKNOWLEDGED AND AGREED TO THIS  _____ DAY OF  _____, 20_____.
[MAINTENANCE PROVIDER]
         
By:
       
 
 
 
Name:
   
 
  Title:    
WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
         
By:
       
 
 
 
Name:
   
 
  Title:    

 

- 2 -


 

Exhibit E-1
Addresses for Notices
If to Client to:
If to Maintenance Provider to:
If to Wells Fargo to:
Wells Fargo Bank, National Association

 

- 3 -


 

EXHIBIT F
Recovery Plan
See Attached

 

- 1 -


 

EXHIBIT G
Pilot Settlement and Reconciliation Procedures
1.  
Commencement . The settlement procedures for Pilot Machines (as defined below) shall become effective at 12:00 a.m. Pacific Time on a date mutually agreed upon by Wells Fargo and Client (the “Pilot Start Date”). For purposes of the Pilot, the Pilot Machines shall include only those ATMs separately agreed to in writing. One week prior to the Pilot Start Date, Client shall provide a detailed written description of the currency and coin balances required for the initial cash orders to Wells Fargo intended for use in the Pilot Machines (the “Starting Pilot Cash”). Upon Client’s receipt of the Starting Pilot Cash (which will be deemed to be the time when the Armored Carrier receives the Cash from the Wells Fargo Network Location), the U.S. currency and coin for the dispensing from the Pilot Machines as of the Pilot Start Date shall be the property of Wells Fargo and shall be referred to as the “Pilot Cash.” Client shall remove any Cash that is not Starting Pilot Cash from the Pilot Machines before the Starting Pilot Cash is loaded into the Pilot Machines and the only Cash in the Pilot Machines shall be Wells Fargo owned Cash.
2.  
Reports .
  A.  
Daily Reports . By 9:00 a.m., Central Time, on each Business Day after the Pilot Start Date, Client shall deliver to Wells Fargo two daily reports (“Daily Reports”) as follows:
  (i)  
File 1 . A report (the “File 1 Report”) that provides the amount of Cash dispensed from each Pilot Machine between 3:00 p.m. Pacific Time on the day immediately preceding the day on which the immediately preceding File 1 Report was delivered and 3 p.m. Pacific Time of the immediately preceding Business Day (“Daily Dispensed Cash”); and
  (ii)  
File 2 . A report (the “File 2 Report”) that provides the amount of Pilot Cash dispensed from each Pilot Machine serviced since the preceding Business Day from 3:00 p.m. Pacific Time until such Pilot Machine was serviced and cash cassettes swapped by the applicable armored carrier on the immediately preceding Business Day.
  B.  
Armored Carrier Service Report . Utilizing iCom Reporting Systems, on each Business Day, the applicable Armored Carrier shall deliver to Wells Fargo a report reflecting each Pilot Machine serviced and cash cassettes swapped since the preceding report and the Pilot Cash balance in each Pilot Machine at the time of service (together with corrections and adjustments input in the iCom Reporting System, the “Service Report(s)”). Service Reports shall be used by Wells Fargo as part of the reconciliation process contemplated hereby.
  C.  
Daily Report by Wells Fargo . Although the Bank Report will not be supplied to Customer, Wells Fargo will supply Customer similar information for each Pilot Machine daily.

 

 


 

3.  
Settlements . All settlements with Client of Pilot Cash shall be effected by wire transfer directly into the Settlement Account by 9 a.m. Pacific Time on the same day Client receives the funds from its current provider.
4.  
Viewing of Settlement Account . Client shall have viewing access to the Settlement Account during the Pilot if such access is available. If such access is not available during the Pilot, Wells Fargo shall use commercially reasonable efforts to provide information about the Settlement Account requested by Client.
5.  
Reconciliation . Following receipt of the Daily Reports each Business Day, Wells Fargo shall endeavor to reconcile all out-of-balance amounts of Pilot Cash from the amounts reported in the Daily Reports and the Service Reports. If at any time Wells Fargo learns that the Pilot Cash is out-of-balance (by use of the bank reports or otherwise), Wells Fargo shall notify Client of the imbalance within three (3) days of such discovery, and within sixty (60) days of providing such notice to Client, Wells Fargo shall credit or debit, as applicable, the Operating Account (as defined below) for such overage or shortage. Variances will be settled as of the last Business Day of the month when the difference reaches sixty (60) days.
6.  
Receivables. Notwithstanding anything in this letter agreement to the contrary, Wells Fargo and Client agree that during the Pilot, Wells Fargo owns the Pilot Cash and any receivables arising from such Pilot Cash being dispensed.
7.  
Fees. Client agrees to pay Wells Faro the Fees for the Pilot calculated in accordance with the terms of the Fee Letter.

 

 


 

EXHIBIT G
Form of Bank Report
See attached

 

 

Exhibit 10.53
EXECUTION COPY
[***] — Indicates confidential information. Confidential treatment requested.
Portion omitted filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.
Fee Letter
November 12, 2010
Global Cash Access, Inc.
3525 E. Post Road, Suite 120
Las Vegas, NV 89120
Attention: General Counsel
Ladies and Gentlemen:
Reference is made to the November 12, 2010, Contract Cash Solutions Agreement (“Agreement”) among Global Cash Access, Inc. (“Client”) and Wells Fargo Bank, N. A. (“Wells Fargo”). This letter agreement is the Fee Letter referred to in the Agreement. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein have the meanings assigned to them in the Agreement.
Client agrees to pay to Wells Fargo the Fees calculated in accordance with the terms of Exhibits A and B to this Fee Letter, which exhibits are incorporated herein. The Fees may be changed pursuant to the terms of Section VII of the Agreement. Client agrees that its obligations under this Fee Letter will survive the consummation of the transactions described in the Agreement.
Please confirm your agreement with the Fees by signing and returning to us a copy of this Fee Letter, whereupon it shall constitute a binding agreement between us. Client agrees that this Fee Letter and its contents are subject to confidentiality provisions and will not be disclosed except as required by law or a final order of a court of competent jurisdiction; and provided that the disclosure of Fees shall be subject to the provisions of Section XIII.O of the Agreement.
         
  Yours very truly,

WELLS FARGO BANK, N. A.
 
 
  By:   /s/ Olga Wisinicky    
    Name:   Olga Wisinicky   
    Title:   Vice President   
Accepted and Agreed to on November 10, 2010:
         
GLOBAL CASH ACCESS, INC.
 
   
By:   /s/ Scott Betts      
  Name:   Scott Betts     
  Title:   President and CEO     

 

 


 

EXHIBIT A
Fees
1.  
Monthly Fee . Client shall pay a monthly fee as calculated in accordance with the following formula:
Monthly Fee = The sum of A x B x C
Where:
A = The Average Daily LIBOR Tranche Dollars Outstanding
B = (Daily Three Month LIBOR plus Wells Fargo LIBOR Margin)/360
C = The number of days in the calendar month
2.  
Definitions . The following terms when used in this Exhibit A shall have the following meanings:
Average Daily LIBOR Tranche Dollars Outstanding ” during the calendar month means an amount equal to the average amount of Cash, at the end of each day during such calendar month, that has previously been provided by Wells Fargo to Client by way of delivery of the same to an Armored Carrier for the benefit of Client, but has not yet been reimbursed by way of credit to a Settlement Account in immediately available funds.
  (a)  
Daily Three Month LIBOR ” means, for each day, LIBOR then in effect for delivery for a three month period on such day or if such day is not a Business Day on the immediately preceding Business Day.
  (b)  
LIBOR ” means the rate per annum determined pursuant to the following formula:
             
 
  LIBOR =   Base LIBOR    
 
     
 
100% — LIBOR Reserve Percentage
   
  (1)  
“Base LIBOR” means the rate per annum for United States dollar deposits quoted by Wells Fargo for the purpose of calculating the effective rate for loans that reference Daily Three Month LIBOR as the Inter-Bank Market Offered Rate in effect from time to time for three month delivery of funds in amounts approximately equal to the Average Daily LIBOR Tranche Dollars Outstanding. Client understands and agrees that Wells Fargo may base its quotation of the Inter-Bank Market Offered Rate upon such offers or other market indicators of the Inter-Bank Market as Wells Fargo in its discretion deems appropriate, including but not limited to the rate offered for U.S. dollar deposits on the London Inter-Bank Market.

 

 


 

  (2)  
“LIBOR Reserve Percentage” means the reserve percentage prescribed by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (or any successor) for “Eurocurrency Liabilities” (as defined in Regulation D of the Federal Reserve Board, as amended), adjusted by Wells Fargo for expected changes in such reserve percentage during the applicable term of the Agreement.
  (c)  
Wells Fargo LIBOR Margin ” means [***].
3.  
Ancillary Services and Charges . Client shall also pay the customary charges and fees of Wells Fargo for the ancillary services set forth on Exhibit B to the Fee Letter, which Exhibit reflects the current charges on the date of this Agreement. Wells Fargo’s standard treasury and cash management agreements will apply to all ancillary services such as wire transfers, ACH services and the like.

 

 


 

EXHIBIT B
FEES FOR CONTRACT CASH SERVICES
1.  
Cash Processing Fees:
         
Depository Services   Unit Price  
Vault Deposit
  $ [***]  
Cash Vault Cash Order per request (touchtone/CEO), per vault
  $ [***]  
Cash Vault Currency Supplied per $1 supplied (bundle)
  $ [***]  
Cash Vault Currency Supplied per $1 supplied (non-standard)
  $ [***]  
Cash Vault Currency Supplied per $1 supplied (standard)
  $ [***]  
Expanded Network Currency Supplied per $1 supplied (non-standard)
  $ [***]  
Expanded Network Currency Supplied per $1 supplied (bundle)
  $ [***]  
Expanded Network Currency Supplied per $1 supplied (standard)
  $ [***]  
Cash Vault Currency Deposited per $1 deposited (standard)
  $ [***]  
Expanded Network Currency Deposited per $1 deposited (standard)
  $ [***]  
Cash Vault Deposit Adjustment per corrected deposit
  $ [***]  
Expanded Network Deposit Adjustment per corrected deposit
  $ [***]  
Cash Vault Monthly Base
  $ [***]  
Other account related charges will be based upon our prevailing commercial schedule of fees in effect from time to time.
2.  
Reconcilement Fee:
You will pay us the fees and charges of the reconcilement in performing those services to us with regard to the ATM Cash Services. We shall pass such fees and charges through to you.
         
Reconcilement Services   Unit Price  
ATM Contract Cash Balance/Location
  $ [***]  
Contract Cash Balance/Settlement
  $ [***]  

 

 

Exhibit 10.54
[***] — Indicates confidential information. Confidential Treatment requested.
Portion omitted filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.
AMERICAN STATE BANK
SPONSORSHIP AGREEMENT
This American State Bank Sponsorship Agreement (“ Agreement ”) is made to be effective as of this 11th day of February, 2011 (the “ Effective Date ”) by and between Global Cash Access, Inc., a Delaware corporation with its principal place of business located at 3525 E. Post Road, Suite 120, Las Vegas, NV 89120 (“ Company ”), and American State Bank a Bank organized under the laws of the State of Texas with its principal place of business located at 1401 Ave Q, Lubbock, Texas (“ Bank ”) (the Company and the Bank are herein referred to individually as a “ Party ” and together as the “ Parties ”).
RECITALS
WHEREAS, Company and certain of its Affiliates provide Payment Services to their respective Customers predominantly at gaming establishments and certain other Third Parties as set forth herein;
WHEREAS, in order for Company and its Affiliates to provide such Payment Services and to authorize the Terminals that are used in connection with such Payment Services to be connected to the Networks, Company and/or the relevant Terminals must be sponsored by a Network member;
WHEREAS, Company warrants that it is ineligible to become a member of, or to participate in, the Networks;
WHEREAS, each of the Networks permits entities which are not eligible for membership to connect Terminals to their respective systems, provided a Network member agrees to assume certain sponsorship responsibilities to the Network in connection with the sponsored Terminals and the Payments Services; and
WHEREAS, the Bank is a member of various Networks or has agreed to become a member of the Networks for the purpose of sponsoring the Company, its Affiliates and/or the Terminals, as applicable, to enable the Company to connect Terminals to the Networks;
NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the mutual covenants and premises set forth herein, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the Parties agree as follows:
ARTICLE I — DEFINITIONS
SECTION 1 — Definitions
Except as otherwise specifically indicated, the following terms shall have the following meanings in this Agreement (such meanings to be applicable equally to both the singular and plural forms of the terms defined):
1.1   Acquirer ” means a Member who accepts Transactions and sends them to a Network for processing.
1.2   ACH ” means an automated clearinghouse system operated by a Federal Reserve Bank.
1.3   “Affiliate” means, with respect to either Party, a Person which directly or indirectly owns or controls, is owned or controlled by, or is under common ownership with Company or the Bank, as applicable.
1.4   Agent ” means any contractor, including an ISO, TPS, ESO or Processor engaged by the Bank to provide services or to act on its behalf in connection with a Terminal operated under this Agreement.
Initial
____Bank ____Company

 

 


 

1.5   Application ” means the written application to sponsor Company and its Affiliates as an ISO in a format as required by Bank which is submitted by Company to Bank and which, among other topics, provides names, addresses, telephone numbers, financial information and other information regarding the Company and its executive officers, directors any other necessary Persons affiliated with Company.
1.6   ATM Operator ” means a Person other than the Bank that owns an ATM or the cash placed in the ATM and that is provided Network access by an Independent Sales Organization (ISO) that is registered as an Agent by the Bank and more fully defined by Plus System, Inc. Bylaws and Operating Regulations, Appendix A: Definitions. Dated January 15, 2010.
1.7   ATM Operator Agreement ” means the written agreement between the ATM Operator and the Bank which among other things addresses the functions to be performed by the ATM Operator and which must require that the ATM Operator comply at all times with the Rules and Regulations.
1.8   ATM Services ” means transaction acquiring technology and processing services provided through contractual agreements held by the Company.
1.9   Automated Teller Machine ” or “ ATM ” means any electronic device that meets Network requirements and when activated by a Card, is capable of initiating and performing an ATM Transaction.
1.10   “ATM Transactions” means any of the following functions attempted by a Cardholder at a Terminal:
  (a)   “Withdrawal” means the dispensing of cash or cash equivalent by a Terminal to a Cardholder from a Cardholder’s depository account;
  (b)   “Inquiry” means an inquiry by a Cardholder as to the balance of the Cardholder’s account;
  (c)   “Decline” means the attempted transaction was declined due to a variety of reasons including but not limited to; incorrect account or PIN number, Card not valid, insufficient funds, or the machine or Processor is down;
  (d)   “Transfer” means a Cardholder transfers funds from one of the Cardholder’s accounts to another account of that Cardholder;
  (e)   Any Transaction that has been approved by a Network and Bank that is a modification, enhancement or substantially similar to any of the transactions set forth in subsections (a)-(d) of this Section 1.9, including, without limitation, dispensing of cash equivalents such as any ticket or other similar disbursement that has been approved by a Network as part of Company’s QuikTicket service; or
  (f)   “Quasi Cash” as defined in 1.48.
1.11   Authorization ” means the electronic confirmation from the financial institution that issued the Card.
1.12   Bank Group ” has the meaning given that term in Section 6.1(c).
1.13   By-Laws and Operating Rules ” mean the By-Laws, Operating Rules and Operating Regulations of the Networks, as amended from time to time.
1.14   Card ” means a credit card, debit card, bank card or other card issued by an Issuer who is a Member of a Network and which provides access through the use of a Terminal to one or more accounts with the Issuer.
1.15   Cardholder ” means (i) the Person who maintains or is authorized to access an account by the use of a Card (and if such account is maintained in the name, or may be accessed by, more than one Person, all of such persons), and (ii) uses a Card to originate a Transaction with the account.
Initial
____Bank ____Company

 

Page 2 of 23


 

1.16   Chargeback ” means an electronic debit to a Settlement initiated by a Cardholder dispute.
1.17   Company Group ” has the meaning given that term in Section 6.1(e).
1.18   Customer ” means a Person to which the Company or its Affiliates provides Payment Services (other than ATM Services) and that may have one or more Terminals located on its premises which participate in the Networks and with respect to which the Bank provides sponsorship services pursuant to this Agreement.
1.19   Designated Processor ” means a Processor that is certified by a Network and has direct connectivity to the Network and the Parties acknowledge that TSYS Acquiring Solutions, LLC is a Designated Processor as of the Effective Date. The Designated Processor under this Agreement for all Processing Services may vary and may not be changed without the prior written consent of both Bank and Company, and Bank’s consent shall not be unreasonably be withheld.
1.20   Encryption and Support Organization ” or “ ESO ” means an entity that is (i) loading software into a Terminal, (ii) loading or injecting encryption keys into Terminals, or (iii) help desk support which includes re-programming of Terminal software.
1.21   Fees ” mean the Switch Fee and Interchange Fee as established from time to time by the Networks and the Surcharge Fee allowed by the Networks.
1.22   Gaming Activity ” means the placing of a bet or wager in accordance with applicable federal, state, tribal or local laws or regulations, either on the gaming floor of a Gaming Establishment, via the Internet or any other legally permissible communications medium.
1.23   Gaming Establishment ” means traditional land-based casinos or gaming establishments that operate on Native American land, riverboats and cruise ships, or at restaurants or bars, pari-mutuel wagering facilities and card rooms and any future gaming venues.
1.24   Independent Sales Organizations ” or “ ISO ” means a Person or entity that is registered/sponsored with respect to a Network by a member of such Network to deploy and/or service Terminals which are used to conduct Transactions across such Network.
1.25   Information ” is defined in Section 6.2.
1.26   Issuer ” means a member of a Network, including Bank, who issues a Card to a Cardholder for use in performing Transactions.
1.27   Item ” means the electronic messages that communicate and effects a Transaction between an Issuer and its Cardholder through the use of a Terminal.
1.28   Interchange ” means the exchange of clearing records between Members of the Networks.
1.29   Interchange Fee ” means the fees paid between the Acquirer and the Issuer for Transactions as established by the Networks from time to time.
1.30   Mark ” means the service marks and trademarks of Networks and Bank, including, but not limited to, the name and any other distinctive marks or logos which identify the Network or Bank.
1.31   Membership or Member ” means the membership in Networks and licensing rights thereto, obtained by financial institutions.
1.32   “Merchant Casino ” means a Customer that advances the cash and initiates the Settlement of the Quasi Cash Transaction pursuant to the Authorization.
Initial
____Bank ____Company

 

Page 3 of 23


 

1.33   Merchant Casino Fraud ” means the wrongful act or omission of the Merchant Casino including wrongful acts and omissions of anyone acting for and on behalf of the Merchant Casino which results in a loss, claim or expense by Bank related to or arising out of the Quasi Cash Transactions authorized by this Agreement. The term Merchant Casino Fraud specifically includes a violation of Rules or Regulations such as violations of Reg E or of the USA Patriot Act and any illegal activity, unauthorized transactions, or misuse or abuse of the Quasi Cash Transaction, including fraud.
1.34   Negotiable Instrument” means a receipt, document or instrument (whether in written or electronic form) such as a check or money order, which is used for purposes of completing a Quasi Cash Transactions in accordance with the Rules.
1.35   Network ” means MasterCard, Visa, Cirrus, Plus, Pulse, NYCE, STAR and other electronic fund transfer systems for transmitting Items and other electronic messages and settling Transactions between Participants and includes, but is not limited to, a Switch, Terminals, Cards, related computer hardware and software, telecommunications facilities and equipment, Rules, technical specifications, logos, and Marks.
1.36   Participant ” means the parties involved in transmitting the Items and settling the Transactions, including the Issuer, Acquirer, Processor and Network.
1.37   Payment Services ” means (i) deployment, operating and/or ownership of Terminals, and/or (ii) acquiring, processing, and/or authorizing Transactions on behalf of Customers, and/or (iii) providing similar or related electronic payment services that requires sponsorship into one or more Networks.
1.38   PCI-DSS ” means Payment Card Industry Data Security Standards endorsed by MasterCard and Visa as audit criteria for SDP (Site Data Protection) and CISP (Cardholder Information Security Program).
1.39   Person ” means any individual, partnership, corporation, limited liability company, trust or other entity.
1.40   Personal Information ” means information of or about a Person that is “non-public personal information” under 15 U.S.C. Section 6809(4) and in the Regulations which correspond thereto that have been adopted by the relevant regulatory authorities.
1.41   PIN ” means the confidential personal identification number used by a Cardholder to authenticate the use of a Card to initiate certain types of Transactions.
1.42   PIN Security and Encryption Keys Review ” means a review which is conducted from time to time to determine if the Company is following the policies and procedures established by the Bank and by the Networks to ensure security and control is maintained in any access device that manages cardholder PINs and encryption keys.
1.43   “POS Device” “POS Kiosk” means a Network compliant Card Authorization device capable of transmitting encrypted Cardholder information to the Card-issuing bank for the purpose of obtaining approval for a requested amount to be distributed to the Cardholder by a Customer.
1.44   Privacy Regulations ” mean Title V of the Graham-Leach-Bliley Act 15 USC Section 6801 et seq and the Privacy Regulations adopted by the relevant Regulatory Authorities.
1.45   Processor ” means an entity that provides Processing Services for Transactions covered under this Agreement as a Designated Processor or as a Third Party Processor.
1.46   Processing Services ” means those services which are necessary and required to accept or originate a Transaction to or from a Network in accordance with the Rules, including without limitation, Transaction processing, Settlement, Network access, and support.
1.47   Quasi Cash Processor ” means the entity designated by Company and acceptable to Bank, to perform the withdrawal or deposit of funds from the accounts of the Cardholders at Visa, and MasterCard member financial institutions in conjunction with Quasi Cash Transactions and the transmission of such funds to the person or entities entitled thereto.
Initial
____Bank ____Company

 

Page 4 of 23


 

1.48   Quasi Cash Transaction ” means a Transaction whereby the Cardholder uses a Card at a Terminal, POS Kiosk or directly with the cashier at the Merchant Casino to obtain an Authorization and then uses the Authorization to permit a Merchant Casino to generate a Negotiable Instrument that may be cashed, followed by Settlement of the Transaction per the Rules of MasterCard, Visa or any Network where the Bank is a Member and allows such Quasi Cash Transactions.
1.49   Regulations ” mean the federal and state statutes and regulations, including Regulation E and Regulation Z, and the policies and pronouncements of any Regulatory Authority, as the same may be amended or supplemented from time to time which are applicable to this Agreement and the Transactions and/or other activities under this Agreement.
1.50   Regulatory Authority ” means, as the context requires, the Office of the Comptroller of Currency, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, the Federal Reserve Board, Texas State Banking Department and any other federal or state agency having jurisdiction over Bank.
1.51   Rules ” means the Operating Rules, Regulations, By-Laws and other written documents which are adopted and amended from time to time by the Networks and which set forth the rights and obligations of Members and other Participants and which otherwise govern the processing of the Items and settling of the Transactions by the Networks.
1.52   Settlement ” means the movement and reconciliation of funds between the Participants that result in the withdrawal or deposit of funds from the account of the Cardholder with the Issuer.
1.53   Surcharge Fee ” means a fee deducted from a Cardholders account by an Acquirer or Acquirer Processor for a Transaction initiated at a Terminal.
1.54   Switch ” means the routing of the electronic information generated by a Transaction through the Network systems.
1.55   Terminal ” means an ATM, POS Device or other machine with the capability to accept Cards for the purpose of dispensing cash, or engaging in other types of transactions agreed to in writing by the Parties and in compliance with all applicable Rules.
1.56   TG-3 ” (reclassified as a Technical Report, TR-39) means Technical Guideline, 3 rd version of the ANSI.X9 Financial Industry Standards PIN and Security Review to manage key components.
1.57   Third Party ” means a Third Party Sales Representative, Encryption Service Organization (ESO), Third Party Processor, Third Party Servicer, merchant, investor, or any other Person or entity (other than Company) who places, sells, invests in, provides locations, provides maintenance services, encryption services and/or cash services, audits or otherwise receives income by reason of any Terminal operated under this Agreement.
1.58   “Third Party Processor” or TPP ” means an entity other than Company who provides Processing Services for Transactions under this Agreement and does not have direct connection to Networks that require such TPP Agreements.
1.59   Third Party Servicer ” or “ TPS ” means an entity that is not a Member of a Network but provides services related to the deployment of Terminals under this Agreement such as: transaction processing, data capture, other administrative functions such as chargeback processing, risk security reporting and customer service.
Initial
____Bank ____Company

 

Page 5 of 23


 

1.60   Third Party Sales Representative (TPSR) ” means each Person or entity not directly employed by the Company that acts as a sales representative for and on behalf of the Company in the marketing, sale and placement of Terminals for the conduct of Terminal Transactions under this Agreement.
1.61   Transaction(s) ” means one or more transactions that are initiated by a Cardholder through the use of a Card at a Terminal, or such other transaction types approved by the Parties in writing, including but not limited to, cash withdrawals or disbursements, balance inquiries, or transactions involving the sale of a Negotiable Instrument in accordance with applicable Rules and Regulations.
ARTICLE II — DUTIES OF COMPANY
SECTION 2.1 — Merchant Agreement
Concurrent with the execution of this Agreement, the Parties have executed a Merchant Card Processing Agreement in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit 1(the “ Merchant Agreement ”). If any Network changes or clarifies rules concerning any requirement that the Bank enter into an agreement in a form identical or similar to the Merchant Agreement directly with any Customer, Company and the Bank will work together in good faith to cause such Customer to enter into all required agreements and otherwise comply with such Rule changes or clarifications.
SECTION 2.2 — Deployment of Terminals
Company, Cash Systems, Inc., a wholly owned subsidiary of Company and any other approved Affiliates of Company may install and deploy Terminals in retail and other business establishments. Except with respect to Terminals that are subject to ATM Services, the contract for the placement of any Terminal(s) deployed under this Agreement must be in the name of the Company or such approved Affiliate of Company. Except with respect to Terminals that are subject to ATM Services, the Company (or such approved Affiliate of Company) may not contract with any Third Party to place Terminals subject to this Agreement under any other name but the name of Company or such Approved Affiliate. The Company will provide or cause to be provided to the Bank at the end of each quarter an electronic file containing specified data required by each Network on each Terminal in operation.
SECTION 2.3 — Equipment Ownership
Company covenants, represents and warrants to Bank that during the continuation of this Agreement:
(a) That an ATM Operator Agreement (in a form mutually agreed upon by Bank and Company) will exist in full force and effect at all times with each Person who owns, operates or leases an ATM or owns the cash placed in an ATM deployed under this Agreement; provided that Bank acknowledges and agrees with respect to those existing Customers who do not have an ATM Operator Agreement in place as of the Effective Date, the Parties will mutually agree upon a remediation plan with respect to such affected Customers with the understanding that the Networks could override such remediation plan. The following is applicable to each ATM Operator Agreement:
    Company shall monitor ATM Operators and ensure each are in compliance with all of the terms and provisions of the ATM Operator Agreement;
    Company shall notify Bank promptly upon acquiring knowledge of (i) each potential or threatened claim or liability against Bank by any Person whatsoever based upon or arising out of an ATM Operator Agreement; and (ii) each suspected, threatened or possible violation of any Rule or Regulation by an ATM Operator.
(b) That it will maintain or obtain (and furnish to Bank upon request) each ATM Operator Agreement and all due diligence information that is required from time to time by the Bank, each Network and each Regulatory Authority for each ATM Operator.
Initial
____Bank ____Company

 

Page 6 of 23


 

(c) That it will not activate any newly installed ATMs before all of the conditions and requirements of the preceding subsections 2.3(a), and (b) have been satisfied.
(d) Company agrees to notify Bank promptly if any sponsored ATM has a change in ownership.
SECTION 2.4 — Terminal Installation, Operation, Maintenance and Repair
(a) Company is responsible for installation, maintenance and repair of each Terminal including electrical, and for communication line hook-up in compliance with the equipment manufacturer specifications and, the Rules and Regulations including signage at each location. Company shall be responsible for the security of all Information and Personal Information, including security compliance by all Third Parties including those who provide cash services and maintenance services to the Terminals.
(b) Company agrees to comply with all applicable Rules with respect to Cardholder account information, including those Rules relating to the storage, access and use of such Cardholder account information.
(c) Company agrees to conduct all activities in compliance with the Rules and Regulations applicable to it and to follow Company policies and procedures that have been implemented at all times during the continuation of this Agreement as required by such Rules and Regulations .
(d) Company will complete an on-site inspection of each ATM that is newly installed to ensure the ATM is located in the type of facility as disclosed on the database report and the business has the proper licenses and permits to operate the ATM in the city, county and state, where it is located.
SECTION 2.5 Network Registration
Company shall complete:
(a) The ISO Application in a form mutually agreed upon by Bank and Company and provide Bank with all information as reasonably required by the Bank and Networks during the continuation of this Agreement.
(b) Registration requirements during the continuation of this Agreement with any Network in which Bank is a member. Company shall be solely responsible for all Network registration costs that may be incurred during the continuation of this Agreement.
SECTION 2.6 — Compliance
Company shall remain in compliance with all Rules of each applicable Network and the Regulations of any federal or state authority having jurisdictions over the Bank, including federal and state consumer protection laws and the Bank’s interpretation of same whether provided for in this Agreement or specifically communicated to the Company in another format. Company is solely responsible for causing all Third Parties that Company has engaged to facilitate or provide any component of the Payment Services on behalf of Company to comply with same. Company shall timely provide to the Bank the following information during the continuation of this Agreement:
(a) Notification of new Terminal installations quarterly including all applicable information required pursuant to Section 2.1 and such additional ownership and collateral documentation, as requested.
(b) Annually, as of the anniversary date of this Agreement or as otherwise agreed to by the Parties and as the Networks may require from time to time, a PIN Security and Encryption Review and any back up documentation as may be required to assure the Bank and the Networks of full compliance by Company with the Rules and Regulations.
Initial
____Bank ____Company

 

Page 7 of 23


 

(c) Bank has underwriting guidelines for its ISO sponsorship program which may be updated and modified from time to time, and Company must remain in compliance with these guidelines as follows:
  i.   Financial Information - As soon as possible or in any event within ninety (90) days after each December 31 (or at the end of the Company’s calendar year) during the term of the Agreement, Company will provide Bank, at Bank’s request, with a copy of the consolidated quarterly and/or annual financial statements of Global Cash Access Holdings, Inc. (“ Holdings ”), as applicable. Notwithstanding the above, should the Bank request additional financial information concerning the Company, the Company will comply with such a request within thirty (30) business days of receipt of such request or such other time period as agreed upon by the Parties.
  ii.   Insurance — Company will obtain and maintain insurance coverage covering; errors and omissions, commercial liability and employee dishonesty, fidelity and crime coverage for all Company employees, officers, and agents, with a minimum of $1,000,000 each and every claim and in the aggregate. Company’s insurer must have a Best’s rating of A or better. Any adverse material change in the policy or cancellation must be promptly reported to Bank. Upon request of the Bank, Company shall provide a Certificate of Insurance, evidencing the foregoing insurance coverage requirements.
  iii.   Annual Review — Bank may annually conduct a review of Company information in this Section 2.6(c) and Company will cooperate with Bank in performing such annual review. Company will be charged an annual review due diligence fee of $250.00 each year.
  iv.   MCC Codes — Company will be aware of and utilize correct merchant MCC for Quasi Cash and other terminal transactions and all Network rules concerning Quasi Cash processing and settlement of Interchange.
(d) If required by any Network, Regulatory Authority or Bank, an on site review may be scheduled at the expense of the Company, such expense will include all out-of-pocket expenses incurred including fees and expenses for auditors, accountants, consultants and other bank representatives, plus reasonable and customary travel and hotel expenses incurred by Bank employees for the duration of the review.
Company will have sixty (60) days or such other time period as agreed upon by the Parties to respond to the on site review after receiving the Bank’s report. The response will include the action the Company will take to rectify any “out of compliance” or exception items and the estimated time required to remedy such items.
(e) Without limiting the generality of the foregoing and other terms and conditions herein, Company’s obligations under this Agreement, including without limitation, its responsibility for all legal compliance, shall in no way be affected, altered and/or waived in the event Bank performs, exercises or fails to exercise, any right, obligation, option, or otherwise, to provide instruction, guidance, recommendations or review of any kind to Company.
SECTION 2.7 — Limited Authority of Company/Use of Terminals
(a) Bank has herein agreed to register or sponsor Company as an ISO for the sole purpose of enabling Company to deploy Terminals for the conduct of Terminal Transactions across the Networks. Company agrees to limit the use of the Terminals to the specific functions which are included within the definition of ATM Transactions.
(b) Notwithstanding the ISO registration, Company shall have no authority to act for or on behalf of Bank in any way or manner except for fulfilling the Network requirements for being a sponsored ISO, including the execution of the ATM Operator Agreements for and on behalf of Bank as more particularly described in Section 2.2(a). In all other respects and in dealing with all other Persons and entities, this Agreement shall be construed whereby, (1) Bank has no relationship with nor interest in Company, it’s business, the Terminals or the Terminal activities of Company, (2) Company has no relationship with nor interest in Bank, its business, its Terminals, or its Terminal activities, and (3) Company shall not be an Agent for Bank and shall have no authority to obligate Bank to any Person or entity nor to otherwise act for and on behalf of Bank in any way or manner.
Initial
____Bank ____Company

 

Page 8 of 23


 

(c) Company is not registered or sponsored by Bank as a Processor. Except with respect to ATM Services, Company is not authorized to provide and shall not provide any Processing Services for Transactions which are conducted at the Terminals. Company shall not conduct Transactions, nor allow Transactions to be conducted at an Terminal except when the Processing Services are being provided by a Processor who is fully approved by and in good standing with Bank and with each Network. Company shall notify Bank in advance of each Processor it plans to use and will authorize the Processor to release Company’s Terminal information to Bank.
(d) The relationship between Company and Bank shall be and at all times remain an independent contractor, and nothing herein contained shall be construed or inferred to create the relationship of employer and employee, partnership, joint venture partner, agency, consultant or any other relationship between Bank and Company.
SECTION 2.8 Company Warranties, Representations and Disclosures
In addition to the representations and warranties of Company elsewhere herein, Company warrants and represents to Bank that during the continuation of this Agreement:
(a) This Agreement is valid, binding, and enforceable against the Company in accordance with its terms, except as otherwise provided by law or equity.
(b) The Company is a Delaware corporation, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware and is authorized to do business in each state in which the nature of the Company’s activities makes such authorization necessary, except where the failure to be so licensed or qualified would not have a material adverse effect on its ability to fulfill its obligations under this Agreement.
(c) The Company has the full power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and to perform all its obligations under this Agreement. The provisions of this Agreement and the performance by the Company of its obligations under this Agreement are not in conflict with the Company’s organizational documents or any other agreement, contract, lease or obligation to which the Company is a party or by which it is bound.
(d) Except as disclosed by Global Cash Access Holdings, Inc. in any public filing or report with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC Filings”) or as otherwise disclosed in writing by the Company to Bank, Company has not been subject to any of the following:
  i.   Criminal felony conviction;
  ii.   Bankruptcy filing or petition;
  iii.   Federal or state tax lien;
  iv.   Administrative or enforcement proceedings commenced by the Securities and Exchange Commission, any state securities Regulatory Authority, Federal Trade Commission, or any other state or federal Regulatory Authority; or
  v.   Pleading, restraining order, decree, injunction, or judgment in any proceeding or lawsuit, alleging fraud, deceptive practice or criminal felony action on the part of the Company.
(e) There is not pending, or to the knowledge of the Company, threatened against the Company nor any executive officer or director of Company, any litigation or proceeding, judicial, tax or administrative, the outcome of which could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the continuing operations of the Company.
Initial
____Bank ____Company

 

Page 9 of 23


 

SECTION 2.9 Use of Bank’s Mark/Network Mark
Company shall not use Bank’s Mark or a Network’s Mark for any reason or use or refer to Bank or any Network in any advertisements, sales, presentation, or marketing materials, except as provided in Section 2.11 without the prior written consent of Bank. Company may accurately describe its relationship with Bank in response to questions and in its dealings with the processor, location owners and operators, and merchants.
SECTION 2.10 Covenants of Company
Company covenants and agrees with Bank that during the continuation of this Agreement:
(a) It will comply at all times with all Rules and Regulations applicable to the Payment Services and Company’s obligations under this Agreement;
(b) It will promptly give written notice to Bank of any materially adverse change in the business, properties, assets, operations or conditions, financial or otherwise, of the Company, and the pending or threat of litigation involving the sum of $1,000,000.00 or more, and of all tax deficiencies involving a sum in excess of $1,000,000 and of all pending or threatened criminal felony actions against the Company or any of its executive officers or directors of which the Company is aware of; provided Company shall be deemed to have provided notice under this Section 2.10(b) with respect to any matter that has been disclosed in any SEC Filings;
(c) Terminals deployed under this Agreement have not been altered or subjected to unauthorized modifications or tampering and at all times will be in compliance all Rules, Regulations and Network standards;
(d) It will use the Terminals only for Transactions approved in this Agreement; and
(e) Scrip Terminals will be activated and operated only in compliance with the Rules of each Network where the Company is sponsored. All Networks that sponsor Scrip Terminals require proper Transaction identifiers to enable the Processor/Network to properly charge Interchange Fees. Incorrect activation, programming changes, or any other attempt on the part of the Company to fraudulently receive fees will result in (i) full repayment of all fees collected, from the date the Scrip Terminal was activated, and (ii) possible fines from the Networks, and (iii) shall be deemed a breach of this Agreement.
SECTION 2.11 — Advertising Material
Bank shall have the right to approve or disapprove, in its sole discretion, in advance any advertising material bearing Bank’s mark or Bank’s name before the use or distribution of any such material. TPSRs may not advertise, including but not limited to web sites, brochures, business cards, or Terminal signage under any business name other than Company, nor otherwise reference the Bank or any Network in any materials.
SECTION 2.12 Release of Information/Processors
By signing this Agreement, Company hereby gives consent and authorization to all Processors now or hereafter utilized by the Company to release any and all Terminal information that is required by the Bank, or by any Network where the Bank is a member. Bank hereby gives notice to Company that any Terminal sponsored under this Agreement may be terminated by Bank for failure to provide information required by Bank to complete due diligence on merchant locations.
SECTION 2.13 Intentionally Omitted
SECTION 2.14 Intentionally Omitted
Initial
____Bank ____Company

 

Page 10 of 23


 

SECTION 2.15 — Third Party Services
Company is solely responsible for the marketing, placement, installation, deployment, operation, servicing, testing, auditing and maintenance of the Terminals which are operated under this Agreement. All such activities are to be performed by Company in accordance with the Rules and Regulations, in accordance with this Agreement. Company may contract with Third Parties to act for and on its behalf in fulfilling its obligations under this Agreement, and in such event:
(a) Company shall register in advance with the Bank all Third Parties (with appropriate contact information and description of the work to be performed), including, but not limited to, each Third Party Processor (TPP), Third Party Servicer (TPS) and Encryption Service Organization (ESO), and upon request, provide copies of all Third Party contracts and provide such other due diligence as Bank or any of the Networks may request.
(b) If any Network has any concerns or issues with respect the Company’s use of any Third Party or of the activities being provided by the Third Party, Bank and Company shall work in good faith to remediate such objections or issues, and if after such remediation efforts such Network still has concerns or issues, then Company shall transition the affected services being provided by such Third Party to a new Third Party.
(c) The Bank’s approval of any Third Party shall not in any way relieve the Company of its duties and obligations under this Agreement. The Third Party shall be deemed to be Company’s agent, acting for and on behalf of Company. Company shall be fully responsible for all of the acts and omissions of such Third Party.
(d) Company shall use only W2 employees of the Company to sell and place Terminals unless a Third Party Sales Representative (TPSR) Agreement has been presented for each active Third Party. Third Party Sales Representatives may sell and place Terminals only as sales representatives of Company, using agreements provided by the Company. Any other use of a TPSR is not in compliance with Network Rules, will be unauthorized and will not result in sponsorship for any unauthorized Terminals so deployed.
In any event, Company shall retain only such Third Parties as have agreed in writing to representations and warranties set forth in Section 2.8 hereof (or substantially similar representations and warranties), agree to keep confidential any confidential information of the Company, including without limitation, any Cardholder information, maintain insurance of a type and requirement set forth in Section 2.6(c) hereof, and otherwise comply with all of the requirements herein imposed or which may at that time be imposed by applicable Rules or Regulations.
SECTION 2.16 Quasi Cash Transactions
(a) With respect to a Quasi Cash Transaction, each Merchant Casino is authorized to advance the cash to the Cardholder in accordance with applicable Rules and Regulations.
(b) Company shall review, approve and agrees to maintain in compliance with all Rules and Regulations, all agreements, forms, documentation, procedures and Cardholder information with respect to all Merchant Casinos utilizing Quasi Cash Transactions. Bank reserves the right to reject a prospective Merchant Casino, or to terminate an existing Merchant Casino; provided that prior to any such rejection or termination the Bank shall consult with Company to determine if there are any remediation measures that can be taken to address the Bank’s or the Network’s issues or concerns.
(c) Company shall have the right to discontinue conducting Quasi Cash Transactions for any specific Merchant Casino and will provide Bank with notice of any such action. Such notice shall not negate Company’s reimbursement obligation to the Bank for the wrongful acts and omission which occurred prior to the date the Merchant Casino was terminated.
(d) Company is responsible for any fine, demand, Chargeback, or dispute made by any Cardholder due to any loss to include but not limited to any duplicate debits, errors, late Settlement or errors in ACH processing.
(e) Bank will be notified promptly upon any report or notification that Company has terminated its relationship with any Merchant Casino as a result of such Merchant Casino’s insolvency, or as a result of any bankruptcy proceeding.
Initial
____Bank ____Company

 

Page 11 of 23


 

(f) Company agrees to freeze, halt and delay the right of a Merchant Casino to participate in a Quasi Cash Transaction upon the request of Bank if Bank reasonably suspects Merchant Casino Fraud with respect to Quasi Cash Transactions originating at such Merchant Casino; provided that prior to any freeze, halt or delay, Bank shall consult with Company to determine if there are any less severe remediation measures that can be taken to address Bank’s or any Networks’ issues or concerns.
(g) Company shall coordinate and monitor the Authorization, Settlement, Chargeback processing, audit and other activities performed by Company and each third party involved in the Quasi Cash Transaction. Exception reports will be provided to Bank on a monthly basis. With respect to each Merchant Casino, Company will maintain a log of Chargebacks, adjustments, and consumer complaints by date received and will also record the date that the Chargeback, adjustment or consumer complaint was resolved and provide a monthly line item report to Bank.
(h) Customer Service — Company shall monitor the Quasi Cash Processor and assure that Company shall provide either itself or through a third party service provider, customer service to Merchant Casinos seven (7) days a week, twenty-four (24) hours a day subject to scheduled maintenance downtimes. This customer service activity shall be available to Merchant Casinos and Cardholders via a toll free line for the purpose of responding to Merchant Casinos or Cardholder inquiries regarding Quasi Cash Transactions, equipment operation and repair services or as otherwise approved by the Bank.
SECTION 2.17 Settlement
Settlement of Quasi Cash Transactions, Chargebacks, and adjustments will be completed utilizing another bank of Company’s choice.
SECTION 2.18 — Reserve Account
To the extent Company has established a Settlement account with Bank, Company shall establish a Reserve Account at Bank; provided that Bank acknowledges that the Company has not established such a Settlement account with Bank as of the Effective Date. The Reserve Account shall be under the control of Bank and Bank shall have a first and prior security interest in said account to secure the payment of all amounts owing to Bank by Company including reserve on daily Settlement, Chargebacks, Merchant Casino suspected fraud losses and indemnity obligation, Quasi Cash Processor errors to include presentment of duplicate or delayed transactions, as well as all other exposures, losses, expenses and liabilities of Bank, including contingent liabilities related to or arising out of Quasi Cash Transactions and MasterCard, and Visa quarterly Settlement Fees (if any) (collectively “ Quasi Cash Claims ”).
The Reserve Account shall be funded as follows, with an initial deposit of $10,000 and;
(a) The average of one (1) day of clearings or funds sufficient to pay issued money orders or checks cleared each banking day including money orders or checks issued or written by Company on Saturdays, Sundays, and banking holidays, which will clear the next banking day.
(b)  Chargebacks : Shall be funded based on a rolling amount of 3 times the total of three months of losses. Loss, as it applies here, is defined as any Chargeback or dispute that has been settled in favor of the Cardholder or that is over three (3) months old from the date of the first presentment.
(c)  MasterCard, Visa, or other Network Quarterly Assessments and/or Fees (if any) shall be funded with an amount equal to the previous assessment charged to the Bank for Quasi Cash Transactions processed for Company.
(d) Any other fines, fees, fraud or loss that is submitted to the Bank that is not otherwise delineated in 2.18. (a.) to (c.) may be added to this Section 2.18 and the Reserve Account may be increased accordingly.
Company acknowledges and agrees that Bank shall control the Reserve Account. Reserve Account shall not be terminated until such time as the Bank has determined that all risk to Bank and exposure to Bank for liabilities and obligations related to or arising out of this Addendum and the Sponsorship Agreement and the Transactions contemplated by this Addendum and the Sponsorship Agreement have been fully released, paid or cleared. Bank acknowledges and agrees that remaining funds will be returned to Company three (3) months after the end or the contract term less any outstanding obligations, Chargebacks, pending fines or penalties.
Initial
____Bank ____Company

 

Page 12 of 23


 

Company agrees to contribute to the Reserve Account in such amounts and at such times as requested by Bank from time to time. Notwithstanding this Agreement, Bank may, in its reasonable discretion or as requested by any governmental entity having supervisory authority over Bank, adjust Reserve Account requirements from time to time as necessary.
Company shall reimburse Bank for losses actually incurred as a result of any loss, charge, fee or fine irrespective of the Reserve Account. Should Company fail to reimburse Bank, Bank may charge such amounts against Company’s Reserve Accounts and Company shall immediately fund Reserve Account.
SECTION 2.19- Security
With respect to any suspected Cardholder fraud, Company will perform security exception monitoring on a daily basis in accordance with parameters established by Company and using reports generated by Company and the Quasi Cash Processor. Company has established policy and procedures to only deploy Terminals to a Merchant Casino that maintains a current license from the applicable gaming regulatory authority. Such security procedures, monitoring and reporting shall be undertaken for the purpose of evaluating and identifying locations with significant increases in average daily, weekly and/or monthly deposits, significant variations in average tickets amounts, significant variations in non-magnetic card entry activity, and any other subsequently identified categories (in form and content as mutually agreed upon by Company and Bank). Company agrees to notify Bank promptly upon receipt of any adverse information indicating possible Merchant Casino Fraud.
Company agrees to investigate and research any Merchant Casino for which Bank or Company has received any adverse information indicating possible Merchant Casino Fraud or has identified questionable or suspicious Quasi Cash Transactions. Company agrees to provide a security report (in a form and content as mutually agreed upon by Company and Bank) to Bank promptly but no later than five (5) days after receipt of notification of questionable activity.
ARTICLE III — DUTIES OF BANK
SECTION 3.1 — Membership in the Networks and Maintenance of Licenses, Permits and Approvals
Bank shall maintain its membership in the Networks in good standing and shall abide by all the Rules and Regulations applicable to the Bank at all times during the term or continuation of this Agreement. Bank shall maintain all necessary licenses, permits and approvals from all jurisdictions (applicable to U.S. Membership) necessary for it to provide the sponsorship services contemplated by this Agreement.
SECTION 3.2 — Terminal Sponsorship
Bank shall sponsor the Company, the Company’s approved Affiliates and each Terminal deployed by Company or such Affiliates for Transactions and ATM Services which are conducted in accordance with this Agreement with each Network in which Bank holds a membership. To the extent ASB engages any Third Party to carry out any of its obligations under this Agreement, ASB shall be fully responsible for all of the acts and omissions of any such Third Party. Bank shall maintain dedicated BINs and ICAs solely for Company and its Affiliates with respect to the sponsorship services being provided under this Agreement.
SECTION 3.3 — Ancillary Services and Excluded Services
At the request of Company, Bank shall facilitate discussions and the provision of information to the Networks with respect to obtaining required approvals of new products and services of Company as well as any other issues or information that Company reasonably believes is beneficial to the business objectives of Company. Bank shall be under no obligation to provide services beyond those services agreed to in this Agreement.
Initial
____Bank ____Company

 

Page 13 of 23


 

SECTION 3.4 — Representations and Warranties of Bank
Bank warrants and represents to Company that during the continuation of this Agreement:
(a) This Agreement is valid, binding, and enforceable against the Bank in accordance with its terms, except as otherwise provided by law or equity.
(b) The Bank is a Texas state bank, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Texas and is authorized to do business in each state in which the nature of the Bank’s activities makes such authorization necessary, except where the failure to be so licensed or qualified would not have a material adverse effect on its ability to fulfill its obligations under this Agreement.
(c) The Bank has the full power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and to perform all its obligations under this Agreement. The provisions of this Agreement and the performance by the Bank of its obligations under this Agreement are not in conflict with the Bank’s organizational documents or any other agreement, contract, lease or obligation to which the Bank is a party or by which it is bound.
ARTICLE IV — COMPENSATION, FEES AND EXPENSES
SECTION 4.1 — Obligations by Costs and Expenses
Company shall be responsible for all costs and expenses associated with this Agreement including, but not limited to:
(a) Purchase of Terminals;
(b) Deployment, Installation and maintenance of Terminals, including compensation, fees and expenses for TPSR’s;
(c) Federal and State Registration Fees;
(d) Network Application and Registration Fees;
(e) Costs of any due diligence, background investigation, credit reports, OFAC inquiry, ATM Operator Agreement and applications and/or on-site inspection required by the Networks or by the Bank’s Regulatory Authority. This due diligence may include the Company’s principal place of business, any Terminal location, any TPSR, TPP or other Third Party used by the Company;
(f) Processor, ESO, TPS, TPP fees and charges including out of pocket costs of Bank’s due diligence, Network registration, on-site inspections, cost of any audits, or reviews, or losses Bank may have in connection with sponsorship or registration of any Third Party providing services in connection with the deployment by Company of Terminals under this Agreement;
(g) Network Switch Fees;
(h) Program Marketing and Advertising (including signage);
(i) Cash Servicing;
(j) Processing Services;
(k) Cardholder Customer Service (including transaction disputes);
Initial
____Bank ____Company

 

Page 14 of 23


 

(l) Network penalties and fines assessed against Bank that arise out of the deployment of one or more Terminals under this Agreement unless the penalties and fines are primarily and directly attributable to wrongful acts or omissions of Bank; and
(m) Reimbursement to Bank for any expenses it incurs on behalf of the Company or by reason of activities by the Company, including any direct expenses for Terminal, system, interchange, quarterly operating fees for Merchant Transaction volume or processor audits required by any Network.
SECTION 4.2 — Interchange & Surcharge Fee and Notices
Bank Interchange Income and Surcharge Income related to this Agreement will be the income of the Company and distributed according to each individual Processor/ISO Agreement.
The amount of any Surcharge Fee shall be prominently displayed on each ATM and shall state that such a fee is being charged.
Each ATM will display a notice as per PLUS or other Network, Rules or as may be required by Regulations, providing the name of the Bank, as the sponsor bank, and Bank will use its best efforts to provide Company with all required ATM signage, disclosure and notice requirements of the Networks, the Rules and each applicable state. When applicable, each ATM will also display a notice as per state requirements, providing the name of the bank that is providing such state sponsorship.
SECTION 4.3 — Sponsorship Fees, Miscellaneous Fees and Other Costs
For sponsorship and services rendered under this Agreement, the Company shall pay Bank a Transaction fee set forth and in accordance with Schedule A which is incorporated herein. For the purpose of calculating such Transaction fee, Bank will include all Transactions and declines.
(a) Minimum processing fee will be charged (prorated) from the date Bank is first notified Transactions are being processed under the Bank membership from any Network.
(b) Bank reserves the right to recover, at a later time, amounts either not billed or not properly billed, and Company reserves the right to recover, at a later time, amounts billed in error by Bank as a result of Banks error, provided that Bank, Company shall have no rights pursuant to this Section 4.3. In the event that such billing error occurred more than twelve (12) months prior to the date of discovery.
(c) Upon termination or expiration of this Agreement, the Company shall have no further rights as a sponsored ISO but Bank shall continue to be entitled to all amounts owed to it which may have accrued prior to the termination or expiration of this Agreement.
ARTICLE V — TERM OF AGREEMENT; TERMINATION
SECTION 5.1 — Term
The initial term of this Agreement shall be five (5) years, commencing on the date this Agreement is executed, and shall renew automatically for continuous one (1) year periods, unless prior to the expiration of the initial five (5) year term or any renewal period either party gives the other not less than one hundred and eighty (180) days written notice of its election not to renew or extend this Agreement. Upon the termination or expiration of this Agreement, Bank shall provide reasonable transition assistance services to Company in order to facilitate the transfer of sponsorship services to another provider of such services, including, without limitation, executing all necessary documents to transfer the dedicated BINs and ICAs of Company to another provider of such services.
Initial
____Bank ____Company

 

Page 15 of 23


 

SECTION 5.2 Additional Rights to Terminate
(a) In addition to all other remedies at law or in equity, either party shall have the right to terminate this Agreement, without affecting any rights or obligations under any other contracts or agreements, upon occurrence of one or more of the following events of default:
  i.   Failure of either party to observe or perform that party’s obligations to the other hereunder, as long as the failure or nonperformance is not due to the actions of the terminating party and such failure remains uncured for a period of sixty days after written receipt of written notice from the other Party; or
  ii.   The breach of any material warranty or representation herein that is not capable of being cured.
(b) In addition to all other remedies at law or in equity, Bank shall have the right to terminate this Agreement without further obligations or penalty, immediately by giving written notice to Company if:
  i.   Its membership in a Network is terminated but only with respect to the sponsorship services as it relates to the affected Network; or
  ii.   Any Regulatory or Network Authority over Bank that requires, requests or recommends discontinuance of this Agreement (provided that Bank and Company shall discuss in good faith if there are any remedial measures or steps that can be taken to address the issues or concerns that are the basis for any order, request or recommendation for discontinuance of this Agreement); or
  iii.   Bank determines that Bank’s continued performance under the terms of this Agreement would constitute an unsafe or unsound banking practice, and Bank so certifies to Company in writing.
(c) In addition to all other remedies at law or in equity, Company shall have the right to terminate this Agreement without further obligations or penalty, by giving written notice to Bank if Company reasonably determines that this Agreement could cause Company to lose any gaming license or other material license that is necessary for the operation of Company’s business.
SECTION 5.3 Liquidated Damages
The Parties agree that the pricing under this Agreement was determined by mutual agreement based upon certain assumed volumes of processing activity and the length of the term of this Agreement.
The Parties further agree that it would be difficult or impossible to ascertain Bank’s actual damages for a termination not as a result of a breach by Bank or other breach of this Agreement by Company resulting in a termination of this Agreement before the end of the initial term or renewal period term of this Agreement. The Parties further agree the Bank is entitled to:
(a) All fees earned but not paid prior to the date of termination,
(b) All costs and expenses incurred by Bank as a result of such default, including all reasonable attorney’s fees which may be incurred,
Initial
____Bank ____Company

 

Page 16 of 23


 

(c) An amount equal to the number of months remaining in the term multiplied by an average monthly fee to Bank (whereby the average monthly fee is calculated by Bank by selecting and averaging any three (3) consecutive months in the term) and dividing by a factor of two (2) (“ Liquidated Damages ”). Company agrees this is a reasonable estimation of the actual damages Bank would suffer if Bank did not receive the expected benefits to be derived from this Agreement for the term of this Agreement. Company furthermore agrees such Liquidated Damages will be paid within fifteen calendar days of the effective date of termination.
Each Party acknowledges and agrees, after taking into account the terms of this Agreement and all relevant circumstances at the date hereof, that the Liquidated Damages payable under this Section represents a reasonable and genuine pre-estimate of the damages which would be suffered by Bank in the event of early termination of this Agreement and does not constitute a penalty. Company agrees that payment of Liquidated Damages does not relieve the Company of any obligations set forth in Article 6.
ARTICLE VI — GENERAL PROVISIONS
SECTION 6.1 — Waivers/Indemnification
(a) Bank shall not be liable to Company or any other Person or entity for any loss, cost, damage, claim, demand, cause of action or expense (including, without limitation, the cost of investigating any claim, the cost of litigation and attorneys’ fees, whether or not legal proceedings are instituted), or any compensatory, punitive, special, incidental or consequential damages (including loss of profits) (collectively “ Damages ”), as a result of, arising out of or caused by the negligence or the wrongful act of the Cardholder, Company, any Third Party engaged by Company or Participant in the deployment of the Terminals or in the processing of any Transactions attempted or conducted at such Terminals, including all Terminal Transactions, except where the Damages are due to the negligence or willful misconduct of Bank or as a result of a breach by Bank of any provision of this Agreement. Company hereby releases Bank from all such Damages and agrees to indemnify and hold harmless Bank from and against all such Damages. Bank hereby disclaims any and all warranties with respect to the operation of the Network and Processor systems and the services to be provided by a Network or Processor under and in connection with the Terminal Transactions contemplated by this Agreement, whether express or implied, including, without limitation, any implied warranty of merchantability or fitness for a particular purpose.
(b) Company shall immediately reimburse Bank, upon demand, for all charges, fees, fines or penalties assessed upon Bank by any Network, Processor, Regulatory Authority Issuer or other Participant in connection with Transactions processed under this Agreement and Bank shall have the right to settle these items by deducting or setting off same against any and all Transaction fees of Company.
(c) Company hereby agrees to indemnify and hold Bank and all Affiliates of Bank, and their respective officers, directors, employees and agents and their respective heirs, executors, successors and assigns, (“ Bank Group ”) harmless from and against any and all liability, obligation, loss, cost, claim, demand, penalty, judgment, cause of action and expense of any kind or nature whatsoever (collectively “ Claims ”) (including, without limitation, the cost of investigating any claim, the cost of litigation, amounts paid in settlement, and attorneys’ fees which may be incurred), imposed on, incurred by or asserted against any one or more of The Bank Group arising from, attributable to, or in connection with, (i) acts or omissions of Company or of any Third Party under this Agreement including those related to the deployment of Terminals and all Transactions and Terminal Transactions contemplated by this Agreement, (ii) any negligence or other wrongful act or omission of the Company Group (hereinafter defined), (iii) actions taken or omitted by Bank in accordance with or in good faith reliance on information or instructions provided by Company, (iv) any breach by Company of this Agreement, including, without limitation, failure to maintain any required insurance coverage, (v) acts and omissions of all other parties involved in a Transaction, an Terminal Transaction or in the deployment of Terminals under this Agreement, including any Cardholder, Third Party, Processor or Network, and (vi) failure by Company or any other Person to comply with all applicable Rules and Regulations. It is the understanding and agreement of the parties to this Agreement that Bank, having only undertaken to act as sponsor for Company to the Networks, shall not be liable for any acts or omissions on the part of Company and shall not be responsible for any losses or damages incurred by or caused by the Company or any Person authorized to act for and on behalf of Company.
Initial
____Bank ____Company

 

Page 17 of 23


 

(d) The obligations of Company to indemnify the Bank Group from Claims as described in the foregoing Section 6.1(c) and the obligations of Company to provide reimbursement as described in the foregoing Section 6.1(b) are (i) secured by the security agreement granted to Bank in the accounts and deposits as described in Section 2.18, (ii) secured by all deposit accounts of Company at Bank and (iii) subject to being settled by deduction and offset against all amounts owing by Bank to Company.
(e) Bank hereby agrees to indemnify and hold Company and its affiliates, and its or their respective officers, directors, employees and agents and their respective heirs, legal representatives, successors and assigns (“ Company Group ”), harmless from and against any and all Claims including reasonable attorneys fees which is the result of the negligence or willful misconduct of a member of the Bank Group and as a result of any breach by Bank of this Agreement.
(f) Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 6.1, Company is not obligated to indemnify Bank (and Bank is not obligated to indemnify Company) to the extent the Claims result from the negligence or other wrongful acts or omissions of financial institutions contracted by Bank to provide state sponsorship for ATM placement (in states that prohibit placement of ATMs by financial institutions that do not have a bank charter in that state).
(g) Each Party shall promptly notify the other of all Claims or threat of Claims of which that Party becomes aware (except with respect to a threat of suit one party might institute against the other) which may give rise to a right of indemnification pursuant to this Agreement.
(h) If any indemnification claim is asserted against a Party pursuant to this Section 6.1, such indemnifying Party shall have the right to assume the entire control and defense, including at its expense, the engagement and selection of counsel. In any third party claim, suit or proceeding, in which the indemnifying Party has assumed such defense, the indemnified Party shall not consent to the entry of a judgment or enter into any settlement with respect to the matter without the consent of the indemnifying Party and the indemnifying Party will not consent to the entry of any judgment or enter into any settlement affecting the indemnified Party to the extent that the judgment or settlement involves more than the payment of money without the written consent of the indemnified Party.
SECTION 6.2 — Confidentiality; General
Under this Agreement, the parties will be disclosing to each other certain confidential and proprietary information including customer lists, Personal Information, customer data, business plans, software, data, prototypes, documentation, Cardholder account information, and other business and/or technical information (the “ Information ”). The Information may be disclosed in either oral or written form.
The receiving party shall hold the Information in confidence and shall prevent the disclosure of the Information, unless it is in accordance with the terms of this Agreement. The receiving party shall use the Information only for the purpose of fulfilling its obligations under the Agreement; shall reproduce the Information only to the extent necessary for such purpose; shall restrict disclosure of the Information to its employees and agents with a need to know; and shall advise such employees and agents of the nondisclosure obligation assumed herein. Other than as expressly permitted by this Agreement, the receiving party shall not disclose Information to any third party without prior written approval of the other party.
The above restrictions on the use or disclosure of Information shall not apply to any Information:
(a) which, as established by the receiving party’s written records, is independently developed by the receiving party or its affiliated company or lawfully received free of restriction from another source having the right to so furnish such Information;
(b) after it has become generally available to the public without breach of this Agreement or any other agreement to which Company is a party;
(c) which the disclosing party agrees in writing is free of such restrictions; or
(d) was in the receiving party’s possession as of the date of this Agreement.
Initial
____Bank ____Company

 

Page 18 of 23


 

Information may be disclosed where a party is legally required to disclose such information, including pursuant to a governmental or judicial order, provided that the receiving party notifies the disclosing party of the pending disclosure prior to such disclosure. Information may also be released to the Company to the extent necessary and required to process transactions and service Cardholder’s accounts as required pursuant to the Rules and Regulations.
All Information shall remain the property of the disclosing party and shall be returned upon written request or upon the receiving party’s determination that it no longer has a need for such Information.
To the extent transactions and information under this Agreement are subject to the Privacy Regulations, Company shall use Personal Information only as necessary to carry out its obligations hereunder and shall not disclose Personal Information to any third party except as permitted by the Privacy Regulations. Company shall be responsible for maintaining compliance with all Privacy Regulations.
The parties acknowledge that in the event either party breaches the terms of this Section, the non-breaching party shall be entitled to injunctive relief in addition to any other remedies that may be available to it at law or under the terms of the Agreement.
Bank acknowledges that Holdings may be required to disclose all or a portion of the terms and conditions of this Agreement in one or more filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission and may be required to file this Agreement as an exhibit to one or more such filings,
The Confidentiality provisions of this section shall survive the termination of this Agreement.
SECTION 6.3 Governing Law
This Agreement shall be governed by, interpreted, and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Texas, without regard to the choice or conflicts of laws principles of any jurisdiction.
SECTION 6.4 — Severability
In the event that any part of this Agreement is adjudicated by any court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid or unenforceable, then this Agreement shall be automatically modified to eliminate that part which is affected thereby. The remainder of this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect.
SECTION 6.5 Acknowledgment of Regulatory and other Constraints
The parties hereto acknowledge that Bank and Company are subject to the rules, regulations, orders and requirements which may be imposed by any Regulatory Authority (“ Regulatory Requirements ”). The Parties expressly agree that in the event of conflict between the terms and conditions of this Agreement and any Regulatory Requirements, the Regulatory Requirements shall control and the Parties shall negotiate in good faith any necessary amendments to this Agreement to ensure compliance with the Regulatory Requirements.
SECTION 6.6 Waiver of Right to Trial by Jury .
Company and Bank hereby agree not to elect a trial by jury of any issue triable of right by jury, and waive any right to trial by jury fully to extent that any such right shall now or hereafter exist with regard to this Agreement, or any claim, counterclaim or other action arising in connection thereto. This waiver of right to trial by jury is given knowingly and voluntarily by Company and Bank, and is intended to encompass individually each instance and each issue as to which the right to a trial by jury would otherwise accrue. Company and Bank are each hereby authorized to file a copy of this paragraph in any proceeding as conclusive evidence of this waiver by Company and Bank.
Initial
____Bank ____Company

 

Page 19 of 23


 

SECTION 6.7 Binding Effect
Unless otherwise expressly noted, this Agreement and the rights and obligations created hereunder shall be binding upon and inure solely to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective permitted successors and permitted assigns, and no other Person or entity shall acquire or have any right under or by virtue of this Agreement. Furthermore, unless otherwise expressly noted, nothing herein shall be implied, or is intended to be construed to confer upon or give any rights or remedies to any third parties (including but not limited to third party beneficiaries) under or because of this Agreement to any persons, firm, or corporation.
SECTION 6.8 — Notices
All notices, requests, financial statements and approvals required by this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given as follows: (i) upon receipt if personally delivered; or (ii) upon deposit in the mail, if sent by certified or registered mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, or by overnight carrier, addressed as indicated below, or at such other address of which the notifying party hereafter receives notice in conformity with this section or sent by facsimile transmission upon confirmation of delivery as follows:
         
If to Bank to:
  American State Bank   If to Company to:
 
  1401 Avenue Q   Global Cash Access, Inc.
 
  Lubbock, TX 79408   3525 E. Post Road, Suite 120
 
  Facsimile: (806) 472-3555   Las Vegas, NV 89120
 
  Attn: Michael Epps   Facsimile: (702) 262-5039
 
      Attn: General Counsel
 
       
Copy to:
  McWhorter Cobb and Johnson    
 
  1722 Broadway    
 
  Lubbock, Texas 79401    
 
  Facsimile: (806) 762-8014    
 
  Attn: Jack P. Driskill    
SECTION 6.9 Further Assurances
Each Party shall, at the request of the other from time to time, execute and deliver such other instruments, documents and/or certificates, as may be reasonably necessary to further evidence, perfect, maintain, effectuate, or defend any and all of the respective rights and obligations of the parties hereunder, including performance of this Agreement. In the event that such further assurance is not forthcoming within a reasonable time of the date of any such request, the other Party hereto may take all appropriate action to protect its rights and obligations hereunder.
SECTION 6.10 — Entire Agreement
This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement and understanding of the Parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes and terminates all other prior commitments, arrangements, or understandings, both oral and written, between the Parties with respect to the same subject matter.
SECTION 6.11 — Amendment
This Agreement may not be modified, changed, or amended except by an instrument in writing executed by each of the Parties hereto.
SECTION 6.12 — Counterparts
This Agreement may be executed and delivered in any number of counterparts, and by different individuals on separate counterparts (provided each such individual has the authority to enter into agreements and bind his or her respective party), each of which counterparts, taken together, shall constitute but one and the same instrument.
Initial
____Bank ____Company

 

Page 20 of 23


 

SECTION 6.13 Forum Selection
To the maximum extent permitted by applicable law, each Party to this Agreement hereby irrevocably agrees that any legal action or proceeding arising out of or concerning this Agreement or any agreements to Transactions contemplated hereby, including tort claims, may be brought only in the courts of the State of Texas or of the United States of America for the District of Texas, Dallas Division and hereby expressly submits to the personal jurisdiction and the venue of those courts for the purposes thereof and expressly waives any claim of improper venue and any claim that those courts are an inconvenient forum. To the maximum extent permitted by applicable law, each Party hereby irrevocably consents to the service of process by the mailing of copies thereof by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, to the address referenced in Section 6.8 hereof, and to that service becoming effective five (5) days after that mailing.
SECTION 6.14 Attorneys’ Fees
If any action at law, or in equity, or any arbitration is necessary to enforce the terms of this Agreement, the substantially prevailing party shall be entitled to reasonable attorneys’ fees, costs and expenses in addition to any other relief to which such prevailing party may be entitled. Bank is entitled to all reasonable attorneys’ fees and other expenses incurred by reason of a judicially determined default of Company.
SECTION 6.15 Headings
The descriptive headings of this Agreement have been inserted for convenience only and shall not be deemed to limit or otherwise affect the construction of any provision hereof.
SECTION 6.16 Waiver
None of the provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed to have been waived by any act or acquiescence on the part of either Party, their agents or employees, and may be waived only by instruments in writing signed by an authorized officer of the respective Party. No waiver of any provision or of the same provision on any occasion shall operate as a waiver on another occasion.
SECTION 6.17 — Assignment
Neither party may assign this Agreement without the prior written consent of the other party, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld; provided, however, the Bank shall be automatically permitted to assign this Agreement to an affiliate or successor entity upon written notice to Company provided that such assignee of Bank is capable of performing the duties and obligations of Bank hereunder and Bank remains principally responsible for the acts and omissions of such assignee.
SECTION 6.18 — Agreement Applies to Specific Terminals/Approval of Processor
(a)  Notice of Proposed Processor . Company shall provide Bank with not less than thirty (30) days advance written notice of its intent to use or change a Designated Processor or a TPP on a Terminal by Terminal basis.
(b)  Individual Terminals Approved . The deployment of Terminals under this Agreement shall occur on an individual Terminal basis. In other words, Bank does not become the sponsor of Transactions conducted on a particular Terminal until such time as Bank has approved the Processor, completed due diligence and notified the Networks of Bank’s intent to sponsor the Terminal with the Processor and the Processor has changed the bank identifier numbers in the Terminal transactional record for transactions conducted at such Terminal, to reflect Bank as the sponsor.
(c)  Company or Affiliate as Processor . If Company is providing its own Processing Services or if an Affiliate of Company is the Processor, the Company or Affiliate, as applicable, shall also execute the Third Party Processor (TPP) Registration Agreement with Bank as well as the Company or Affiliate as Processor Addendum thereto which adds additional duties and obligations on the Processor.
Initial
____Bank ____Company

 

Page 21 of 23


 

Executed to be effective as of the date and year first above written.
         
  AMERICAN STATE BANK
 
 
  By:   /s/ Jamie Bigley    
    Name and Title: Jamie Bigley, VP   
   
Date: 2-11-11 
 
 
  GLOBAL CASH ACCESS, INC.
 
 
  By:   /s/ Scott Betts    
    Name and Title: Scott Betts, CEO/President   
   
Date: 2-8-11 
 
Initial
____Bank ____Company

 

Page 22 of 23


 

SCHEDULE A
Fees
Fees Required
  A.   Application Fee, Due Diligence, On-site Inspection, Pin Security Review, Implementation — [***]
  B.   Minimum Monthly Fee — [***]
  C.   Transaction Fees — [***] times all transactions
  D.   Network Fees for ISO Registration (required with application)
  i.   __STAR — [***] Registration Fee*, [***] Annual Fee
  ii.   __PULSE — [***] Registration Fee, [***] Annual Fee
  iii.   __Visa/Interlink/Plus — [***] Registration Fee*, [***] each bank
  iv.   __MasterCard/Maestro/Cirrus — [***] Registration Fee, [***] Annual Fee each bank
  v.   __NYCE — Registration fee waved — [***] monthly fee
  vi.   __Shazam — No registration fee
  vii.   __AFFN — No registration fee — Check with your processor for any other fees and charges.
  viii.   __ACCEL/Exchange — Registration Fee Various
*     Mandatory Class Requirement
 
Note:     It is the ISOs responsibility to check with their appropriate processor(s) for any processor registration cost that may exist.
  E.   Any State or City ATM Fees
  F.   Annual Due Diligence Fee [***], and on site inspection expenses

 

 

EXHIBIT 12.1
GLOBAL CASH ACCESS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
COMPUTATION OF RATIO OF EARNINGS TO FIXED CHARGES
                                         
    2010     2009     2008     2007     2006  
Interest expense per financial statements (1)
  $ 16,489     $ 18,263     $ 30,117     $ 38,146     $ 42,098  
Interest expense related to rent (2)
    363       206       221       193       164  
 
                             
Total fixed charges
  $ 16,852     $ 18,469     $ 30,338     $ 38,339     $ 42,262  
 
                             
 
                                       
Net income per financial statements
  $ 17,550     $ 33,582     $ 25,556     $ 23,704     $ 26,609  
Interest expense
    16,489       18,263       30,117       38,146       42,098  
Minority loss
    (56 )     56       86       236       183  
 
                             
Total earnings
  $ 33,983     $ 51,901     $ 55,759     $ 62,086     $ 68,890  
 
                             
 
                                       
Ratio of earnings to fixed charges
    2.0 x       2.8 x       1.8 x       1.6 x       1.6 x  
 
     
(1)  
Interest expense includes interest expense on ATM funding arrangements, borrowings and the amortization of capitalized debt issuance.
 
(2)  
One-third of all rental expense is deemed to be interest.

 

 

EXHIBIT 21.1
SUBSIDIARIES OF GLOBAL CASH ACCESS HOLDINGS, INC.
     
Name   Jurisdiction of Incorporation or Organization
 
   
Global Cash Access, Inc.
  Delaware
Cash Systems, Inc.
  Delaware
Global Cash Access (Canada) Inc.
  Ontario, Canada
Global Cash Access (Panama), Inc.
  Panama
Game Financial Caribbean, N.V.
  Netherlands, Antilles
Global Cash Access (Belize), Limited
  Belize
Central Credit, LLC
  Delaware
Global Cash Access (BVI) Inc.
  British Virgin Islands
Arriva Card, Inc.
  Delaware
Global Cash Access Switzerland A.G.
  Switzerland
Global Cash Access (HK) Ltd.
  Hong Kong
GCA (Macau) S.A.
  Macau SAR
Global Cash Access (Belgium) S.A.
  Belgium
Global Cash Access (UK) Limited
  United Kingdom
Global Cash Access (SA) (Pty) Ltd.
  South Africa
G.C.A., Inc.
  St. Christopher, Nevis
Western Money Systems
  Nevada

 

 

EXHIBIT 23.1
CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
We consent to the incorporation by reference in Registration Statement Nos. 333-131904, 333-140878, 333-149496, 333-157512, 333-165264 and 333-172358 on Form S-8 of our reports dated March 14, 2010, relating to the consolidated financial statements of Global Cash Access Holdings, Inc. and subsidiaries and the effectiveness of Global Cash Access Holdings, Inc.’s internal control over financial reporting appearing in this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Global Cash Access Holdings, Inc. and subsidiaries for the year ended December 31, 2010.
/s/ DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP
Las Vegas, Nevada
March 14, 2011

 

 

EXHIBIT 31.1
GLOBAL CASH ACCESS HOLDINGS, INC.
CERTIFICATION
I, Scott Betts, certify that:
1.  
I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Global Cash Access Holdings, Inc.;
2.  
Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
3.  
Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
4.  
The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:
  a)  
designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
  b)  
designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
  c)  
evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
  d)  
disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and
5.  
The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
  a)  
all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
  b)  
any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.
             
Dated: March 14, 2011
  By:   /s/ Scott Betts    
 
     
 
Scott Betts
   
 
      Chief Executive Officer    

 

 

EXHIBIT 31.2
GLOBAL CASH ACCESS HOLDINGS, INC.
CERTIFICATION
I, Mary E. Higgins, certify that:
1.  
I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Global Cash Access Holdings, Inc.;
2.  
Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
3.  
Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
4.  
The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:
  a)  
designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
  b)  
designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
  c)  
evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
  d)  
disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and
5.  
The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
  a)  
all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
  b)  
any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.
             
Dated: March 14, 2011
  By:   /s/ Mary E. Higgins    
 
     
 
Mary E. Higgins
   
 
      Chief Financial Officer    

 

 

EXHIBIT 32.1
GLOBAL CASH ACCESS HOLDINGS, INC.
CERTIFICATION
In connection with the periodic report of Global Cash Access Holdings, Inc. (the “Company”) on Form 10-K for the period ended December 31, 2010 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Report”), I, Scott Betts, Chief Executive Officer of the Company, hereby certify as of the date hereof, solely for purposes of Title 18, Chapter 63, Section 1350 of the United States Code, that to the best of my knowledge:
  (1)  
the Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d), as applicable, of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, and
  (2)  
the information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company at the dates and for the periods indicated.
This Certification has not been, and shall not be deemed, “filed” with the Securities and Exchange Commission.
             
Dated: March 14, 2011
  By:   /s/ Scott Betts    
 
     
 
Scott Betts
   
 
      Chief Executive Officer    

 

 

EXHIBIT 32.2
GLOBAL CASH ACCESS HOLDINGS, INC.
CERTIFICATION
In connection with the periodic report of Global Cash Access Holdings, Inc. (the “Company”) on Form 10-K for the period ended December 31, 2010 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Report”), I, Mary E. Higgins, Chief Financial Officer of the Company, hereby certify as of the date hereof, solely for purposes of Title 18, Chapter 63, Section 1350 of the United States Code, that to the best of my knowledge:
  (1)  
the Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d), as applicable, of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, and
  (2)  
the information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company at the dates and for the periods indicated.
This Certification has not been, and shall not be deemed, “filed” with the Securities and Exchange Commission.
             
Dated: March 14, 2011
  By:   /s/ Mary E. Higgins    
 
     
 
Mary E. Higgins
   
 
      Chief Financial Officer